Notemaking with Forkner Shorthand. Teacher's Manual, Fleming, Louise, Patterson, Diane, Nelson Canada, 1990, 0176035478, 9780176035471, . . DOWNLOAD FULL VERSION HERE ,,,,.. This curriculum guide is intended to provide classroom teachers with an easily adaptable consumer education program that is appropriate for use with students in grades K-adult. In the first part of the guide, various consumer educational concepts are listed by grade and then by subject area. Discussed next are the suggested scope and sequence of the consumer education materials presented. The next section of the guide, an activities section, consists of learning activities dealing with the following areas: a value system for consumer education, decision-making procedures, the rights and responsibilities of consumers, and the role of the consumer in our economic system. Within each area, activities are grouped by grade level and are explained on activity sheets containing a title, competency number, grade level, suggested procedures, as well as handouts and supplemental materials. Concluding the guide is a list of consumer educational resources and materials. (MN) This consumer curriculum guide is divided into 10 component areas: basic economics in the marketplace, credit, consumer law/protection, banking skills, comparison shopping, advertising, responsible budgeting, insurance, taxes, and conservation of energy and resources. Each component is accompanied by a goal statement that identifies key concepts and interrelationships which should be achieved. The remainder of each of the components is comprised of an outline that provides specific objectives, suggested sample activities, and sample resources. (LRA) Intended to supplement the fifth grade textbook "Young Consumers" (part of the "Law in Action Series" by West Publishing Company, 1980), this guide contains 22 lessons each of which includes a classroom visit from a community resource person. The guide is a product of the Urban Consumer Education Project, a cooperative program between the St. Louis Public Schools and the Missouri Attorney General's office. The lessons were developed and field tested by the 40 fifth-grade teachers and 40 community resource persons who participated in the project. Community persons give presentations on a variety of topics including advertising, how to save money riding the bus, crime, ways to conserve energy, consumer problems, contracts, filing a complaint, insurance, utilities, police department, using the telephone wisely, fraud, toy safety, and reading food labels. Each lesson includes the following information: consumer objectives; skill objectives; a listing of related lessons from the text "Young Consumers"; a listing of presentation materials needed by the teacher and resource person; vocabulary words to know; pre-visit activities for the teacher to do with the students; an outline of the resource person's classroom presentation; and follow-up activities that the teachers can use to reinforce the lesson's consumer and basic skills objectives. Also included in the guide is a supplement containing materials such as worksheets and discussion aids which can be used with each lesson and a description of additional community resources in the St. Louis area. (RM) This consumer education module is designed to increase seventh and eighth grade urban student awareness of what it means to be a consumer. The seven units in the module are intended to help students think of themselves as consumers, identify appropriate consumer behavior and the consumer viewpoint in some topical areas, and gather information and write about it in a regular newspaper for the community. An introductory section contains information on the development of these instructional materials. Unit 1 contains seven activities on appropriate consumer behavior. The second unit provides activities to help students learn more about their local area as a place where consumers live and function. The skills required to start and run a community newspaper are covered in the four activities of unit 3. Two activities designed to help students write about the consumer interest are presented in the fourth unit. Units 5-7 contain a total of fourteen activities on consuming entertainment and medical services and supermarket shopping; activities include field trips, discussions, writing articles, and conducting interviews. Appendixes contain student compositions, an issue of a student newspaper, consumer-oriented articles, a health newsletter, and information on selecting a doctor. (MN) This guide is designed to help educators develop a comprehensive and integrated family and consumer sciences educational program for all grades. Chapter 1 provides an overview of the family and consumer sciences program in Connecticut. Chapter 2 describes the various program elements local districts should consider when reviewing, modifying, or developing program offerings, such as program overview, program goals, core topic areas, integrative components, and program structure. Chapter 3 describes a curriculum development process that addresses factors influencing curriculum development, recommended steps in the curriculum development process, integration of Future Homemakers of America/Home Economics Related Occupations into the curriculum, and current perspectives on teaching and learning that affect curriculum development. Chapter 4 provides guidance and tools to assist with the tasks of organizing program topics and selecting student competencies at middle/junior and high school levels. Chapter 5 focuses on integrating academics, offering new planning structures such as tech prep and applied academics programs, and providing experience-based learning initiatives. Chapter 6 addresses promotion of gender equity and valuing and affirming of diversity. Sample and example materials are provided throughout the guide. The chapters list a total of 117 resources. Appendixes include statewide educational goals for students and performance measures and standards for applied education programs. (YLB) This annotated directory lists selected informational and educational resources in the subject areas predominant in corporate education efforts. Organized by categories of nutrition, economics, energy, environmental consumer and citizenship education, this list is intended to help provide a balance of resources and perspectives for the classroom teacher when introducing controversial issues. Most of the annotations include descriptions of specific materials available, as well as addresses of the organizations and costs of the materials described. Not all of the sources listed provide curriculum materials; those that do are marked with an asterisk. (DC) This publication suggests classroom activities and resources on inflation for use in secondary and adult/community education. Objectives are to enable students to: identify and analyze varying points of view and policy proposals on inflation; apply the decision-making process to various alternatives regarding inflation; and achieve a broader understanding of the options available to consumers as they participate to influence change regarding the inflation problem. For each topic related to inflation the following is provided: an objective, suggested learning activities, classroom materials needed, teacher resources, and suggested evaluation procedures. Although student worksheets are provided for many of the activities, publisher available materials are required for some of the activities. The activities in which the students are involved are many and varied. Some examples follow. Students take an Inflation Attitude Survey. They survey their parents or adult members of the community using the instrument and compare the opinions of adults with those of the students. Students read, summarize, and report on current newspaper and magazine articles. They research, either by group or individually, the prices of 10 common food items. Other activities involve students in role playing a 30-minute television panel discussion of what individuals and groups can do to help counter inflation, in completing a worksheet entitled "My Plan to Counter Inflation Costs", in viewing and discussing filmstrips, and in listening to mini-lectures. Pre- and posttests, a glossary of terms, and an index of organizations are included. An annotated bibliography cites materials representing a variety of points of view regarding inflation. Books, journal articles, pamphlets and reports, films, video cassettes and filmstrips, and simulations are included. The publication concludes with several position papers on inflation. (Author/RM) This curriculum guide provides a useful framework for an 11-unit competency-based course in consumer education, one of the semester courses required for a Type B vocational consumer and homemaking education program in Missouri. Both unit and specific objectives are provided for each unit. The cross-reference table of instructional materials in each unit presents the teacher with a planning tool. For each competency covered in a unit, the correlated specific objective(s), transparency master(s), handout(s), assignment sheet(s), job sheet(s), and test items are indicated. Each unit also contains these materials: information sheets with a content outline, transparency masters, assignment sheets, answers to assignment sheets, job sheets (with evaluation criteria checklists), a unit test, and answers to test. The unit topics are: making informed choices; managing income; meeting personal grooming and clothing needs; meeting transportation needs; meeting housing needs; furnishing and maintaining a home; arranging for professional services; conserving resources; obtaining financial assistance; planning for the future; and recognizing the citizen's role in our economy. (YLB) This document is a six-unit curriculum guide for a high school (grades 9-12) course in clothing instruction. The units contain one to three lessons on the following topics: (1) psychology of clothing and appearance (role of clothing and clothing choices, personal grooming); (2) design principles (line and design, color); (3) construction preparation (patterns, fabrics, and notions; sewing tools and equipment; and construction preliminaries); (4) construction projects (construction and projects, and evaluation of projects); (5) clothing care and maintenance (laundry; dry cleaning, pressing, repairs); and (6) clothing consumerism (effective consumer skills). Each unit contains the following: objectives, concepts, competencies, learning activities, assessment and evaluation questions related to competencies, teacher background information, transparency masters, student activity guides, and teacher keys. The document concludes with 17 pages of clothing and textiles laboratory management techniques and other suggestions by teachers. (KC) These four consumer citizenship curriculum guides for social studies, English, science, and mathematics incorporate consumer education into these subject matter areas in grades 8-12. Each guide is organized around 10 main component/goals. They are basic economics in the marketplace, credit, consumer law/protection, banking skills, comparison shopping for goods and services, advertising and our society, responsible budgeting, insurance, taxes, and conservation of energy and resources. Each specific objective under the goals lists performance indicators and suggested evaluation for each one. A taxonomy provides the teacher with consumer knowledge related to the performance indicator. Suggested learning experiences provide activities directly or indirectly related to the specific objectives. Learning experiences for the gifted and slow learner follow the social studies, English, and science guides. A section for the gifted in mathematics follows the mathematics guide. Appendixes include the Consumer Citizenship Curriculum Guide Grid, descriptions of the slow learner and gifted child, and a partially annotated list of selected resources. (YLB) This revised curriculum gives information on the skills and knowledge students should acquire through a business education program. The competencies listed reflect the skills that employers see as necessary for success in clerical and accounting occupations. The handbook is organized in seven sections that cover the following: (1) the concept of competency-based curriculum and the role of vocational educators in curriculum planning, implementation, and evaluation; (2) the scope, sequence, and hierarchy of business education competencies; (3) competencies and tasks for employability skills and skills in the areas of keyboarding, the free enterprise system, financial management, word processing, business communications, general office, recordkeeping/accounting, and business management; (4) course descriptions to assist school districts in developing their vocational programs; (5) a curriculum analysis matrix to be used in determining competencies for specific business education courses; (6) a sample skills card for evaluating and recording student progress; and (7) information on resources and specific materials available in Alaska and the rest of the nation. (KC) The primary goal of the Oregon nuclear age education curriculum is to develop in students the knowledge and skills needed to meet the challenges of living in a nuclear age. This curriculum is developed around five general themes, each corresponding to a specific unit. The general goals for the units are: (Unit 1) to increase students' exposure to the world outside themselves, to other cultures, and to the natural and physical world; (Unit 2) to increase students' critical thinking skills and understanding of how people make decisions and form attitudes; (Unit 3) to promote skills of constructive communication and conflict resolution; (Unit 4) to increase students' knowledge of nuclear technology and their understanding of its benefits and limitations; and (Unit 5) to increase students' understanding of armed conflict and modern weapons issues. This is a K-12 curriculum, but many of the topics in units 4 and 5 are more appropriate for older children. For the most part, the lessons should be integral parts of existing curricula. Care has been taken to provide teachers with examples of what might be done to promote nuclear age education in nearly all subject areas. The units are not designed to be taught in sequence and can be integrated into the curriculum whenever the teachers wishes. Whenever possible, lessons and activities should involve students in direct, first-hand experiences. The lessons presented can be adopted directly, adapted to a particular school's needs, or taken as suggestions of what might be developed. A bibliography lists 30 curriculum materials, 50 books, pamphlets, articles, 50 teaching resources, 21 organizations, 9 sources for nuclear statistics, and 11 supplements and bibliographies. (JB) Physics/science education in the communicative conception is defined as the continuous transfer of the knowledge and methods of physics into the minds of individuals who have not participated in creating them. This process, called the educational communication of physics/science, is performed by various educational agents-teachers, curriculum makers, textbook designers, university teachers and does not mean only a simple transfer of information, but it also involves teaching and instruction at all levels of the school system, the study, learning, and cognition of pupils, students and all other learners, the assessment and evaluation of learning outcomes, curriculum composition and design, the production of textbooks and other means of educational communication and, in addition, university education and the further training of teachers. The educational communication is carried out by the curriculum process of physics/science, which is a sequence of variant forms of curriculum mutually interconnected by curriculum transformations. The variant forms of curriculum are as follows: conceptual curriculum, intended curriculum, project (written) curriculum, operational curriculum, implemented curriculum, and attained curriculum. As the shift from industrial arts to technology education takes place, there is a tendency to merely change the name of a course and not to change the course content. In order to make the change to a technology education curriculum teachers need to be able to conceptualize and design new courses. One of the intervention strategies for increasing the likelihood of renewal and improvement in technology education has been through teacher education programs and curriculum courses for preservice technology teachers. Most preservice teachers study curriculum development with respect to industrial arts/technology education, yet, evidence of what they study about curriculum is lacking. Although recent publications in the field of curriculum have focused on the variety of ways in which educators design curriculum (Eisner, 1979; Eisner Using data collected from a pre-training survey, post-training survey, and telephone follow-up survey, this study analyzes the impact of the Money Smart financial education curriculum upon the financial opinions and behaviors of course participants during the survey period. The data indicate that Money Smart financial education training positively affected consumer behaviors and that behavior changes were demonstrated many months after completing the training. Among the significant findings were that participants were more likely to open deposit accounts, save money in a mainstream deposit product, use and adhere to a budget, and have increased confidence in their financial abilities when contacted six to twelve months after completing the Money Smart course than they were before taking the course. The following are appended: (1) The FDIC's Implementation of Money Smart; (2) Survey Instruments; (3) Development of the Survey Instruments; (4) Procedures for Implementing the Surveys; (5) Summary of Survey Sites; (6) Call Design for Telephone Follow-up Survey; (7) Statistical Details; (8) Research Limitations; (9) References; and (10) Statistical Tables. (Contains 35 illustrations, 27 exhibits, 30 tables, and 27 footnotes.) Designed to build up concepts presented in the Master Curriculum Guide volume "A Framework for Teaching the Basic Concepts," this collection of teacher guidelines and classroom lessons focuses on how economic concepts and an economic way of thinking can be incorporated into various units in consumer education courses or in courses at the secondary level that contain units on consumer education. Material is divided into four sections using related clusters of economic concepts that are important to consumer economics. Each of the sections provides an overview that serves as teacher background. Section 1, "Decision-Making and the Consumer," contains lessons and strategies on profits, the two-career family, household production, scarcity, choice, and trade-offs. Section 2,"Functioning of a Market," contains materials on marketplace interdependence, market failures and access to information on decision-making, the consumer price index, and price changes. Section 3, "Effects of Government Action on Consumers," looks at consumer protection. Section 4, "The Interrelationships among Government, Business, and Consumer Decisions," contains simulations on monetary control, corporate crisis, and increasing productivity. Appendices list supplementary materials and sources of information. (LP) Intended to assist Illinois teachers in planning an instructional program in consumer education that meets state requirements, this consumer education curriculum is designed to help students in grades 9 through 12: (1) become informed consumers; (2) understand the rights and responsibilities of consumers in society; (3) develop responsible attitudes toward the use of resources; (4) develop a sound decision-making process based on individual goals and values; (5) use sources of information to help make consumer decisions; (6) understand the independent roles of the consumer, the worker, and the citizen in our economy; and (7) participate more fully in the consumer aspects of family life. Following an introduction, the second of six sections focuses on the consumer in the marketplace. Topics in the third section, "The Consumer in Our Economy," include the economy; the consumer; interaction of the consumer with agriculture, business, government, and labor and trade unions; economic principles of the marketplace; important economic measurements; and economic issues for consumers. Topics related to financial planning such as budgeting, savings, investing, and financial services; consumer credit; taxes; and insurance are outlined in the fourth section. The fifth section on goods and services focuses on consumer services, housing, food, transportation, clothing, health care, recreation, and home furnishings and equipment. The final section, which lists consumer education resources, concludes the publication. For each section and subsection, course objectives, content, suggested activities, and related resources are outlined. (LH) Fishing is one of the oldest and most popular outdoor activities. Like most activities, fishing requires basic knowledge and skill for success. The Aquatic Resources Education Curriculum is designed to assist beginning anglers in learning the basic concepts of how, when, and where to fish as well as what tackle to use. The manual is designed to be used in beginning sport fishing classes. It is intended to be an independent, self contained curriculum and incorporates lesson plans, background texts, and lists of other resources including state and federal agencies, tackle companies and conservation organizations. The manual is divided into four major units of study including: (1) a fishing primer; (2) becoming a better angler; (3) understanding fish and their environment; and (4) water resources for our future. These units have been subdivided into 28 individual lessons. There is an additional lesson on careers at the end. Appendices include a glossary, bibliography, sources of additional information or assistance, sources of fishing tackle, equipment, free and/or inexpensive materials, and graphics to supplement the lessons. Each lesson plan contains objectives, a list of needed materials, an outline of the lesson content and suggested classroom procedures. (CW) This handbook contains model lessons on consumer education for use with intermediate, junior high, and high school students. The handbook was developed as a result of a grant which the Social Science Education Consortium received to conduct three consumer education workshops for approximately 100 Colorado teachers and school administrators. Many of the lessons described in the handbook were used and evaluated by participants in these workshops. The learning activities are self-contained and can be used in social studies, business, home economics, language arts, business, math, and science courses. The activities are organized according to the nine consumer economics categories identified by the U.S. Office of Education: basic economics of the marketplace; legal rights, redress, and consumer law; financial management and credit; energy consumption and conservation; major purchases; special problems (e.g. advertising, public safety); federal assistance and services; consumer representation; and government regulatory processes. The activities are many and varied. For example, in an activity on energy use, students take home worksheets on which they record the numbers and kinds of electrical appliances their families have. When students return to class with their completed worksheets, the teacher selects a dozen commonly used appliances and asks students to suggest what they might do or use if each one were not available. As an extension activity students are asked to identify one appliance that he or she uses every day and refrain from using it for one week. They then write and share brief reports about how difficult or easy it was to do without their favorite appliances and what they did or used instead. Other activities include a candy/gum buying simulation, role playing a small claims court case, analyzing their own spending habits, preparing personal budgets, recycling an empty container, and comparing prices of items in different stores. (Author/RM) Some of the conceptual connections between general curriculum theory and multicultural education are traced, guided by the concept model of education and curriculum theory developed by George Beauchamp. The major premise is that multicultural education is consistent with, and actually a continuation of, some trends that have long-standing precedents in the United States. Multicultural education is further asserted to be compatible with the basic egalitarian principles of democracy and valuable in translating some of the fundamental ideas of American education into practice. Reviewing the literature makes it clear that developments in multicultural education scholarship meet the general criteria of curriculum theorizing in that the key concepts and parameters of the field have been defined and models and subtheories have been developed. Multicultural education is on its way to becoming a mature curriculum theory in its own right. Educational equity and excellence for all children cannot be obtained without the incorporation of cultural pluralism in all aspects of the educational process, and this will require more exploration of the connections between curricular innovations and elements of multicultural education. (Contains 145 references.) (SLD) While health care providers are knowledgeable of health conditions and of the information patients need to make appropriate health decisions and follow health providers' recommendations, they lack information about adult teaching and learning and appropriate curriculum design. Adult educators can contribute more sophisticated skills in program planning, delivery, evaluation, and research to create learner-centered programs promoting societal as well as individual change. This chapter describes a collaborative design model for developing curriculum for family caregivers of children with special health care needs. The curriculum focuses on access to information and seamless care for children, with the ultimate goal of fostering family independence. (Contains 1 table.) This paper was presented at the Technology Education Isues Symposium, Maui, Hawaii, in June 1996. 71 knowledge of practice (specific technological applications), and (c) impacts of technology on society and the environment (Wright, 1992). With this as a basis for the field, curriculum development can begin. As development of curriculum is considered, disagreement arises. Here is where the curricular friction begins to take place and be noticed. For much of the profession the current curriculum framework is little different from the old vocational models used in years past that concentrate on the technical aspects of selected tools and materials. It is packaged differently, modules are used instead of unit shops, computers and robots are used instead of jack planes and handsaws, but the philosophical basis remains the same. Educators concentrate the majority of their efforts on the technical procedures used to create artifacts and give the processes used by technologists and the impacts of technology on society only cursory attention. Students sometimes gain knowledge about the technological processes and the impacts of technology as a by-product of the curriculum. These outcomes occur in a haphazard way, however, rather than through a coordinated curriculum that shares the stage with the major elements of the technology education curriculum This competency-based prevocational exploration curriculum is designed to provide occupational information and hands-on experiences pertaining to consumer and homemaking occupations to ninth- and tenth-grade students. The curriculum consists of 45 learning pacs, 43 of which cover one service occupation each. Information for each service occupation is provided in this format: career information (job title, duties, where employed, employment outlook, education and training, special qualifications, earnings and additional benefits, working conditions and lifestyles), occupational cluster, occupational family, representative job titles, occupational task, occupational competency, resources and/or materials needed to complete the pac, a list of learning objectives, a list of learning activities, evaluation procedures, student information sheets, and worksheets. The first and last learning pacs (an introduction and a culminating/review lesson) do not include career information. The job titles are divided into five units: child care (foster parent, nursery school attendant, kindergarten teacher), clothing and textiles (demonstrator of sewing techniques, dressmaker, garment cutter), family relations (family caseworker, extension agent, home economist), foods and nutrition (clinical dietitian, food demonstrator, foods magazine editor), and housing (housewares demonstrator, interior decorator, furniture salesperson). Fifteen of the job titles are suggested for inclusion in a core curriculum. (YLB) The Asian Consumer Education Study was designed to gather information about the current status of consumer education in Korea. Conversations and informal interviews with 27 consumer leaders showed that, with the exception of academic specialists and consumer professionals in government, business, and community organizations, consumers gave little thought to consumer education and were not aware of its importance in a consumer-oriented marketplace. A movement was underway to organize a coalition of professionals and academics who would focus on consumer education. Consumer concepts were taught within courses at middle and high school levels. Curriculum specialists at the Ministry of Education revealed that instruction was theoretical and lacked important practical applications to current and emerging consumption issues. Teaching materials were somewhat limited. Teacher training in economics and life economics needed to be strengthened. Barriers to the development of consumer education were limited teacher preparation and updates, and lack of awareness of the benefits of consumer education. The study concluded that the time was right for cooperative initiatives between the United States and Korea to strengthen consumer education both within and across national boundaries. (Appendixes include the participant list, interview questions, classification of concepts chart, Ministry of Education curriculum charts, sample textbook table of contents, and newspaper article and photographs.) (YLB) Six major concepts form the framework for this first grade nutrition education curriculum: (1) Food is essential for all living things (identifying basic food groups and classifying processed foods into basic food groups); (2) Nutrition is the food you eat and how the body uses it (recognizing how food choices are related to a healthy body, characteristics of a healthy person, and understanding that food eaten is related to growth); (3) Food is made up of different nutrients needed for health and growth (identifying nutritious food and snacks); (4) All persons throughout life need the same nutrients, but in different amounts (recognizing that all family members can plan meals using the basic food groups and realizing how serving sizes differ in the family); (5) Food production and sanitation affect food quality (understanding how food is marketed and the necessity of cleanliness in dealing with food); and (6) Eating is a behavioral activity which affects individuals socially, emotionally, and physiologically (recognizing the necessity of good table manners and making food choices from a menu). Class activities are outlined for each concept and accompanied by illustrations and resources for teachers. Supplementary materials are provided. (JD) This document contains vocational education program course standards (curriculum frameworks and student performance standards) for exploratory courses, practical arts courses, and job preparatory programs offered at the secondary and postsecondary level as part of the family and consumer sciences component of Florida's comprehensive vocational education program. Curriculum frameworks are provided for 32 programs/clusters: life choices; personal development; teen challenges; blueprint for professional success; child development; family dynamics; family, home, and consumer technology; food science technology; life management skills; nutrition and wellness; parenting skills; principles of clothing construction; principles of food preparation; child care center management; child development early intervention; child development and education; decor and design services cluster; dietetic management and supervision; dietetic technician; early childhood education cluster; elderly and disabled care services; environmental services; family and consumer sciences cooperative education; fashion design and production cluster; food management, production and services cluster; home and family management; interior decor fabrication; interior design technology; nutrition and dietetic services; and parenting. Each curriculum framework includes some or all of the following: program title, occupational area, grade level, length, certification awarded; major concepts/content covered in the course; laboratory activities; special notes; and intended outcomes. (MN) This comprehensive curriculum guide was developed to enable business education teachers and administrators in Connecticut to update and upgrade their curricula, with emphasis on and information about cross credits, technology preparation (Tech Prep 2 + 2), interdisciplinary teaching, and global economics interdependence study. Preliminary materials in the guide provide the following information: the state's business education philosophy, mission and goals; areas of study; 25 objectives and competencies; the relation between business education and Connecticut's Common Core of Learning; scope and sequence of courses; requirements for Connecticut business education certification; and state policy on vocational education quality. The main part of the guide outlines the curriculum for business education in four main areas: business technology, information processing, mathematics, and social business. It also provides information on cooperative work experience, Tech Prep 2 + 2, Future Business Leaders of America, and international business education. For each course in the four major areas, the following information is included: sequence, course objectives, software and hardware requirements, teaching suggestions, benefits, cross credit information, introduction, goals, student competencies related to the state Common Core, an outline of course content, evaluation methods, suggested teacher and student activities, career opportunities, and resources. (KC) In general, its teaching curriculum reflects the history of a medical school's interaction with a series of pressures, such as the staggering advance of scientific knowledge and the social demand for greater security against hazards to the welfare of entire populations. Secondary consequences include the isolation of the scientist and loss of the overall view; decline in interest in teaching; depersonalization of medical care; hospital-centred instruction and loss of contact with the viewpoint of the community at the very time that it is demanding more attention. Compensating trends include: increasing confidence in scientific methods, team-work in teaching, the project method of teaching, comprehensive care clinics, and research in educational methods. The conclusion favours medical education that is devoted to the educational needs of the student, to the health needs of the individual patient and of the community, and to the advancement of knowledge and understanding. The Curriculum Resources site of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Environmental Education Center contains curricula and activities on a variety of environmental topics such as water quality and pollution prevention concepts. The links are categorized by Air, Ecosystems, Waste and Recycling, Conservation, Human Health, and Water. Topics include: acid rain, indoor air pollution, ozone, radon, ecology, endangered species, global warming, habitats, watersheds, garbage, waste, landfills, Superfund cleanups, trash, energy, environmental stewardship, natural resources, drinking water, fish advisories, indoor air, ozone depletion, lead, pesticides, smog, drinking water, lakes, oceans, rivers, water pollution, and watersheds. that most significant phenomenaÂ-from endangered species to British novelsÂ-cannot be understood in isolation76 SDSU Curriculum Guide 2010 General Education Seven Essential Capacities Developed General Curriculum Guide 2010 General Education General Education profoundly influences undergraduates by providing The instructional objectives of values education to be taught in the K-12 Utah public schools are outlined and cross-referenced to each subject area in the curriculum. It is the responsibility of the schools to help students clarify perceptions and values with respect to self and society. The major categories of values education goals are: rights and responsibilities, American values, international values, refinement of values (i.e., to develop a systematic process of forming a values system that has life-span durability), nature of conflict, positive self-concept, and societal cement (i.e., to develop a commitment to a core of values that serve as the cement of society). More specific goals under each of these categories are outlined for the elementary, intermediate, junior high, and high school grades. The bulk of the publication then cross-references each of the specific goals to the subject areas in which they are to be taught. Subject areas include communications and reading, mathematics, science, social studies, creative arts, health and physical education, safety and driver education, career and vocations, and the teacher advisory orientation success program. The appendix discusses Utah legislative requirements concerning values education. (RM) This paper provides a historical perspective on the implementation of educational reform by the Thatcher government in England. Since 1979, and particularly since the Education Reform Act of 1988, the state educational system in England has undergone massive reform in the form of a national curriculum, increased school-based management, and the reduction of local education agencies' powers. The rationale was to place control of education in the hands of consumers (parents and employers) and to use market forces to improve school effectiveness. This analysis of educational reform and curriculum implementation is grouped around three themes--culture, control, and curriculum. It is argued that the reforms have been inspired by a desire to reverse the course of history. Three conclusions are made regarding culture, control, and curriculum. First, radical reform of one part of the education system will have little effect if the old social, economic, political, and educational hierarchies continue in an unreformed state. Second, the great concentration of central-government control makes education vulnerable to violent policy reversals should another party come to power. Third, there is no guarantee that the central government possesses educational wisdom. Positive outcomes have been achieved in specifying objectives, ensuring progression within and between schools, and improving knowledge and standards in neglected areas. However, three problems remain: (1) the continuing interference by government ministers in curricular details; (2) the exemption of independent schools from curriculum and testing requirements; and (3) the lack of fit between a traditional, subject-based, centrally controlled national curriculum and a consumer-led approach to education. (LMI) This one-page consumer education materials evaluation form has been developed as a checklist for developers and users of business-sponsored educational materials. Criteria listed include issues such as target audience, design, and usability as well as objectivity and how the business sponsor is identified. The form is intended to prevent indiscriminate use of business-sponsored materials that are biased or that exist primarily to endorse a company or product. (YLB) A description is provided of a 15-month, in-service nursing education program at Childrens Hospital (Los Angeles, California). The first sections of the paper describe Childrens Hospital and provide a rationale for the hospital-based program. A listing of program goals and objectives is also provided, indicating that the curriculum is designed to enable the new hospital employee to acquire theoretical knowledge drawn from both nursing and allied sciences, practical skills, and assessment abilities. After outlining the specific objectives of the course in terms of learning outcomes and performance improvement, the paper identifies the groups for whom the course is intended. The bulk of the document consists of a description of the following units: (1) Professional and Interpersonal Enhancement Training; (2) Neonatal Nursing; (3) Pediatric Intensive Care Nursing; (4) the Procedure Unit; (5) From Infancy to Adulthood; (6) Oncology Nursing; (7) Infectious Diseases; (8) the Operating Room/Recovery Room; (9) the Emergency Room; (10) Ambulatory Nursing; and (11) Dialysis Nursing. The procedure for implementation is described, followed by an evaluation scheme which serves to clarify program objectives. Finally, procedures for curriculum revision and a short bibliography are presented. (LAL) This publication is intended to assist teachers in planning an instructional program in consumer education to meet the state requirements as outlined in the School Code of Illinois. Each of 15 chapters follows a similar format. Each topic is identified in the opening paragraphs, followed by student objectives, an outline of content, suggested activities, and resources. The resources section at the end of each topic reflects the most current material available. Chapter titles are "The Consumer in the Marketplace"; "The Consumer in Our Economy"; "Budgeting"; "Saving, Investing, and Financial Services"; "Consumer Credit"; "Taxes"; "Insurance"; "Consumer Services"; "Housing"; "Food"; "Transportation"; "Clothing"; "Health Care"; "Recreation"; and "Home Furnishing and Equipment." The"Consumer Education Resources" section contains the most used resources for the field of consumer education. An appendix contains "Consumer Education and the Illinois Learning Standards," a correlation of consumer education to the Illinois Learning Standards. (YLB) As a result of House Bill 1229, introduced and passed during the 2011 North Dakota legislative session, every school district, both public and nonpublic, must expand health education to include abstinence education, if teaching sexuality education as part of the general health curriculum. This fact sheet provides guidance for districts in meeting this requirement. This business education curriculum model contains elementary, middle/junior high, and high school business education courses for Iowa students in the following areas: accounting, basic business, information processing, marketing, and general topics. A curriculum model provides specific courses for different educational levels. Each area contains units, and within each unit, the following may be included: introduction, course objectives, competencies, course content, teaching strategies, and references. Accounting units include recordkeeping, accounting I, and accounting II. Basic business units are as follows: introduction to business, consumer economics, business mathematics, and business law. Information processing includes five units: keyboarding, word origination, computer applications, business procedures, and business and office education. Marketing units include the following: principles of marketing, sales and promotion, entrepreneurship, marketing education, and a marketing education-related class. General topics are as follows: advisory councils, area education agencies, articulation, career education, certification, community colleges, continuing education, equity, Iowa Curriculum Assistance System, methods of instruction, multioccupations, prehigh school, professional organizations, program evaluation standards, public relations, small schools, special needs, student organizations, and training demands. (NLA) This teacher's guide on consumer literacy for grades 9-12 is designed for use in the following subject areas: business education, consumer law, economics, home economics, and social studies. Four units are included: (1) consumer decision making--consumer law and protection; (2) major shopping areas--transportation dilemma; (3) housing; and (4) consumers and the environment--an "environmentally friendly" consumer. Each unit contains the following sections: unit learner outcomes; competencies addressed; materials; economic concepts; notes to teachers; grade level, subject areas, time, and procedures; unit assessment; handout(s); visual(s); case studies; and article(s). Ten brochures from the Minnesota Attorney General's Office accompany the four units: buying a new car; collection agencies; constructive complaining; the "environmentally friendly" consumer; home solicitation sales; landlords and tenants--rights and responsibilities; Minnesota's "lemon law"; Minnesota's used care warrantly law; pyramid schemes; and utility shutoffs. A related "materials lending library catalog" is appended. (NLA) A national curriculum is presently being developed in Australia with implementation due during 2014. Associated standards for the accreditation of teachers and for teacher education providers have been prepared with the standards describing skills and attributes that teachers are expected to attain. The developing Australian Curriculum, along with the teacher accreditation and initial teacher education program standards, claim to support guiding statements that describe aspirations for all young Australians. Those guiding statements acknowledge that "sustainability" is an essential element of education for young people in Australia. However "sustainability" is unconvincingly represented in the curriculum and is not visible in the standards. This could potentially result in its omission from teacher education and qualification at all levels. A similar situation already exists in New South Wales (NSW). This article illustrates the positioning of five freshly graduated primary teachers within the context of their five NSW schools and from this distils implications for teaching "sustainability" within the developing national proposals. Recent moves in Australia to institute a national curriculum emanated from federal governments of ostensibly different political persuasions in the period from 2003, building on developments that go back over 25 years. This article traces continuities and new developments, meditating on two questions: whether the current moves are politically likely to move along federalism in Australian education and whether the current approach to national curriculum is educationally sound. Lack of infrastructure to support teachers and schools, lack of necessary feedback loops into policy and development, and lack of appropriate evolving and specified relationships among levels of government may well undo all the important educational work on national curriculum. On the educational front, the overcrowding of specified content, its specification at age levels, and the disjuncture between content, assessment and pedagogies do not bode well for providing practicable and well-resourced support for teachers. But, given other national partnerships and work on federalising many spheres (including the two big spending areas still under states' control: health and education), it may be that national curriculum is a project whose time has come. If so--and this is still not certain--it signals major shifts in the governance of curriculum and particularly has implications for the role of teachers in the core of their work. (Contains 1 table.) This article investigates the long-held assumption that Christian educators need their own curriculum orientation. Seminal documents published by Philip Jackson and Harro Van Brummelen in the nineties are analyzed against the background of a brief history of the field of curriculum theory. The author accepts Jackson's conclusion that curriculum theorists and classroom teachers are generally confused about the true nature of curriculum orientations and about the way curriculum reform takes place. Jackson's own understanding of curriculum orientations raises the bar of curriculum reform from the mere substitution of one conceptual model for another to the preference of one way of life over all others. The investigation reveals that Van Brummelen's presentation of an alternative Christian curriculum orientation both rises above Jackson's critique and is vulnerable to it. Education for Discipleship is a highly evolved alternative curriculum orientation; nevertheless, its implementation is limited to a learning community actualizing a biblical world and life point of view from a conceptual model to actual practice. This investigation suggests that substantive curriculum reform requires two-way traffic along the conduit of influence that connects faith, theoretic frameworks, curricular practice, and community life experience. (Contains 1 chart, 1 note, and a bibliography.) This document, which was developed after a comprehensive review of the current state of driver education across the United States and which included an extensive literature review and interviews with 40 individuals from various sectors, including education, law enforcement, and the insurance industry, identifies ways of revamping driver education. Discussed in the introduction are the current state of knowledge and the need to rethink the objectives and methods of driver education. The following aspects of developing a curriculum outline strategy are considered: driver education's missions, stakeholder needs, underlying strategic assumptions, and curriculum development goals. Presented next is an outline listing 40 performance objectives in the following categories: motivation, knowledge, attention, detection, perception, evaluation, decision, motor skills, safety margin, and responsibility. The following topics are examined in a section on methods: shaping methods to goals, building instructional media units, instructional delivery, refocusing driver education resources on motivation, educating motivation and responsibility, planning and evaluation, and curriculum integration. Included in a section on supporting noninstructional influences are suggestions for coordinating community influences and linking driver education with graduated licensing. Concluding the document are a summary, and 10 recommendations for revamping driver education. Appended are a methods outline and list of the 40 experts consulted. Contains 136 references. (MN) The special education procedural handbook and the special education curriculum guide provide guidelines for teachers and other school personnel. The procedural handbook covers the following areas: individual education program process (IEP) and program placement, individual education program team, administrative placements, parent interviews, program operations, staff time and scheduling, logistics of community/school scheduling, staff roles, classroom management, interagency agreements, lunches/meals, forms, community-based instruction, student identification, community site selection and utilization, safety procedures in the community, use of authorized unsalaried volunteers in community-based instruction, transportation modes, financial management, procedures for obtaining cash from instructional supplies budget, fund raising, allocation of funds to pay for student consumed supplies, student body accounts, revolving cash, training and staff development, administrative training, procedures for staff development, training of community personnel, public awareness, evaluation procedures for curriculum, and program quality indicators. The curriculum guide, to which the handbook is an adjunct, provides definitions of terms, a discussion of curricular options, and brief guidelines in the following instructional domains: domestic, community, career/vocational, and recreation/leisure. Also provided are curriculum quality indicators in the form of program objectives. (DB) Mt. San Antonio Community College District's Consumer/Home Economics In-Service/Curriculum Development Project was designed to provide activities to meet staff development and program improvement needs. The choice of activities was based on evaluation data from previous home economics projects, and priorities identified by the Consumer/Home Economics State Advisory Committee. These activities included: (1) a statewide conference, "Kaleidoscopic Views," attended by professionals from community and four-year colleges and the public and private sectors, was held which recognized innovative programs and provided subject area sessions; (2) three issues of a newsletter entitled "Compendium" were produced and distributed statewide; (3) a program plan revision was conducted, including a review of minimum qualification guidelines for home economics and related subject instructors and an evaluation of interdisciplinary course and program content; (4) two training workshops were held on InfoNet, a statewide communication network, and data were collected on InfoNet usage as part of an effort to determine obstacles to increased enrollments; and (5) four meetings of the Home Economics Professional Development Committee (HEPDC) were convened to provide formative evaluation and recommend modifications and revisions of ongoing activities. Appendixes include lists of HEPDC members and conference participants; a conference evaluation summary; descriptions of 10 innovative programs; an InfoNet flyer; program plan revision materials; a conference program; and summaries of conference presentations, including subject area sessions. (JSP) The special consideration given to academics in American higher education creates a relatively closed political environment that increases higher education's resistance to change and diversification. However, since in this system the consumer has recognized rights, more study should be made of the interplay of consumers, academics, and political institutions. (MSE) This parenthood education curriculum is organized into eight units designed for use in approximately 8 weeks of instruction. Each unit includes the following: an overview, an introductory focus question, a lesson synopsis, basic concepts, lesson objectives, a brief review of basic information, materials, equipment, and advance preparation needed, lesson plan (with activities, handouts, and transparency masters), and a reference list. The units cover the following topics: parenting that enriches lives; caring as a person and as a parent; providing a positive for development---conception to 1 year; providing a positive environment for development---1 year to 18 years; language, communication, and socialization; families--structures and stressors; challenges of teen parenting; and the total picture. The units are suitable for use in integrated parenthood education, language arts, and consumer education courses. (KC) The active learning approach promotes student achievement of higher-order skills such as independent reasoning, problem solving, and critical assessment. Active learning has been shown to foster student retention and encourage a more positive attitude toward school. The goal of the consumer decision-making class for university students and adults described in this paper is to get the students to learn and to practice responsible, informed, and assertive behavior as consumers. In the course, students do exercises, practice making simulated purchases, analyze written and oral materials, and get exposure to community agencies and resource persons. The course emphasizes introducing students to carefully selected information and developing their consumer attitudes and skills. Students become aware of consumer literature in books and periodicals and learn what kind of information these sources can give them. In addition, students hear presentations in class from consumer experts and learn which federal, state, and local agencies provide consumer protection and services. Skill development in active learning classes works toward improved writing, note taking, and arithmetic skills as well as analysis of decision making. Students also improve test-taking skills by working together to write multiple-choice quizzes. Assessment of student learning is based on points assigned for speaker summaries, unit topic paragraphs, bi-weekly quizzes, exercises, and a 10-15 page paper describing a project they will undertake in consumer decision making. (Forms used in the course and a bibliography are appended. (KC) ,113.....................................4 Education Curriculum and Instruction 125..........3 Plant Science 101...............................................3 34 Sophomore Year Computer Literacy (GER) Education Curriculum and Instruction 210..........3 NaturalAgriculture Education Curriculum Grades 6-12 (BS) Freshman Year English (GER) English 101, 102 This study showed that the coverage of energy varies considerably among secondary schools in Great Britain and that British students lack a clear knowledge of energy issues in general and nuclear energy in particular, are indifferent to conservation, and are reluctant to accept nuclear power. Energy education must be given greater emphasis. (Author/RM) Introducing fundamental science concepts and real world issues in energy, renewable energy, energy conservation and the environment to college students has become increasingly important and urgent in higher education. Efforts to effectively incorporate energy materials have led to improvements in the instructional methodology of the general education course ``Energy and the Environment.'' A new approach will be reported, including: 1) adding hands-on projects related to daily life experience; 2) infusing updated information on renewable energy applications into course projects through collaborations; 3) introducing energy and environmental concepts to art majors to stimulate creative art work; 4) broadening student understanding of related issues from a global perspective through a successful study-abroad initiative; and 5) using an online course platform EnhanceEdu to manage multilevel interactions with students. The International Curriculum for Chinese Language Education (ICCLE) represents a significant initiative by the Office of Chinese Language Council International (Hanban) to organise and describe objectives and content for a standardised Chinese language curriculum around the world. It aims to provide a reference curriculum for planning, a framework for assessing language competence, and a basis for resource development to cater for a variety of Chinese language learners, especially students at primary and high schools. In this way it is a welcome addition to the international movement to promote and support Chinese second language education around the world. It claims to be based on thorough scientific research in both past experiences and current practice in foreign and second language education globally, and to have considerably reduced the difficulties of learning Chinese by adjusting objectives and skills to suit more novice learners. The ICCLE is presented in Chinese with an English translation included in the one document. The review provided in this article is based upon the English version. The ICCLE describes the goal of Chinese language education to be the mastery of Linguistic Competencies. Linguistic Competencies is composed of four components: "Linguistic Knowledge" (phonology, vocabulary, grammar etc), "Linguistic Skills" (macroskills), "Strategies", and "Cultural Awareness." The first two of these components, "Linguistic Knowledge" and "Linguistic Skills," are considered the basis of Linguistic Competencies; the latter two components, "Strategies" and "Cultural Awareness," are provided "mainly for the benefit of language teachers." (Contains 2 tables.) Obesity among children and teens continues to be a major public health concern in the United States. Approximately 16.9% of children and adolescents age 2-19 years are obese. To address this epidemic, schools have been encouraged to develop a coordinated school health program, which includes an interdisciplinary approach to nutrition education. Teachers in all subject matters, especially physical educators, are being called upon to teach nutrition education as a way to help reinforce nutrition concepts learned in the classroom. This article provides physical educators with information on how to integrate nutrition lessons into their classes and presents a sample lesson that physical educators can use to incorporate nutrition into their curriculum. (Contains 3 tables.) It is a historically held principle of microeconomics that in the presence of better information, consumers make better decisions. This chapter focuses on information to guide consumers in making decisions about higher education. It examines the development and implementation of a one-stop career and college planning tool that leverages existing data sets with newly created data to facilitate good decisions by consumers of higher education on career choice, major and college choice, and finance options. Early indicators point to improved access to information that supports decision making. Environmental educators in many states are finding that reform efforts are constraining the time they have to prepare and teach new activities. Therefore, they may find it appropriate to develop materials that address environmental education (EE) needs as well as augmenting state reform goals. This study provides an example in which a biodiversity curriculum guide, using the "Linking Florida's Natural Heritage" database, successfully infuses environmental concepts with the writing benchmarks of Florida's Sunshine State Standards (SSS). When measured by the same rubric used for the Florida Comprehensive Achievement Test (FCAT), writing skills rose significantly after students used the five lesson biodiversity supplement. The links between curriculum design and educational psychology are, in principle, strong but are, in practice, becoming increasingly tenuous particularly with the apparent preference of the Department of Education and Science for a curriculum based upon certain ‘core’ subjects. A framework for a curriculum based upon the five communication skills of literacy, oracy, numeracy, graphicacy and physiognomacy is proposed. These The Galileo mission to Jupiter, an international venture to the solar system's largest planet, is a dual-spacecraft mission managed by the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) in California. Consisting of a Jupiter orbiter built by JPL and all atmospheric entry probe managed by NASA Ames Research Center and built by Hughes Aircraft Company, Galileo will answer fundamental questions about the origin and evolution of the solar system. The mission objectives are to investigate the chemical composition and physical state of Jupiter's atmosphere and the Jovian satellites, and to study the structure and physical dynamics of the Jovian magnetosphere. This mission entails a number of firsts, including 1) the first interplanetary mission to include major participation by another country (Germany), 2) the first mission to use gravity assist techniques to reach an outer planet, 3) the first close encounter with main belt asteroids, 4) the first permanent orbiter of all outer planet, and 5) the first in situ sampling of an outer planet. The primary objective of the Galileo Education Curriculum Grant for Science Improvement (Galileo Ed) is to develop science educational curricula based on the Galileo mission to Jupiter, with primary emphasis on the entry probe mission. The goals of Galileo Ed are to (1) develop relevant and exciting hands-on science curriculum and materials, (2) integrate existing school science curriculums, (3) increase interest in and knowledge of space exploration, and (4) actively involve students in the interpretation and analysis of real science data. Developed to provide curriculum materials that secondary Health Occupations Education (HOE) teachers/coordinators can use in organizing their individual programs, this curriculum guide contains performance-based units covering the majority of a four-semester program of study in HOE. The following topics are covered: medical ethics, law, and history; health issues; health care facilities; health careers; career decisions; organization and general plan of the body; first aid; human relations; medical terminology and abbreviations; anatomy and physiology (the integumentary, skeletal and muscular, digestive, circulatory, respiratory, nervous, urinary, reproductive, and endocrine systems); nutrition/ dental health; microbes and diseases; metrics for health occupations; safety and emergency care; recordkeeping; and health care procedures. Included in each unit are most or all of the following components: performance objectives, suggested activities, information sheets, assignment sheets, job sheets, transparency masters, unit tests, and answers to the unit tests. The units are planned for more than one classroom period of instruction. (MN) There has been a resurgence of interest in global education in the UK as global issues are included within the requirements of citizenship education in national curricula. This paper examines the significance attached to global citizenship through Citizenship as a statutory subject at Key Stages 3 and 4 within the National Curriculum for England. Drawing on a web-based project funded by the UK Department for International Development, the paper analyses a number of secondary school texts designed to support teachers and students in incorporating global perspectives into citizenship education. It seeks to answer the question: in what ways is global citizenship being mainstreamed? It suggests that NGOs and commercial publishers have different but complementary approaches to resources for global citizenship and that there is a strong case for greater collaboration between the two sectors. The Cancer Education Curriculum section of the CancerQuest website provides complete curricular units about cervical cancer and skin cancer. These units are part of their "Educator Resources" area, which also includes downloadable posters, interactive educational games about cancer, and video interviews with cancer survivors and clinicians. Visitors to the site will note that each unit has an interactive whiteboard that gives them access to supporting materials, such as vocabulary files, homework, discussion questions, and a quiz. The core of each unit is formed by a PowerPoint presentation and lesson plan. Also, visitors should note that the site contains an eleven-minute video-animation that describes the biological processes that are involved in the development, growth and spread of cancer. These State Curriculum Standards for Business Education are designed for use by school district administrators and teachers in developing local business education programs. The first section shows a cross-reference of new courses and programs to existing courses and programs in Delaware. Course descriptions that identify the title, length, and general description of each course/program follow. The second section lists business education curriculum standards for grades 7-8 and 9-12. One course, Elementary Keyboarding, addresses standards for grades K-8. Each set of standards includes a program objective that describes the area of instruction correlated with indications of what the student will be expected to do in these instructional areas. The 43 courses/programs include principles of business; business administration and management; business economics; international business management; business law; accounting; bookkeeping; recordkeeping; business math; computer operations and services; data entry; programming with business applications; introduction to computer and information technology; business computer software applications; program design and development; operating systems/networking; financial information processing; banking applications; business communications; applied business mathematics; specialized information processing; keyboarding; work processing; and spreadsheet management. (YLB) Consistent with the principles of the Connecticut Common Core of Learning, this competency-based curriculum guide for electronics provides a reference guide for educators to research and prepare for teaching the field of electronics. The guide contains 22 units that cover the following topics: theory of matter; safety; direct current; magnetism; electromagnetism; sources of electricity; alternating current; inductance; transformers; capacitance; R C L circuits; basic semiconductors; power supplies; transistor amplifiers; operational amplifiers; electronic instruments; electronic assembly methods; electronic wiring symbols; digital integrated circuits; radio receiver; radio transmitter; and computer theory. Each unit contains a list of competencies and a short content outline. A list of 27 references is included. (KC) This seven-part guide is intended for use in defining curricula for a wide clientele of adult learners in British Columbia who want to improve their knowledge, skills, and understanding in science. Part 1 explains the guide's place in the provincial curriculum development and articulation processes, defines the three purposes of the guide, outlines the scope of the curriculum, and provides an overview of curriculum goals and instructional units. Part 2 begins with a perspective of the current and future needs of Adult Basic Education (ABE) Science followed by guidelines for specific program and course planning, with representative course designs. Parts 3, 4, and 5, respectively, contain samples of fundamental, intermediate, and advanced instructional units. Each unit contains a topic outline, purpose statement, identification of required background, key ideas, learning objectives and activities, and list of resources. Subject areas considered include general science, biology, chemistry, physics, and earth science. Part 6 presents a variety of ideas to consider in planning ABE science instruction. Brief sections on principles of adult learning, advising and placing students, and student evaluation are included. Part 7 contains sections on laboratory, print, and audiovisual resources; lists of professional references; and addresses of publishers and suppliers. (JN) Current projects in progress are reviewed and evaluated; existing curriculum materials are evaluated; and DOE's energy education program is evaluated. Results from accomplishments of the reviews and evaluations are presented along with conclusions and recommendations. The following projects in progress are reviewed: Solar Curriculum, K-6; Easy Energy Reader, 7-12; Ten Interdisciplinary Units; Four Disciplinary Units; Electric Power Generation; Vocational Education Curriculum; Energy Conservation; and Energy Education Workshop Handbook. (MCW) In this article, the author discusses her experiences with developing an English-language science curriculum for students at the experimental Hai Bin Lu Primary School in China. She uses Schwab's (1973) four common denominators (or essential factors) of curricula--teacher, student, subject matter, and milieu--and Genette's (1980) three categories--narrative, story, and telling--to describe the lessons she devised, which were based on experiential narratives. She then discusses the outcomes of the curriculum, which show that experiential narratives are important tools in ethical and environmental education. Finally, she explains students' moments of encounter with the curriculum materials, the content about which they learned, and how their lives changed based on the lessons. (Contains 1 table.) As Mississippi approaches the 21st century and an increasingly more competitive business climate, the state should be prepared to develop its most precious business asset--its work force. According to 1990 data, Mississippi contributes only 8.5 percent of funding for adult education (the remaining 91.5 percent comes from federal sources) to serve less than 2.3 percent of the eligible population. Furthermore, Mississippi loses up to one-third of its potential high school graduates between grades 9 and 12. Mississippians in households that receive public assistance function at appreciably lower levels of proficiency than those which receive no public assistance. Mississippi must develop a curriculum for the education of those individuals who have not received a public school education. Historically, three approaches have been used to instruct adults: coding and decoding, competency-based instruction, and "portable skills." However, if the question is not one of methodology but rather one of instructional technique to enhance learning in adults, perhaps computer-assisted instruction (CAI) is the innovation that adult education requires. CAI is not a substitute for individual facilitator and learner interaction. The human relationship aspect of the adult basic education program is fundamental to the use of its techniques, methods, and materials. Teachers must also have the flexibility to try different methods with different people. (Contains 24 references and an appendix detailing years of formal schooling completed, by county.) (YLB) This curriculum guide is one of nine such guides developed for an Alberta high school business education program. Its content covers the main subject area or strand of law. Subject to the constraints outlined in the guide, the modules are to be formatted into three- or four-credit courses within each strand. Introductory materials include a business education program philosophy, a list of learning principles applied to business education, a list of program objectives, a schematic overview of a business education high school program, course sequences, guidelines for structuring business education courses, and a business education matrix. The materials specifically for Law 20-30 follow: an introduction, objectives, and a flowchart of modules. These components are provided for each of the 10 modules: purpose and a chart that correlates topics with learning tasks and teaching notes. Module topics are the nature of law and civil law system, contract law, family law, basic rights and responsibilities, labor law, property law, criminal justice system, consumer law, tort law, and controversial issues. The guide also contains guidelines for student evaluation, lists of basic and recommended learning resources, and a correlation of course content with learning resources. (YLB) Part of Project STRETCH, a special personnel preparation grant, this guide contains 13 units on the practical and philosophical areas practitioners, educators, and consumers believed should be included in a basic course for administration of an organized camp: growth and development special populations, camp director's role, philosophy and objectives, program, organizational design, staff, interpreting the camp's value, evaluation, health and safety, food service, business and finance, and site and facilities. Each unit consists of six sections: rationale, basic core competency (a generalized description of the participant's behavior upon completing the unit), areas to be covered to reach the basic core competency, suggested learning activities, assessment methods, and recommended sources (books, films, tapes, etc., related to the areas to be covered and suggested learning activities). All units are numbered in the recommended sequence to be presented or studied. The guide also includes brief discussions of camp director education and of the camp director education facilitator as an adult educator. Appendices include forms for needs assessment, core curriculum planning, and evaluation; list of national organizations and denominations with camping programs and their resources for camp director education; conceptual diagram for organizing a philosophy of camping; and sample outline for a basic camp director education course. (NQA) This booklet outlines competencies for consumer education courses in grades seven through 12 in the Philadelphia school system. Consumer education is seen to develop students' abilities to cope with situations encountered daily in their roles in our economic system. It puts into practice the basic skills of reading, writing, speaking, listening, viewing, problem solving, interpersonal relations, and computation. For each grade level, the booklet identifies up to four major competencies. Each competency is accompanied by numerous behavioral objectives by which mastery can be evaluated. For example, a ninth grade competency is that students will show personal financial management skills. A behavioral objective for this is to plan realistic budgets for differing income levels and priorities. Other competencies include demonstrating ability to plan effectively (grade seven), interpreting issues in consumer affairs and financial management (grade 10), and understanding the importance of a value system in planning (grade 12). (AV) Entrepreneurship education derives its importance from three factors: a demand among students for information about entrepreneurship; a need to provide students with skills related to making jobs, rather than training to take existing jobs; and a related need for economic growth through job creation. According to a 1994 national Gallup poll, 7 out of 10 high school students wanted to start their own business, but most showed remarkably little understanding of entrepreneurship. To provide students with entrepreneurial skills, educational efforts must focus on the following three attributes of entrepreneurship: (1) the identification of market opportunity and the generation of a business idea to address the opportunity; (2) the commitment of resources to pursue the opportunity in the face of risk; and (3) the creation of an operating business organization to implement the idea. A useful model for implementing and supporting an entrepreneurship program identifies three elements: an "initiator" able to identify market opportunities and lead others; a development team recruited by the initiator to assist with human resources, finance, marketing, selling, development, manufacturing, and quality management; and a constituent group of community members with a stake in the growth of the venture. Unfortunately, current curricula fail to even address the initiator element of entrepreneurship. To facilitate the needs of today's youth, educators must provide true entrepreneurship education by focusing the curriculum on the role of the initiator. Contains 14 references. (MAB) Fourteen theme articles discuss the following: curriculum ideas and innovations in agricultural education, agricultural literacy, Supervised Agricultural Experience, active learning, locating agricultural education resources, distance and web-based instruction, principles of forest management, professional development, and service learning. (JOW) Thirteen theme articles discuss integration of science and agriculture, the role of science in agricultural education, biotechnology, agriscience in Tennessee and West Virginia, agriscience and program survival, modernization of agricultural education curriculum, agriscience and service learning, and biotechnology websites. (SK) Textbooks can often provide insights into the status of a discipline. To explore the curriculum assumptions of the field of science education this study is an analysis of leading elementary science education methods textbooks. Seven of the most commonly used methods textbooks were analyzed for their themes within the frameworks of Schubert's curriculum perspectives and Robert's historical orientations. The study This article examines why and how transformative consumer research (TCR) can become a relevant perspective in doctoral programs. The article draws selectively from studies published in consumer behavior, marketing, and marketing education that theoretically or empirically address this topic. It discusses the meaning and background of TCR together with reasons for its adoption within doctoral programs. It then briefly outlines current practices in doctoral programs in marketing and their main limitations. Finally, a proposal for integrating TCR in doctoral programs is presented, highlighting specific actions to implement it. This guide contains information and suggestions intended for the teacher planning an Indian unit or American Indian Heritage Day activities. The first five chapters describe American Indian contributions and influences in foods, design, language, government, pharmaceuticals, art, and sports. The sixth chapter contains 24 sources for these contributions. Three chapters present suggested activities for Native American Day and other celebrations, as well as activities related to Native Americans in the subject areas of art, home economics, language arts, mathematics, music, physical education, science, and social studies. Detailed plans are not included. For specific details or affirmation, it is recommended that teachers consult their Indian education program, resource people, tribal council, or others possessing specific knowledge on the topics. An extensive bibliography section presents fiction, nonfiction, and reference works, including references for selecting books about Native Americans and for incorporating Native materials into the curriculum. Books are separated into two sections, for secondary students and adults and for children. Resources are also listed for specific Montana tribes. Two chapters present a chronology of important dates and the declaration of American Indian Heritage Day in Montana. The final chapter presents the importance of the buffalo to Native Americans, a map of early tribal distribution, and an outline and directions for a Native American education unit. (TD) The essay begins with an account of why Britain introduced a National Curriculum for English and Welsh schools in 1988 in place of its previously more autonomous system. It goes on to analyse the content and aims of the National Curriculum and includes a comparison with Stalin's curriculum for schools in the USSR. An alternative to the National Curriculum is sketched out, centring around the aim of promoting personal autonomy for all. In the last part of the paper recent British experience of greater centralization and vocational orientation of the curriculum is contrasted with recent moves by the USSR State Committee on Education towards the democratization and humanization of the Soviet school system. The digital age brought along the appearance of a new type of consumer, the online consumer. Taking into consideration the serious security threats of the virtual market, the purpose of this article is to emphasize several significant aspects related to online consumer’s rights and interests, with a special interest on the educated online young consumers in Romania. We used desk The aim of this study is to examine the current profile of bioethics education in the nursing curriculum as perceived by nursing students and faculty in Korea. A convenience sampling method was used for recruiting 1223 undergraduate nursing students and 140 nursing faculty in Korea. Experience of Bioethics Education, Quality of Bioethics Education, and Demand for Bioethics Education Scales were developed. The Experience of Bioethics Education Scale showed that the nursing curriculum in Korea does not provide adequate bioethics education. The Quality of Bioethics Education Scale revealed that the topics of human nature and human rights were relatively well taught compared to other topics. The Demand for Bioethics Education Scale determined that the majority of the participants believed that bioethics education should be a major requirement in the nursing curriculum. The findings of this study suggest that bioethics should be systemically incorporated into nursing courses, clinical practice during the program, and during continuing education. PMID:23295639 Please find links for your topic below. CONSUMER EDUCATION *Automobile Purchasing AutoTrader Cars.Com-Buy Cars Online Cars Direct - New, Used Cars - this site might be blocked some by filters Lease Compare.com LeaseTrader.com *Banking Websites : Genisys Credit Union Comerica Bank of America Chase Charter One *Cell phone companies AT T Metro PCS Sprint Verizon *Housing Searches Garden City, Michigan's Zip Code is 48135 Apartment Guide For Rent Observer Classifieds - - you may have to register the ... Concerns about threats posed by microorganisms found in nature are compounded with the possibility for intentional dissemination. Our vulnerability has increased due to more frequent travel between geographical regions, newly emerging pathogens, changes in terrorist activities, and advances in biotechnology. To increase awareness and global preparedness for threats posed by biological agents, educators need to have access to training and materials to educate the next generation in these issues. To assess what approach would provide educators with the tools necessary to incorporate biodefense related content into their current curricula, secondary education science teachers were surveyed about factors limiting the content of curricula presented in their courses. Results indicate that the most influential barriers to curricula change are time limitations and state mandated exam pressures. Analysis measuring differences in survey responses between two groups of teachers who are separated based on their level of using mandated state objectives to guide their curricula planning indicates that pressures of state mandated exam scores and a general fear of unsuccessful results are determinants for separating teachers into one of these two groups. A teacher training workshop conducive to supporting curricula change was held with the goal of increasing awareness of current threats posed by biological agents and modern biodefense strategies. The workshop was also designed to assist participants in overcoming barriers challenging their ability to incorporate new content into curricula. Participant responses to a post-workshop survey were favorable for measurements of the workshop effectiveness towards diminishing barriers to teacher initiated curricula changes. Respondents reported increased understanding of modern biology, increased realization of the importance of updating curricula with modern knowledge, and increased likeliness of incorporating content from the workshop into current curriculum. In this paper, we begin by providing an overview of the Educator Pathway Project (EPP), an education infrastructure that was developed in response to emerging critical nursing workplace issues, and the related demand for enhanced workplace education. We then describe the EPP competency-based curriculum designed to prepare nurses as preceptors, mentors, and educators to lead learning with diverse learner groups. This competency-based curriculum was developed through a collaboration of nurse leaders across practice, academic, and union sectors and drew from a widely embraced curriculum development model (Iwasiw, Goldenberg, & Andrusyzyn, 2005). The goal of the curriculum was to prepare nurses through a four-level career pathway model that contextualized practice and education theory to various education-related roles and levels of experience within the practice setting. Over 1,100 nurses participated in this innovative intersectoral nursing initiative. PMID:21126229 This curriculum planning guide helps districts design an appropriate educational program on HIV/AIDS prevention. The chapters focus on the following topics: "Montana Board of Public Education Position Statement on HIV/AIDS"; "Instructional Guidelines: Key Issues in Program Planning, Major Health Education Content Areas, Summary, and Curriculum Progression Matrix for K-12 Instruction about HIV and AIDS"; "Guidelines for Effective School Health Education to Prevent the Spread of AIDS"; "General Criteria for Evaluating an AIDS Curriculum"; "Matching Approaches to AIDS Education with Childhood Development"; "Educational Materials and Resources on HIV/AIDS"; "Where to Find Information"; "OPI-Supported HIV/AIDS Education"; "Guidelines for Reviewing Human Sexuality Education Materials";"Guidelines for Non-School Personnel Presenting Health Programs in Montana Schools"; "CDC/DASH Research to Classroom Project"; "Montana Department of Health and Human Services Recommendations for Preventing the Transmission of Human Immunodeficiency Virus in the School Setting"; and "Montana HIV/AIDS Education Program." (SM) Environmental education has become trapped in the curriculum box. At a time when our students' generation is becoming trapped in a global warming box, their education needs to be rapidly adaptable to the changing state of their planet. Venturing outside the curriculum box takes courage, creativity, and a willingness to let nature serve as the teacher. This paper provides a rationale for stepping outside the box, and discusses my experiences as an environmental education coordinator working to create transformative learning experiences for students. The burgeoning knowledge of the human brain generated by the proliferation of new brain imaging technology from in recent decades has posed questions about the potential for this new knowledge of neural processing to be translated into "usable knowledge" that teachers can employ in their practical curriculum work. The application of the findings of neuroscience to education has met a mixed reception, with some questioning its relevance for educational practice. Simplistic generalizations about neuroscience's application to education have been dubbed as neuromyths, and regarded as being at best irrelevant to or at worst counterproductive in bringing about good educational practice. In recent times, expansive literature generated in the area of educational neuroscience has drawn attention to a range of epistemological and conceptual issues pertinent to the attempt to translate neuroscientific research findings into usable knowledge that has the potential to improve curriculum practice. Issues involved in such a process include the place of neuroscience among the corpus of disciplines constituting the educational foundations; the conceptual framework required to translate knowledge between neuroscience and education; and, whether usable knowledge can be generated from neuroscientific information, so to be applied in curriculum work. These curriculum questions have direct bearing on curriculum work as the issue of usable knowledge relates directly to the teacher's role in the curriculum process. This article will consider the expectations and constraints in relation to the contribution of neuroscience to the production of usable knowledge for curriculum work. (Contains 2 notes.) In Malaysia, the national moral education curriculums are designed to develop the values that Malaysians of diverse cultures share or that the government wishes to develop as shared values to bring about religious and ethnic harmony. Moral education for Muslims is incorporated into in-school religious education, while a separate, essentially secular moral education curriculum has been prepared for non-Muslim children. The moral education curriculum is designed around ten values: physical and mental cleanliness, consideration, moderation, diligence, thankfulness, trustworthiness, fairness, affection, respect, and society. As set out by the education ministry, the curriculum leaves no room for discarding, deleting, or modifying these values. Instructional materials focus on developing students; ability to apply moral principles in decision making and role taking. Many lessons focus on neighborliness, interracial harmony, and the avoidance of conceit and boasting. While the curriculum does not openly advocate different rules or responsibilities for boys and girls, boys are more often the main characters in the stories. While the curriculum is designed for non-Malays only, some of the textbooks are written and illustrated by Malays and show people from various ethnic groups, including Malays. The moral education curriculum is experimental, and many contextual factors will determine its influence on children's moral development. Sample stories at five grade levels are included. (AC) 62 SDSU Curriculum Guide 2010 Distance Education Policy Policy adopted by Senate, April 6, 2000; Revised April 7, 2009 Classes and Courses, Hybrid, and Distance Education 1.0 Distance education shall. Distance education may include audio, video, or computer technologies. A hybrid class shall be defined Background: Curriculum fidelity describes the extent to which a curriculum is implemented faithfully as planned. Curriculum fidelity issues may arise when teachers implement the curriculum inconsistently due to differences in philosophy, barriers in the setting, or other local concerns. Purpose: The study examined challenges that a teacher faced in implementing a constructivist physical education curriculum that had fidelity implications. Research design: Ethnographic case study design was employed in the research. Participants and setting: One physical education teacher, "Daniel", and his students in the third, fourth, and fifth grades participated in the study as they were involved in a curriculum intervention in a large urban school district in the US. Daniel's school was randomly assigned to an experimental group to implement a physical education curriculum based on health/fitness-related science. Data collection: The researchers observed 75 lessons taught by Daniel using non-participant observation techniques and conducted two structured interviews with Daniel and eight interviews with his students. Data analysis: Constant comparison with open and axial coding was used to analyze the observation and interview data. Findings: Two thematic challenges emerged: (1) school contextual constraints that limited the fitness science learning environment in physical education, and (2) Daniel's personal values and preference for a recreational rather than a science-based physical education program. These challenges impacted Daniel's decisions when teaching the curriculum. (Contains 1 note.) The curriculum guide for special education students is intended to serve as a supplement to the Washington 1980 State Traffice Safety Education Curriculum Guide. The guide is also correlated with two popular traffic safety texts. Each of the 21 modules contains a goal statement, a list of vocabulary words that might be difficult, a check sheet that lists requirements for both the special education teacher and the traffic safety teacher, samples of any materials or worksheets, and a module evaluation section. Modules are concerned with the following areas: introduction to traffic safety, preparing and controlling the vehicle, maneuvering in limited space; intersections; traffic flow; lane changes; passing; critical driving tasks; vehicle malfunctions and breakdowns; city and freeway environments; obtaining your driver's licence; signs, signals, and pavement markings; human functions--defensive driving; roadway variations; limited visibility and lessened traction; special driving conditions; vehicle characteristics, motorcycle awareness; nonmotorized traffic; internal and physical factors, alcohol and other drugs; vehicle maintenance; planning for travel; legal and postcrash responsibilities; and individual responsibilities and opportunities, fuel conservation, and system improvement. Also included is a pre/posttest. (DB) WORK EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT FOR FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCE EDUCATION The purpose of the volunteer/work experience requirement is to provide those seeking vocational authorization in family and consumer science education with practical "work experience" in their field. Since family and consumer science education deals The forces of globalisation affect the lives of everybody on the planet--but defining the concept of globalisation, and its appropriate place within the school curriculum, still proves problematic. This article engages with three key issues: our understanding and conceptualisation of globalisation; the impacts of globalisation on education; and the place of globalisation in the geography curriculum. Globalisation influences education policy and practice worldwide, in turn creating concerns that national curricula, teaching and assessment are increasingly tending towards uniformity. The opportunities and challenges faced by young people growing up in our rapidly globalising world are considered in this article from the perspective of curriculum makers in geography. (Contains 3 notes.) This guide is intended to assist in developing and teaching a social studies course for adult basic education students. The first part identifies a rationale for the development of adult social studies programs, general goals for such programs, and specific competencies designed to help students achieve program goals. The section on course design covers the methodology, scope, and organization of the social studies curriculum and suggests alternative approaches to teaching social studies. The second part outlines some general principles underlying adult learning and instruction, identifies some relevant teaching strategies, provides case studies of adult social studies situations, and suggests some criteria and strategies for student evaluation. Part 3, the main portion of the guide, suggests six major theme units for a social studies course (Canadian government, law, and citizenship; people and their environment, multiculturalism; the information society; economics and people; and global citizenship) that emphasize the history, geography, government, and economy of Canada and encourage students to develop problem-solving and analytical skills. Also included in this section are case studies connected with each of the theme units and suggestions for using the themes (with emphasis on the individualized instruction approach). The fourth part identifies relevant instructor references and student materials. (MN) Because the core curriculum for reading education evolved in an unsystematic manner, it has no "official sanction" and is thus very difficult to challenge or to supplement. The traditional "publish and wait" means of challenging existing conventions or submitting alternative propositions has changed without notice, largely due to increased political activism and information inflation. One approach to combatting these two factors is to establish a core literature that would provide a body of commonly known facts that could be alluded to in discourse among members of the field. Developing a core literature would necessarily involve ranking the most frequently cited articles, studies, and books; critically annotating the most highly ranked citations; and maintaining a committee responsible for recommendations and revisions. The list developed by Nancy Wilcox contains 43 ranked citations, but none of the logical refinements to which this list lends itself diminishes the value of a departmentally sanctioned list. A sanctioned core literature would be very much like a "controlled substance" in pharmacy: it could be powerful when appropriately governed and used by ethical, well trained, practicing professionals, although dangerous where any one of these elements were absent. The Wilcox list is appended. (HTH) The educational goal of the Faculty of Global Engineering (FGE) of the Kogakuin University is to prepare the graduates to be global engineers. The requirements for the global engineer are multifold; having the basic and advanced engineering knowledge together with the international communication skills and experiences. The curriculum at the Kogakuin University has been designed and developed over the last ten years. Among others, “Communication Skills for Global Engineers (CSGE) ” and “Engineering Clinic Program (ECP) ” play essential roles, the former providing the students with the communication skills and the latter engineering design skills. An impact on the students studying together with foreign students is so strong and immeasurable. The English they learned in Japan does not work as well as they thought it would, and the attitude of the foreign students toward studying they observe is a kind of “shocking” . The student who joined ECP abroad/CSGE abroad come back to Japan as a very inspired and different person, the first step becoming a global engineer. In this paper, various aspects of the program will be discussed with the problem areas to be further improved being identified. , Teaching, and Learning (CTL) Master of Arts in Education with a concentration in Teach- ing English many opportunities for students to be part of a high-quality teaching and learning community. While preparation in our master of arts in Curriculum Teaching and Learning, applicable to a wide variety of non-teaching Presented by the International Schools Association, this document outlines the curriculum for K-12 sustainability education. Topics covered include the ESD Framework, skills and attitudes for sustainability, global citizenship for sustainability, all in one document from the International Schools Association. Innovation is essential for the education sector. The ways in which curriculum decision making is organised reflects different implicit approaches on how educational systems pertain to promote innovation in education. Curriculum holds an outstanding place when seeking to promote innovation in education, as it reflects the vision for education by indicating knowledge, skills and values to be taught to students. It may express not only "what" should be taught to students, but also "how" the students should be taught. Curriculum innovations can include new subjects, combinations of old subjects or cross-cutting learning objectives. They may also take a form of new content, concepts, sequencing, time allocation or pedagogy. This paper characterises two contrasted approaches to curriculum decision making and bringing about innovations in education. At one extreme, a prescriptive central curriculum implicitly places the initiative for educational innovations at the level of the central administration. This approach provides strong incentives for schools and teachers to adapt innovations that would not otherwise take place. Innovations, supported by policy measures and informed by research, are brought within the reach of all schools and teachers in an equitable manner. The challenge is then to accommodate local needs and ensure the commitment to and implementation of innovations by schools and teachers. At the other extreme, decentralised curriculum decision making provides schools--and perhaps even teachers--with room to create their own educational innovations. This approach allows for experimentation relevant to individual students and local communities. Innovations are meant to spread through horizontal networks of schools and teachers. The challenge is then to provide incentives for individual schools and teachers to innovate or adapt innovations and ensure that they have equal capacity to do so. The paper provides an overview of various possible approaches linking curriculum policy to educational innovation, it shows that OECD countries can mix these approaches and it discusses elements that can affect those innovations in reality. Focusing on public lower-secondary education, it draws on various OECD and UNESCO data. First, the paper suggests that OECD education systems differ clearly when looking at formal curriculum decision making, although no system relies on a purely central or school-based approach to curriculum innovations. Second, several elements can reduce the "innovation power" of the central curriculum and the "innovation flexibility" of the decentralised curriculum. Third, stakeholders--such as experts, teachers and parents--are able to influence curriculum innovations differently at central and school levels. Innovations in central-level curriculum appear to have widespread possibilities to rely on expert knowledge with consultation with practitioners, parents and the wider public. School level curriculum innovations appear to build mainly on principals and teachers' knowledge with an indirect influence from experts and parents. Annexed are: (1) Emerging Curriculum Themes in OECD Countries; (2) Approaches to Bringing About Competence-Based Curriculum; (3) Central Level Curriculum in OECD Countries; (4) Details on the Implicit Approaches to Curriculum Innovations; and (5) Roles of Parents in Decision Making on Education Policy. (Contains 13 tables, 4 charts, 5 boxes and 20 notes.) This article presents a review of three chapters in "Part II, Section D: Teaching Curriculum" of "The SAGE Handbook of Curriculum and Instruction" (F. M. Connelly, M. F. He, J. I. Phillion, Eds.; Sage Publications, 2008). These chapters ["Teacher Education as a Bridge? Unpacking Curriculum Controversies" (Marilyn Cochran-Smith, Kelly E. Demers. Chapter 13, pp. 261-281); "Cultivating the Image of Teachers as Curriculum Makers" (Cheryl J. Craig, Vicki Ross. Chapter 14, pp. 282-305); and "Teachers' Experience of Curriculum: Policy, Pedagogy, and Situation" (William Ayers, Therese Quinn, David O. Stovall, Libby Scheiern. Chapter 15, pp. 306-326)] provide deeper insight into the work of teachers and teacher educators as curriculum makers. The chapters provide a detailed history of how teaching curriculum has been theorised through practice and the contemporary contexts and controversies framing curriculum work. In this review, Harris-Hart discusses each chapter highlighting key issues and themes, drawing links across chapters, and identifying both areas of particular interest and areas for further exploration. In addition, she proposes an alternate theoretical lens, Actor Network Theory (ANT), through which issues of control and agency as they relate to curriculum practice, can be further explicated. (Contains 1 note.) Fueled by the internet, instantaneous videos, and the emphasis to look "right" or always win athletic competitions, many students are seeking information on nutrition and dietary supplements. Classroom observations reveal student interest and discussions are among the highest when the topic is dietary supplements. Teachers and coaches provide an important link in providing accurate, research-based nutritional education. In this article, a questionnaire and discussion is presented as a teaching aid for the teacher or coach who faces the daunting task of educating students and/or athletes regarding nutrition and the use of dietary supplements. This questionnaire can be used to assess a student's nutritional behavior, promote classroom discussion, and provide general "teaching concepts." An additional goal of using the questionnaire is to enlighten students to simple changes in dietary patterns that can be implemented in place of consuming a dietary supplement. (Contains 2 tables.) Utilizing games within the classroom may assist counselor educators with enhancing learning. Counselor educators may integrate games within the curriculum to assist students in learning and developing self-awareness and to assess knowledge and skills. This article describes the utilization of games within experiential-learning theory and presents research supporting the integration of games within the classroom. Additionally, the author outlines a process to assist counselor educators in creatively developing and modifying games. Furthermore, the author presents a sample of games developed or modified for integration within the counselor education curriculum. In a report to the Aotearoa New Zealand Ministry of Education entitled "Curriculum Policy and Special Education Support" (2004), the team of writers noted the lack of collaboration between experts in these two fields. This paper explores the apparently separate worlds of special education and curriculum policy in order to develop an understanding of where are the intersections, near misses and black holes. The experiences of the present authors, as education professionals in the two fields, are used to illustrate these gradually merging worlds. Discourses in special education are explored along with the need for new directions in curriculum developments for children with disabilities that disrupt current boundaries. The authors see possibilities in policy aims and practices; they have found (and participated in) attempts to reach out across the divides. This study sampled 268 people involved in natural resource research and management education from every state in the United States to determine what concepts, skills and affects should be included in the National Project WET (Water Education for Teachers) water and water resource curriculum framework. The analysis contains an 80-item curriculum framework to guide the development of educational materials. (Author/AIM) Through history nursing education has strongly advocated the importance of educating students towards moral and ethical responsibility. In today's society however, it has become increasingly difficult to honour this concern. One peephole to capture the ongoing struggle is to look into the curriculum where different stakeholders voice different opinions. Following a social constructive perspective the curriculum texts represent specific interest among stakeholders related to nursing education in a certain historical periods. By analysing the two last versions of the curriculum we get an insight into moral and ethical issues at stake and different ways of addressing these questions. While moral and ethical issues in the curriculum of 1987 follow a disciplinary discourse emphasising the importance of learning ethical concepts and modes of arguments, the curriculum of 2000 places ethical and moral issues within an employability discourse. In this curriculum moral issues are seen as an obligation linked to students practical and technical skills. The 2000 curriculum represents a shift from emphasising the independent and reflective professional to underline the skillful and morally obliged practitioner. PMID:15519447 Materials are provided from a presentation concerning the Holmes Group, a coalition of 39 education deans from leading research universities, and its reform package for teacher education. The specific focus of these materials is creation of a revamped graduate-level education curriculum for business teacher education at the Ohio State University (OSU). A press release on the Holmes Group, a chart of its geographical regions, and a journal article on the Holmes Group are presented. Other contents include a list of generalizations concerning OSU teacher education students and an outline of issues in professional development of teachers. A description of the business teacher education major at OSU displays the 10-course professional business teacher education core curriculum. A listing of 12 business teacher education issues precedes the reference list. (YLB) The author claims that the UK coalition government's White Paper, entitled the Importance of Teaching, continues to polarise curriculum and pedagogical thinking in England into subject-centred versus child-centred camps and in doing so takes sides with the former. He argues that government reports--such as Hadow, Spens and Norwood--have been concerned with the role and status of the traditional subject-based curriculum of the elite grammar schools in a mass educational system. In this policy context cycles of curriculum development and reform have tended to "seesaw" from the subject-centred to the child-centred curriculum poles and back again. Attempts to reconcile these conflicting perspectives by locating the subject-centred curriculum in the realm of educational ends and the child-centred perspective, as exemplified by the thought of John Dewey, in the realm of educational methods. In this way the child-centred approach is used to improve and broaden access to the traditional subject-based curriculum, while being rendered subservient to it. The author goes on to examine Dewey's own integrated conception of the relationship between subjects and the child-centred perspective and its implications for curriculum and pedagogy. These are compared with the views on curriculum design and teacher training expressed in the White Paper. The author concludes that there is a growing gap, between the partial models of mind and its development that inform government policy in the field of education and advances towards a broader and more integrated model. From the latter standpoint educational policy-making in England will look increasingly disordered. This interim evaluation report of the St. Louis, Missouri Urban Consumer Education Project assesses program effectiveness in terms of teacher training and teacher knowledge of consumer basics, community resource participation, and student and teacher knowledge. The project was designed to teach fifth grade students their rights and responsibilities as consumers, while helping teachers and other community members to gain expertise in teaching and using consumer basics. A major feature of the teacher training workshops was the participation of representatives from local businesses, educational institutions, and public service agencies. These resource persons also taught consumer basics to the students. In a post-program test which evaluated consumer knowledge of wise buying habits, warranties, consumer agencies, and consumer rights and responsibilities, both student and teacher performance was weakest in the understanding of warranties. Students showed limited knowledge of local consumer groups to be contacted about consumer problems. Appended to this report are samples of the tests used in the evaluation. (JCD) Local instructional design describes the process of customization that naturally occurs when curriculum innovations interface with local classrooms and schools. Describing the practice of local instructional design can help to explain how curriculum is adapted to local conditions and provides insight on how instructional leaders mediate curriculum, teaching, and school conditions to allow for reform-oriented curriculum to occur. Research on local design has tended to focus on the intersection of curriculum, teachers, and students. This case-based dissertation study documents the process of local instructional design in the context of high school science education through a distributed leadership perspective. The study develops a model of instructional design, points to the important roles of administrators, parents, and university consultants in leading local design, and suggests instructional reform advocates consider the role of school leadership and community when further studying local instructional design. Realizing the goals of higher and continuing education calls for applying consumer research to university marketing techniques. Several higher education publics have been identified, and the idea of consuming publics can be subdivided into internal and external consumers, with the student viewed as the educational product. Internal consumers include future consumers (prospective students), current consumers (enrolled students), past consumers (alumni), and dissatisfied consumers (prior students). External customers are private industry, graduate schools, government, and other nonprofit organizations. Though certain market research scholars might dismiss higher education as an area that does not lend itself to their work, several reasons can be proposed for supporting involvement in this type of research (such as testing theoretical concepts concerning various higher education publics). To be effective, consumer research in higher education must meet several prerequisites (including that it be coordinated, continuous, implemented, and evaluated). Four areas recommended for future research are: (1) the need for market segmentation research, especially concerning nontraditional consumers; (2) a more thorough analysis of the needs of alumni, faculty, and staff and "other publics" of higher education; (3) understanding the unmet needs of the students who drop or stop out; and (4) the apparent need to anticipate future demands of external consumers. Contains 31 references. (SM) Developed for use by teacher educators or state staff, this teaching packet provides preservice or inservice training to teachers and prospective teachers on how to use the Illinois Core Curriculum in Agriculture. (It is recommended that copies of the Illinois core materials be available to the students.) Three problem areas are included: Orientation to the Illinois Core Curriculum in Agriculture, Using the Core Curriculum to Develop a Teaching Plan, and Using the Core Curriculum to Develop Courses of Study. Each problem area includes all or most of the following components: teacher educator's guide (suggested objectives, suggested interest approaches, anticipated problems and concerns, suggested learning activities, application procedures, evaluation, and references), information sheets, worksheets, transparencies, and class handouts. The recommended time for teaching these problem areas is during the "methods" course prior to the student teaching experience or as part of an inservice workshop or seminar for teachers currently employed. (YLB) A departmental review of education curricula in Queensland, Australia has found that minimal or no learning about sexuality education takes place. Its public schools and teachers are able to avoid or not fulfil their obligations regarding the teaching of sexuality education and reproductive health to children and young people. This lacuna in schools' duty of care may significantly compromise the well-being, choices, life skills and opportunities for young people as they mature towards adult citizenship, and may even lead to potentially hazardous situations for them. To redress this deficiency, a new curriculum and supporting documents have been developed by Queensland's curriculum authority. This paper audits both the current Human Relationships Education and the new Sexual and Reproductive Health Education curricula. This paper also analyses the rationale for teaching school students about sexuality, relationships and reproduction as an essential part of Health and Physical Education, in light of significant contemporary sexuality education issues and contexts. (Contains 1 table.) This document contains the results of a survey of state directors of special education on the status of strategies related to improving access for students with disabilities to the general education curriculum. This activity was undertaken as part of the cooperative agreement between Project Forum at the National Association of State Directors of Special Education (NASDSE) and the U.S. Department of Education's Office of Special Education Programs (OSEP). Project Forum staff designed this activity and developed the survey form in collaboration with the Access Center, a project funded by OSEP to provide technical assistance on the topic of improving access to and progress in the general education curriculum. The survey is the first step in a process that will document the programs and activities states have initiated to meet this requirement of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). Project Forum staff conducted and analyzed the survey results and compiled this summary that will be used by the Access Center to plan subsequent activities related to building state capacity to help students with disabilities succeed in the general education curriculum. The survey, conducted from April to June 2005, requested states to report on the stage they are in, by academic area, regarding strategies to enhance access to the general education curriculum, the professional development they have provided, whether they have a written definition of access to the general education curriculum and any challenges they have encountered in supporting these activities. A total of 32 states responded and this document contains a brief analysis of the data they provided. You may find a copy of the survey as an addendum to this document. (Contains 3 footnotes and 2 tables.) As an educational leader, in selecting a curriculum we must know our success as a knowledge-based economy will depend on how well schools equip young people with competencies the future will require, says Prof Geoff Masters. Within the school sector, efforts are being made at many levels--from classroom teachers to system managers--to enhance the quality of children's learning experiences and to ensure that all students receive the best education America can provide. For educational leaders these efforts to improve school education depend on access to relevant, reliable and timely feedback on educational outcomes for students. In school education, outcomes are measured not only in terms of academic achievement, but also in terms of access to, participation in and completion of schooling. It can also be gauged in terms of preparation for, and successful transition into, future study and employment (Masters, 2002). This article examines the most recent educational curriculum trends that should be considered in the planning, design, and modernization of schools and the direction of Career Technical Education and how it can be used in renewing obsolete curriculum. The trends were identified by reviewing research on the relationship of school facilities to student outcomes, by performing a general environmental scan of current trends, issues, problems, and initiatives in education, and by reviewing demographic patterns emerging out of the Education Longitudinal Study 2002 (ELS, 2004). This curriculum model represents an entire school district's attempt to use paleontology to implement standards-based education reforms. While most colleges do not have a dinosaur available for student and teacher use, the project provides a template for partnerships between colleges and local school districts. The curriculum can be adopted by teachers to institute standards-based classroom practice and by education professors to model standards-based pedagogy for pre-service teachers. Examples of curriculum activities are included. When a collaborative approach is embraced, decentralization in the art classroom can consist of a non-linear exchange of ideas between teacher and students, allowing for necessary dialogue and conversation, ultimately leading to innovative exploration of materials and concepts. In this situation, students can become active learners as opposed to passive participants, and teachers learn to strategically listen and watch for teachable moments. This article examines the decentralized approach to art curriculum from a pedagogical point of view, acknowledging advantages and disadvantages for art educators, and its contribution to a curriculum that captures the current cultural aesthetic experience. By referring to research in art education and writings of curriculum theorists, the author argues for an application of decentralized approaches to teaching visual art in contemporary learning environments, with emphasis on instigating critical thinking within classroom critiques of student artwork. The following topics are addressed: (1) the connection between decentralized curriculum and complexity thinking; (2) the significance of dialogical exchange between teacher and students; (3) the concept of emergent knowledge; and (4) the noted desire for flexible curricular models in art education. The author concludes by providing accounts of collaborative learning within university studio art courses that occur in online environments, with the intent of provoking thought for art education at all levels. Throughout, she describes a theoretical framework for understanding decentralized curriculum as she argues for a contemporary art pedagogy that is reflective of contemporary life. (Contains 5 figures.) Abstract: this article is to provide insight into personal relevancecurriculum designs through a discussion of a theoretical perspective on theirnature, underlying rationale and application to a study of technology, sourceof content, organizational structure, and use in technology education. Most ofthe discussions are limited to a micro-curriculum as opposed to a macro level.However, inferences can be drawn to include both. The This composite report provides a snapshot of current thinking about the needs and challenges of consumer education in the United States. The quotations were selected from responses of a small group of educators, legislators, and consumer leaders in business, government, labor, the media, and the community who were invited to write brief statements about consumer education as they saw it. With the exception of a 1975 quote from Ralph Nader, all quotations are current. They are divided into six categories. The name and position of the author are provided. The section on "Choice and Empowerment" addresses clarity of choice; minorities, language, and cultural differences; empowering consumers; marketplace power; accepting responsibility; and improving consumer literacy. "Information and Decisions" covers consumer self-education, finding and using information, government information, and informed decisions in a global marketplace. Quotations in "Consumer Protection" relate to prevention--the best remedy and antidote for fraud; those in "Business and Consumers" discuss when everyone profits and the existence of a false comfort level. "Teacher Education" quotations address the need for increased funding; U.S. teacher academies to include consumer education; experience as a negative teacher; the family; and teacher accreditation, guidelines, and training. Quotes in "Students as Consumers" cover math for everybody, what students say, and how neglect shortchanges students. (YLB) among industry, technology, and society, the interdisciplinar y nature of the field, and general problem solving. The practice of industrial arts\\/technology education, however, has not always demonstrated a clear relationship to those goal statements. Industrial arts\\/technology education laboratories and student activ- ities often resemble vocational education laboratories and student activities. Moreover, much of the prescriptive Objective. To conduct a follow-up survey of curriculum committee chairs in US colleges and schools of pharmacy to describe current committee structures and functions and determine whether changes have occurred over time. Methods. A descriptive cross-sectional study design using a 30-item survey instrument regarding the structure, function, and charges of curriculum committees was sent to 100 curriculum committee chairs. Several new variables were added to the questionnaire to explore the use of systematic reviews, oversight of experiential education, and the impact of accreditation standards on work focus. Results. Eighty-five chairs responded. Curriculum committees are on average 1 person larger, less likely to have a student vote, more likely to have formal charges, and more likely to be involved in implementing an outcomes-based curriculum compared with 1994. Committees have shifted their work focus from review of curricular content to curricular revision. Conclusions. Curriculum committees continue to evolve as they respond to changes in pharmacy education and accreditation standards. This teacher's guide is designed to facilitate use of the West Virginia floriculture competency-based education (CBE) curriculum by instructors in floriculture programs. The curriculum is organized into 13 learning units, correlated with specific competencies. Each competency includes a learning checklist, learning activities, and evaluative standards. Where appropriate, student quizzes, work sheets, and information sheets are included. In order to aid the teacher, the accompanying teacher's guide contains an explanation of the curriculum and suggested usage; a list of competencies, by job title; suggested unit tests; and a list of references to accompany the curriculum. Appendixes to the guide contain data and information on tasks currently performed and equipment used, as determined from a validation survey of educators and persons employed in floriculture, and lists of curriculum aids currently used in West Virginia floriculture programs. Job titles covered in the curriculum include field inspector for disease and insect control; irrigator; supervisor of insect and disease inspection; flower picker; bulb sorter; supervisors of rose grading and horticulture; specialty growers; plant propagator; harvest contractor; cashier-wrapper; farmworker; telephone order clerk; salesperson for flowers or florist supplies; floral designer; florist; and manager of a retail store. (KC) The preprofessional pharmacy curriculum provides the foundation for the professional curriculum. Basic requirements are noted in the ACPE Standards and Guidelines, but there is considerable variation in the preprofessional curriculum requirements for entry into doctor of pharmacy programs in the United States. Changes in higher education, pharmacy practice, and health care continue to drive the need to evaluate the preprofessional curriculum. The objectives of this white paper were to create model preprofessional curricula that would enable students to be successful during and after entry into the professional curriculum. Using an evidence-based approach where possible, a number of factors were found to be associated with academic success during a pharmacy program and on licensing examinations. These data and other information were used to create 2 preprofessional curricular models that include the development of general and discipline-specific abilities. Challenges remain in accurately evaluating the abilities and attributes of applicants and the impact of those abilities and attributes on their success as a student and a practitioner. Colleges and schools of pharmacy should consider adopting a more consistent preprofessional curriculum on a national level. This preprofessional curriculum should be multi-dimensional, based on needs for future practice, and revised over time. This paper stresses the need for consumer education programs which reflect social changes and which will be relevant in the future. Specifically, it explores ways in which educators can develop and implement consumer education programs which stress quality of life, simplified lifestyles, and changing American consumption habits. Quality of life is interpreted to include a degree of excellence in lifestyle that could be available to all citizens, rather than wealth, privilege, affluence, and materialism. Many of the ideas upon which recommendations for changes in consumer education curricula are based derive from a contemporary social movement called "Voluntary Simplicity." One of the best known advocates of this simplicity movement, Michigan Senator, Philip A. Hart, is often cited throughout the paper as an example of an intelligent and thoughtful consumer. Recommendations regarding how to develop consumer education programs based on quality of life concepts are presented in three areas--consumer decision making, consumer resource management, and consumer citizen participation. Recommendations include teaching students how to make a conscious effort to reduce nonessential possessions, encouraging students to become less dependent on large institutions, stressing knowledge and skills needed for citizen participation, helping students understand how consumption habits affect other people and the environment, and helping students mesh their desired lifestyle with their career goals and future earning capacity. The conclusion is that educators should learn more about the simplicity movement and should incorporate its objectives and concepts into consumer education programs. (DB) This article explores the experiences of 8 Inuit curriculum authors in the Nunavut Territory of Canada during the creation of "Inuuqatigiit: The Curriculum From the Inuit Perspective". The "Inuuqatigiit" authors' story is examined in terms of the group coming together, their work with elders, the educational community's response to the "Inuuqatigiit" curriculum, as well as the author's intentions for its future use. The "Inuuqatigiit" authors' journey demonstrates a commitment to curriculum development and instructional practice that is firmly rooted in Inuit language and culture. Details of the authors' contributions to Indigenous, community-based schooling efforts are provided, as well as discussions of the wider discursive connections contained within the "Inuuqatigiit" authors' story. (Contains 1 table and 8 footnotes.) Curriculum frameworks for North Dakota elementary-secondary education are presented in this document. These frameworks are voluntary and serve to promote interdisciplinary learning, active learning, and student diversity. They are part of a larger systemic approach to improve instruction in the state's schools and to identify content outcomes and student performance standards. Each section contains: a list of North Dakota educators involved in the framework development; a mission statement for that particular subject area; the graduation outcomes for the state; a list of content outcomes; content outcomes and performance standards for each outcome at grades 4, 8, and graduation; a glossary of terms; and a bibliography. In this volume, curriculum frameworks are provided for the following areas: arts education; business education; foreign language; health; and physical education. (LMI) This curriculum guide, from the American Radio Relay League, is "a resource that will help you do what you do best...teach, and teach in a refreshing, captivating way that will bring your students into the world of wireless technology, a journey that will enrich their lives, and our lives." From this site, visitors can either download the basic document or browse the various units and activities listed here. Topics covered include Ohm's Law, Oscillators, Wireless Technology in Robotics, and an Introduction to Ham Radio, among many others. The developing field of academic analytics seeks to turn data from educational systems into actionable intelligence for the improvement of teaching and learning. This paper reports on the implementation of analytics in a new medical school with an integrated curriculum and clinical focus. Analytics addressed two challenges in the curriculum: providing evidence of appropriate curriculum coverage and assessing student engagement and equity while on clinical placement. This paper describes the tools and approaches used, and outlines the lessons learnt. These lessons include the risk of a simplistic use of visualisations, their potential to generate important questions, the value of a flexible approach to tool selection, the need for relevant skills, and the importance of keeping the audience central. Although there is much further potential for the school to realise, academic analytics have already been a critical enabler of educational excellence. (Contains 7 figures.) In a time of increased accountability, a tightened curriculum, and fewer curricular choices for students, technology education in the United States is in the position of defending itself by "carving a niche" in the school curriculum. Justifying the place of technology education is becoming increasingly difficult, as there has been little agreement in either policy or practice over the definition and function of technology education. The problem addressed in this study is determining whether the new "official" definition and purpose for technology education has had any effect on technology education classrooms. The concern, and the focus of this study, is that technology education as defined by the International Technology Education Association (ITEA) might not be what is currently taught by teachers and experienced by students. The purpose of this study was to determine if inconsistencies exist between the field's view of technology education and the events that take place in the technology education classrooms by examining the relationships among the field's teachers' and students' ideas regarding the nature and outcomes of technology education. This was designed to help bridge a gap in technology education research. (Contains 1 table.) This paper investigates the role of environmental education in promoting activism or social action on behalf of the environment. The connection between between environmental education and social studies in school curricula is weak. Fields within social studies such as civics, history, law-related education, government, and problems of democracy have great potential to enrich environmental education by exposing students to the ways and means by which problems are managed or resolved through political systems. Recent studies have revealed the ineffectiveness of existing environmental education as a stimulus for meaningful social action. School programs have emphasized environmental awareness but have not changed the behavior patterns that perpetuate ecological problems. Because most environmental problems originate from socioeconomic conditions, it is argued that effective environmental education requires a strong social problem-solving component. Some of the issues addressed in this paper include the lack of emphasis on urban minority environments, making environmental education a vehicle for social change, the need for values clarification to develop a personal environmental ethos, and student empowerment. Several programs are described that involve students in the community through environmental action. The role of technology in environmental education and activism is also discussed. Contains extensive references and notes. (PVD) Explores the concept of multiculturalism in terms of how it is articulated in journalism and education in particular. Identifies three dimensions and investigates: the professional knowledge of journalists regarding cultural and ethnic diversity; their representations of diversity; and the responsibilities of journalists covering diversity. Offers recommendations to enhance journalism education program with multiculturalism. (RS) This essay explores the ubiquity of the sustainability agenda in higher education in the United Kingdom (with some parallel examples from the United States) with a view to pointing out its corrosive influence on educational ambition. In so doing, the author suggests that the prevalence of sustainability within education has only been possible because academia has lowered its own critical faculties and allowed academic institutions to be colonized by social policy objectives to the detriment of knowledge for its own sake. Fundamentally, he wants to explore the effects of today's doctrinaire approach to education, which, as far as he is concerned, has resulted in the degradation of students' expectations, the abrogation of responsibility by those in erstwhile academic authority, and the failure--or refusal--of the academy to defend education in its own terms. (Contains 44 footnotes.) The authors believe that there is no inherent academic validity or lack of thereof in the notion of prior learning assessment (PLA)-based curriculum. If mishandled, it can become the tool for carrying out diploma mill practices. Conversely, if implemented and facilitated appropriately, PLA-based curricula can offer humanistic educational values that recognize and support educational needs of nontraditional students. PLA-based curriculum is most successful in accomplishing the goal of honoring college-level learning that mature adults bring to an undergraduate education. The features of the PLA process are compatible with and enhance a humanistic approach to education. In this article, the authors discuss PLA as a learning process and not as mere assessment of learning. Potential PLA pitfalls are also discussed. This handbook was developed to assist educators in conducting a local curriculum review as a step in improving business education programs. The major portion of the handbook is a series of 22 self-evaluation checklists that are to be used for reviewing existing courses in such areas as accounting, business, computer education, economics, shorthand, and typing. Additional sections aid in the development of a philosophy of education; list expected student outcomes; aid in preparing course outlines and in stating the concepts and skills to be taught in them; and help in listing available resources, needs and recommendations, and essential skills students need to develop. Sample program descriptions are included as are guidelines for implementing a complete curriculum review. (Author/IRT) Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students in Australian schools continue to have poor education and health outcomes, and the introduction of a new national curriculum may assist in redressing this situation. This curriculum emphasises recommendations which have been circulating in the sector over many years, to require teacher education institutions to provide their students with an understanding of past and contemporary experiences of Indigenous Australians, as well as the social, economic and health disadvantages that challenge Indigenous communities, and to equip them to integrate Indigenous issues into their future teaching programs. This article, while focusing on teacher education developments at the University of Tasmania (UTAS) to meet National Standards and Frameworks for preservice teachers, provides some general background, and identifies recently developed resources, including the potential for Indigenous centres within universities to assist educators. Develops a rationale for integrating oceanography and marine education in land-oriented curriculum at the secondary level. Examples of topics with a multidisciplinary approach are described in the areas of acoustics and music, aquaria, archeology, art, astronomy, literature, careers, ecology, gastronomy, geology, and topics on various aquatic organisms. (CS) Several authors agree that student observations of behaviors are a far greater influence than prescriptions for behavior offered in the classroom. While these authors stress the importance of modeling of professional relationships with patients and colleagues, at times they have fallen short of acknowledging the importance of the values inherent in the role of the professional educator. This includes relationships and concomitant behaviors that stem from the responsibilities of being an educator based on expectations of institutional and societal culture. While medical professionals share standards of medical practice in exercising medical knowledge, few have obtained formal training in the knowledge, skills and attitudes requisite for teaching excellence. Attention needs to be paid to the professionalization of medical educators as teachers, a professionalization process that parallels and often intersects the values and behaviors of medical practice but remains a distinct and important body of knowledge and skills unto itself. Enhancing educator professionalism is a critical issue in educational reform, increasing accountability for meeting student needs. Assumptions regarding educator professionalism are subject to personal and cultural interpretation, warranting additional dialogue and research as we work to expand definitions and guidelines that assess and reward educator performance. PMID:17538835 Designed to provide high school students with information concerning energy-efficient driving, this curriculum guide covers techniques of conserving energy, efficient use of motor vehicles, safe driving techniques, and development of energy-efficient driving habits. The guide consists of six lessons: (1) Fuel Conservation: Why It Is Essential; (2) Vehicle Selection; (3) Fuel Efficient Driving; (4) Planning Travel; (5) Proper Vehicle Maintenance; and (6) Practicing Fuel-Efficient Driving. Each lesson follows a typical format that includes the lesson goal, lesson overview, lesson topics, suggested learning activities, related materials, objectives, content, and audiovisual materials. Appended material includes summary of fuel economy savings, a gas mileage worksheet, thirty-three fuel-saving tips, a sample on-road situations evaluation, and a student test. (LRA) Therapeutic patient education (TPE) imposes a radical change in the nurse-patient relationship. It is a real humanist trend whose values are taken up in the new nursing curriculum. Several teaching units are participating in the development of skill 5: Initiating and implementing educational and preventative care". This new element in the training programme is leading to real cultural evolution in professional practice. PMID:22641948 Despite strong political support for the development of sustainability literacy amongst the UK graduates, embedding sustainability in the higher education curriculum has met with widespread indifference, and in some cases, active resistance. However, opportunities exist beyond the formal curriculum for engaging students in learning about sustainability. Previous research has highlighted the potential of the university campus for experiential, place-based learning about and for sustainability. This has been conceptualised as the "informal" curriculum, consisting of extra-curricular activities and student projects linking estates and operations to formal study. However, the impact of the so-called "hidden curriculum" (the implicit messages a university sends about sustainability through the institutional environment and values) has been overlooked as a potential influence on student learning and behaviour. This article reports on a small-scale research project which utilised a phenomenographic approach to explore students" perceptions of the "hidden sustainability curriculum" at a leading sustainability university. The findings suggest that helping students deconstruct the hidden campus curriculum may enhance aspects of sustainability literacy; developing students' understanding about sustainability and creating solutions to sustainability issues, enabling evaluative dialogue around campus sustainability and also self-reflection, which could be transformative and translate into pro-environmental behaviour change. This research is transferable to other contexts. This overview of the Educating for Safety supplement issue explores the context and urgency of the problem of unsafe care, what we have learned about improving both safety and quality in health care, and the implications of this for educators. This supplement issue is a response to the charge of the AACP Council of Deans (COD) and the Council of Faculties (COF) Medication Safety Task Force to address the role of colleges and schools of pharmacy in responding to the national patient safety agenda. The articles included are intended to serve as a nexus for pharmacy education in developing curricula and promoting best practices as they relate to the importance of medication safety. Standardized curricula are provided for two courses for the secondary vocational education program in Mississippi: business cooperative education I and II. The 10 units in business cooperative education I are as follows: orientation; keyboarding and skill building; leadership development; personnel development; human relations; business communications; database management; word processing; money management; and career planning/job application process. Business cooperative education II consists of seven units: orientation; publishing; banking; secretarial procedures; specialized typewriting; civil service offices; and financial records. Each unit consists of these components: objectives, with core/essential objectives indicated; suggested instructional practices; list of suggested resources; list of evaluation and suggested minimum performance standards, with core/essential objectives indicated; and performance record, with core/essential objectives indicated. A checklist for each course combining all unit performance standards into a single list is included. (YLB) Teaching and learning about geospatial aspects of energy resource issues requires that science teachers apply effective science pedagogical approaches to implement geospatial technologies into classroom instruction. To address this need, we designed educative curriculum materials as an integral part of a comprehensive middle school energy resources science curriculum. We examined teachers' perceived impact of the curriculum materials to support their pedagogical content knowledge related to teaching science with geospatial technologies. Results indicated that the educative curriculum materials supported science teachers' professional growth related to their geospatial science pedagogical content knowledge during the curriculum enactment. The role of educative curriculum materials in science curriculum reform efforts is discussed. (Contains 5 tables.) The Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO) partnered with Andrew Porter and John Smithson of Wisconsin Center for Education Research (WCER) to develop an advanced, in depth approach to collecting and reporting data on the "enacted curriculum" in K-12 math and science, i.e. the actual subject content and instructional practices experienced by students in classrooms. The set of tools are called the Surveys of Enacted Curriculum (SEC). They have conducted research and testing of enacted curriculum survey tools with schools and teachers. As a result, they are now able to offer the survey tools and a range of related data services to states and districts. The two organizations are collaborating with the Learning Point Associates and The Surveys of Enacted Curriculum, TERC Regional Alliance to disseminate the SEC tools and services to education systems and to assist schools, districts, and states in using these new tools for improving K-12 education. The Surveys are designed to provide reliable, comparable data that are collected at the classroom level with teachers and students. They are available for English Language Arts, Mathematics, and Science at the elementary, middle, and high school levels. The SEC data analysis and reporting tools are intended to assist teachers, administrators, and policymakers with planning for instructional improvement in several ways: (1) align curriculum with standards and system-wide assessments; (2) monitor indicators of instruction and relationship to student achievement; (3) analyze differences in instruction and content across schools and classes; identify improvement strategies through school leadership teams; and (4) evaluate effects of initiatives, such as professional development, in changing math and science practices. The SEC tools and services have been developed with assistance from many educators and researchers. The data collection instruments were field-tested in several hundred schools. [Prepared by CCSSO SEC Collaborative Project which also includes partners: State Departments of Education; and Learning Point Associates. This curriculum guide contains nine units that provide the basic curriculum components required to develop lesson plans for the machine shop curriculum. The guide is not intended to be a complete, self-contained curriculum, but instead provides the teacher with a number of informational items related to the learning outcomes and allows the teacher flexibility to design instructional activities, select resources, and deliver instruction most appropriate for the learner and learning environment. The units of instruction contain the following components: learning outcomes; associated tasks; performance standards; lists of tools, equipment, resources, and limiting constraints; performance steps; and enabling objectives. The units cover the following topics: bench work; layout; drill press; power saw; lathe; shaper; milling machine; surface grinder; and special milling processes. (KC) This paper explores the culture of education policy making in Shanghai using the conceptual tool of a "global assemblage". A global assemblage is essentially a collection of ideas and practices that arise from the interplay between a global form and situated sociocultural elements. Focusing on the global form of curriculum reform, this paper explains how the Shanghai municipal government justifies the introduction of the "Second Curriculum Reform" using the global imperative while maintaining its socialist ideology and central control on high-stakes exams. This paper highlights the active roles played by the municipal government and other local educational stakeholders in assembling their own logics, tactics and counter-measures in the contested space of the assemblage. It is argued that the success of the curriculum reform is mediated and vitiated by the sociocultural elements of a dominant exam-oriented culture and the traditional approaches of memorisation, repeated practice and didactic teaching. The complex and unpredictable process of implementing curriculum reform in Shanghai illustrates the culture of education policy making against a backdrop of globalisation as a problem space. (Contains 1 table.) This curriculum planning guide is designed to help Montana school districts design an appropriate tobacco use prevention and education program. It focuses on: "Tobacco Use Prevention Education: The OPI (Office of Public Instruction) Perspective"; "Instructional Guidelines" (key issues in program planning and major health education content areas); "Guidelines for School Health Programs To Prevent Tobacco Use and Addiction: An Overview of the CDC Guidelines"; "Guidelines for School Health Programs To Prevent Tobacco Use and Addiction"; "CDC/DASH (CDC's Division of Adolescent and School Health) Research to Classroom Project"; "General Criteria for Evaluating Tobacco Use Prevention and Education Curricula"; "Matching Approaches To Tobacco Use Prevention and Education With Childhood Development"; "Educational Materials and Resources on Tobacco Use Prevention and Cessation"; "Guidelines for Reviewing Tobacco Use Prevention Education Materials"; "Guidelines for Non-School Personnel Presenting Health Programs in Montana Schools"; "A Dozen Good Reasons for Tobacco-Free Schools"; and "Where to Find Information." (Contains 71 references.) (SM) This Senior 2 (grade 10) health curriculum guide is designed to accommodate the needs and developmental tasks of adolescents. The publication provides a course of instruction to help students choose and practice responsible behavior conducive to maintaining and enhancing health. The guide is organized into 5 units: (1) "Contributing to Community" discusses positive role models, health promotion, health supports, rights and responsibilities of group membership, and concern for environment and health; (2) "Responsibility to Self and Others" addresses personal safety, facts and misconceptions about alcohol and other drugs, the pharmacology of alcohol and other drugs, the continuum of use, misuse and problem use of alcohol and other drugs, defense mechanisms, attitudes about alcohol and other drugs, tobacco, and chemically dependent families; (3) "Responsible Sexual Behavior" considers abstinence, affection, using assertiveness skills, condom awareness (optional), AIDS/STD and social issues, and unplanned pregnancy, and it includes an AIDS/STD knowledge test; (4) "Mental Health" concentrates on the continuum of mental health, body image, and grief and loss; and (5) "Transitions" focuses on stages of family life, healthy relationships, and parenting as a future role. Suggested student activities, including case studies, provide opportunities to identify personal needs, assess attitudes and values, and explore and communicate various points of view. A bibliography provides an extensive list of print and audiovisual resources. (LL) This curriculum guide for a 1-semester or 1-year course on construction systems is designed to acquaint students with the nature of the construction industry and its technology--tools, materials, and methods of construction--as well as the systems for planning and managing construction projects. The guide contains a course outline, competencies (task lists), student competency records, and management sheets. Management sheets, which serve as lesson outlines used for 1 or more days, include the following: an introduction, an enabling objective, a performance objective, an equipment and supplies list, a performance standard, suggested references for teachers and students, activities, and evaluation criteria. Some of the topics covered by the activities are as follows: introduction to construction, construction planning and management, earthwork and foundations, superstructures, exterior finishing and roofing, mechanical and electrical systems, insulation and interior finish, and special projects. The guide contains six appendixes: (1) a tool and equipment list; (2) a supply list; (3) a resource list of 18 books, 53 films, slide sets or videotapes, 4 software programs, and 5 kits for models; (4) a suggested facility layout; (5) a corner section drawing; and (6) definitions. (KC) This curriculum guide offers an interdisciplinary approach to law-related education (LRE) intended to assist teachers with introducing LRE into courses for students with limited ability to speak English. The guide opens with a definition of LRE, its objectives and methods, and its place in the general school curriculum. The introductory section also includes a description of the Institute for Citizen Education in the Law (ICEL) and a history of this curriculum project. The 20 units of the curriculum cover: the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the significance of the Constitution and Bill of Rights; the processes of the trial and appeals; courts and justice; courtroom protocols; fair police procedures and working with the police; suppression hearing; searches; child protective services; parents and children; legal issues of domestic violence; landlord-tenant relations; and consumer law. The lessons encourage interactive and cooperative learning through the methods of brainstorming, hypotheticals and case studies, role playing and simulation, group activities, and opinion polls. Each lesson plan specifies the number of class periods required, the objectives, procedures and vocabulary. Many of the lesson plans provide student handouts such as legal documents and worksheets. (JD) The government of Finland has begun planning a new national curriculum framework for the comprehensive and upper secondary schools. The aim of this study was to find information that could be used in establishing a theoretical basis for planning the technology education curriculum. In order to define the scope and focus of each curriculum element (e.g., rationale, theory, objectives, methods, content, and means of evaluation), the technology education curricula of six different countries were studied: Australia, England, France, The Netherlands, Sweden, and the United States. The rationale for choosing these six countries was that their technology education programs have developed rapidly over the past ten years and profound research, experimental programs, and the development of learning materials have been undertaken, especially in Australia, England, The Netherlands, and the United States. The aim was not to conduct a comparative study of the curricula of other countries. Rather, it was to synthesize theory and practice. A secondary aim was to search for more detailed and concrete curriculum materials for provincial, district, municipal, and school purposes. Although this research was conducted to support Finnish curriculum development, the results may be pertinent to other countries as well. Different countries use different terms to describe technology education, such as technics, design and technology, technology education, and technological education. In this study these titles were considered to be synonymous. Regardless of the term used, the universal goal is to help students to become technologically literate. A model was developed so that the technology education curricula of the selected countries could be systematically analyzed and the important curricular elements could be identified. Assessment practices were not included in the study, although Kimbell's (1997) work in this area must be recognized since he included most of the countries reported herein. The analysis is presented in two phases. First, the curricula of the six countries are summarized. The goal at the outset was to cross tabulate the elements from the curricula; however, it was found that the countries differ to such degree that it was impossible to reach this goal. Curriculum guidelines of the six countries are, however, presented so that the reader can obtain a general understanding of the different curricula. Following this, all six countries are examined more closely using a method of systematic analysis in order to identify both common and unique features of their curricula. Rehabilitation counselors are assisting consumers with end-of-life issues. Counselors who have the capacity to assist with end-of-life issues in a culturally sensitive manner possess pre-established self-care networks, an understanding of death from multiple perspectives, knowledge of communication interventions, and appropriate outcome expectations. Rehabilitation counselors may assess decision making processes, environmental presses, and social support systems in order to provide counseling interventions, educational services, and advocacy. End-of-life issues that counselors may need to address include unfinished business, existential meaning, loss, anxiety, and problem-solving. Rehabilitation counselor educators can prepare counselors to assist consumers with end-of-life issues by infusing training specific to end-of-life issues in assessment, counseling techniques, advocacy, and professional ethics curriculum. From the Center for Science Education at the University of California Berkeley Space Sciences Laboratory comes the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer Education and Public Outreach Curriculum page. Visitors will find several educational materials listed by grade level, including How Satellites See, Data Flow Demonstration, The Light Tour, Making Your Own 3-D All Sky Survey Map, and more. The Light Tour activity, for example, investigates wavelengths of light, types of light, how astronomers use different wavelengths, and what they see. Each of these fun and interactive activities does a good job of explaining these potentially difficult topics (especially to younger students). The changing landscape of health care in America requires that clinicians be skilled in responding to varying patient expectations and values; provide ongoing patient management; deliver and coordinate care across teams, settings, and time frames; and support patients' endeavors to change behavior and lifestyle--education that is in short supply in today's academic and clinical settings (Institute of Medicine, 2003). Nursing education needs to innovate at the micro and macro system levels for the 21st century. It cannot be business as usual. In order to truly transform care, practice and education will need to partner on curriculum development and the professional socialization of the new nurse. PMID:21280440 Programming is a fundamental component of modern society. Programming and its applications influence much of how people work and interact. Because of people's reliance on programming in one or many of its applications, there is a need to teach students to be programming literate. Because the purpose of the International Technology and Engineering Educators Association (ITEEA) is technological literacy, it follows that technology education teachers include programming literacy as one of the fundamental literacy domains they teach. In this article, the authors advocate that programming literacy be taught in school and demonstrate how it fits within ITEEA's "Standards for Technological Literacy: Content for the Study of Technology" (STL) framework. In order to understand how teachers might incorporate programming literacy into their existing courses, the authors then provide a practical example of a current junior high teacher who has modified his communications courses to incorporate programming literacy through the design of videogames. (Contains 1 table.) This resource package has been designed to assist the instructor in using modern rhythmic gymnastics (MRG) to support the objectives cited in the "K-12 Physical Education Curriculum Guide," developed by the Manitoba Department of Education. MRG is based on scientific principles of movement, and makes use of small, hand-held apparatus such as balls, hoops, ropes, ribbons, clubs, and scarves, to provide flexibility, cardiovascular endurance, coordination, and rhythm in creative activities. Contents proceed from basic exploratory movements through more defined skill development and appreciation to complete MRG routines, for kindergarten through twelfth grade. Teaching guidelines, a sample lesson plan, glossary, and a bibliography are also included. (JD) The Education Committee of the International Game Development Association came into being three years ago, an unprecedented cooperative effort between the game industry and academia. At that time, only a few pioneering educators viewed games as a sophisticated medium of expression – a cultural and economic force that deserved study and attracted increasing numbers of students. Similarly, only a handful of game developers saw the value in forging relationships with academia, jumpstarting valuable research programs, creating a common language, and building a shared knowledge base for discussing games. These two communities were highly motivated to work together, but how could they establish contact? Some developers and publishers succeeded in reaching out to universities, and select academic programs and schools found ways to work with industry partners. At the same time, individual developers and academics found themselves participating in conferences, teaching, consulting, and working on degree programs. But there were no roadmaps and progress was slow. In 2000, the Education Committee was created to improve collaboration and communication between industry and academia. Reinforcing the goals of the IGDA charter, the Committee began building bridges between game developers and academics from a variety of fields. Our initial goal was to create a template for creating lectures, courses and degree programs in game-related Antimicrobial resistance is a serious threat and compromises the management of infectious disease. This has particular significance in relation to infections of the respiratory tract, which are the lead cause of antibiotic prescribing. Education is fundamental to the correct use of antibiotics. A novel open access curriculum has been developed in the context of a European Union funded research project Genomics to combat Resistance against Antibiotics in Community-acquired lower respiratory tract infections in Europe (GRACE http://www.grace-lrti.org). The curriculum was developed in modular format and populated with clinical and scientific topics relevant to community-acquired lower respiratory tract infections. This curriculum informed the content of a series of postgraduate courses and workshops and permitted the creation of an open access e-Learning portal. A total of 153 presentations matching the topics within the curriculum together with slide material and handouts and 104 webcasts are available through the GRACE e-Learning portal, which is fully searchable using a 'mindmap' to navigate the contents. Metrics of access provided a means for assessing usage. The GRACE project has permitted the development of a unique on-line open access curriculum that comprehensively addresses the issues relevant to community-acquired lower respiratory tract infections and has provided a resource not only for personal learning, but also to support independent teaching activities such as lectures, workshops, seminars and course work. PMID:22731501 This study was conducted to study faculty perceptions of the influence of groups outside the faculty on the curriculum in higher education and to determine whether perceptions of influence are contingent on institutional type and selected faculty characteristics. The faculty of two master's degree granting liberal arts colleges and two community colleges were surveyed (n=489) to determine faculty perceptions of the influence of students, college administration, government, the public, employers, licensing agencies, and professional organizations on the curriculum. Descriptive statistics were used to examine trends. Regression was used to determine if age or number of years in higher education was significant. Chi-square was used to determine the contingency of the faculty characteristics and institutional types examined. Influence on content and courses offered were used as indicators for the larger idea of curriculum. A return of 65.6% (n=321) of technically valid responses was adequate for statistical analysis. Overall, faculty answered that they have "heavy" to "total" influence on courses offered and even more influence on course content. Faculty most frequently perceived a "moderate" to "light" amount of influence of outside groups on the curriculum as a level that is "about right." Chi-square analysis of faculty perceptions of the influence of many of the outside groups is contingent on institutional type, academic discipline or field, academic rank, and tenure. Overall, faculty perception of outside influence is independent of race and gender. Regression showed no statistical significance for age or the number of years in higher education. There were differences in the faculty perceptions of outside group influence that are attributable to institutional type and selected faculty characteristics. The idea of faculty autonomy with regard to the curriculum is largely supported. Six appendixes contain the questionnaire and supporting data tables. (Contains 15 tables and 59 references.) (SLD) A study, described in this report, was conducted to provide information to national vocational education policy makers regarding curriculum development needs for selected new and changing occupations. The report also outlines a methodology for identifying new and changing occupations and assessing the need for curriculum development. Information was collected by (1) identifying new and changing occupations through data analysis; monitoring legislative, economic, technologic, and social trends; and communication with professional associations, special interest groups, and knowledgeable persons; (2) collecting occupational information for designated career fields; (3) locating curricula, civilian and military, currently available for training people in the new and changing occupations; and (4) assessing the gaps between training needed for new and changing occupations and the available curricula. New occupations identified by these methods include the following: case manager for the mentally disabled; housing rehabilitation specialists; laser/electro-optics technician, tumor registrar; and occupations related to energy and microprocessing. Each of these occupations or occupational areas are analyzed according to functions, duties, and specifications; education and training requirements; employment outlook; employment setting; career advancement opportunities; available curriculum and progress; and implications for curriculum development. (KC) A program for trained vocational education curriculum specialists (VECS), consisting of 16 modules, was written, revised, and field tested at 15 sites nationwide. The instructional materials were written to deliver the highest rated competencies based on a field survey of vocational educators and review by a national advisory panel of vocational education experts. VECS modules were designed to create or upgrade an individual's vocational education curriculum development and management skills. Additional materials developed were a guide for instructors and administrators and audio cassette tape for orienting potential users. For the field test a modified quasi-experimental, pretest/posttest, treatment group/control group design was used. Participants were undergraduates in vocational education teacher preparation, practicing vocational educators, and persons with occupational skills who wished to teach their specialty at 12 colleges/universities and two state departments of education. Field test evaluation forms were developed to measure cognitive and affective outcomes and to collect biographical information. Results of the national field test demonstrated that the modules increased knowledge of topics necessary to the successful performance of skills central to the VECS role. They also tended to increase peoples' confidence in their ability to perform these skills. (A list of materials produced is appended; a summary report is available as CE 031 802.) (YLB) Teaching diverse health profession students to work in teams, communicate, understand each other's roles and responsibilities, and effectively collaborate is imperative for creating a practice-ready workforce. This short report introduces an innovative undergraduate interprofessional curriculum for students enrolled in the baccalaureate majors of applied exercise science, athletic training, dental hygiene, nursing and pre-occupational therapy. The process of designing this program of study, guided by the method of appreciative inquiry, is highlighted. The format and learning activities created for this novel curriculum are described. Congruence for this endeavor is explored through alignment with the recent national Interprofessional Education Collaborative expert panel report. Preparing graduates to fulfill the dual identity of discipline-specific clinician and interprofessional team member is an essential curricular consideration for contemporary health profession education. PMID:23002788 Medical crises that may occur in the setting of a pain medicine service are rare events that require skillful action and teamwork to ensure safe patient outcome. A simulated environment is an ideal venue for both acquisition and reinforcement of this knowledge and skill set. Here, we present an educational curriculum in pain medicine crisis resource management for both pain medicine fellows and attending physicians as well as the results of a successful pilot program. PMID:23223099 This curriculum guide, it is hoped, will become an integral part of the social studies curriculum for all Montana students. Focusing on law-related education themes and concepts, six broad-based themes are covered: responsibility, authority, privacy, justice, spirituality, and environment. These six themes are found in the sample lessons under the heading "ILRE [Indian Law-Related Education] Themes." Teachers will also find within each model unit or lesson under the heading "ILRE Concepts," a list of more specific law-related concepts and topics such as sovereignty, jurisdiction, case study, and appellate court. Related documents included with the curriculum guide are: "Indian Law-Related Education Lessons," divided into ILRE lessons for K-2, grades 3-5, 6-8, and 9-12; "Many Nations in One: A History of Federal Indian Policy"; "From Boarding School to Self-Determination," a unit written to supplement the curriculum of intermediate and secondary teachers; "Montana Tribal Constitutions" for the Assiniboine and Sioux Tribes of the Fort Peck Indian Reservation, the Fort Belknap Indian Community of the Fort Belknap Indian Reservation, the Northern Cheyenne Tribe of the Northern Cheyenne Indian Reservation, the Crow Tribe of the Crow Indian Reservation, the Chippewa Cree Indians of the Rock Boy's Indian Reservation, the Blackfeet Tribe of the Blackfeet Indian Reservation, and the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes of the Flathead Indian Reservation; "References," including resource choices for school library media centers and classroom libraries, videos, and films; "Directory of Indian Education Programs in Montana"; "Evaluating American Indian Textbooks & Other Materials for the Classroom"; "Montana Indians: Their History and Location," which provides information on the contemporary status of Montana's Indian groups; and "The Tribal Nations of Montana: A Handbook for Legislators." Objective Program director (PD) orientation to roles and responsibilities takes on many forms and processes. This article describes one institution's innovative arm of faculty development directed specifically toward PDs and associate PDs to provide institutional resources and information for those in graduate medical education leadership roles. Methods The designated institutional official created a separate faculty development curriculum for leadership development of PDs and associate PDs, modeled on the Association of American Medical Colleges-GRA (Group on Resident Affairs) graduate medical education leadership development course for designated institutional officials. It consists of monthly 90-minute sessions at the end of a working day, for new and experienced PDs alike, with mentoring provided by experienced PDs. We describe 2 iterations of the curriculum. To provide ongoing support a longitudinal curriculum of special topics has followed in the interval between core curriculum offerings. Results Communication between PDs across disciplines has improved. The broad, inclusive nature allowed for experienced PDs to take advantage of the learning opportunity while providing exchange and mentorship through sharing of lessons learned. The participants rated the course highly and education process and outcome measures for the programs have been positive, including increased accreditation cycle lengths. Conclusion It is important and valuable to provide PDs and associate PDs with administrative leadership development and resources, separate from general faculty development, to meet their role-specific needs for orientation and development and to better equip them to meet graduate medical education leadership challenges. This endeavor provides a foundational platform for designated institutional official and PD interactions to work on program building and improvement. A 1989 comprehensive report addressed the then-current status of curricula in all of the mainstream components of most mass communication programs: journalism, advertising, broadcasting, magazines, public relations, and visual communication. Recently, a study replicated the advertising portion of the original report, using a questionnaire based largely on the original and employing subsamples of respondents that match or are similar to the original subsamples. In the original study, respondents were asked to rate the importance of general areas of study in a liberal arts program and also to rate the importance of specialized areas of study usually found in advertising curricula, such as copy and layout and media planning. Two groups constituted the sample: educator members of the Advertising Division of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication (AEJMC) and presidents and education chairs of local professional advertising associations. Results in 1989 demonstrated very strong agreement between educators and practitioners in the relative importance of general areas of study as well as specific advertising and advertising-related courses. And as in the earlier study, in the current study it appears that professors and practitioners of advertising are largely in agreement about the relative importance of various general areas of study. Like the earlier study, this study showed no dramatic differences between educator and practitioner views of what is important in the typical advertising curriculum. The conclusion of the original curriculum study appears to be appropriate for this study--that advertising education "is attuned to the needs of the marketplace." (NKA) Since the onset of No Child Left Behind (NCLB, 2002) schools have been focusing on raising test scores in reading and mathematics, while at the same time feeling pressured to reduce subjects such as physical education and health. It seems for many educators finding time in the school day for students' physical activity has become increasingly challenging. Yet, according to Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) the academic success of America's youth is strongly linked with their health. One approach that could enhance students' learning is through integrating more physical activity into the curriculum. Likewise, instructional time might also be increased if physical educators and classroom teachers collaborated and shared resources. Since physical educators have less time with students than classroom teachers, this article supports the integration of literacy learning and physical activity in helping children succeed in school. It offers a thoughtfully prepared and annotated children's book list related to health and physical education, as well as ideas for using some of these resources in the classroom. It also reinforces how physical activity can be supported in the curriculum without taking away activity time from physical education. (Contains 1 figure.) A study examined the type and extent of consumer education that occurred since the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) amended the 1972 federal safety standards (effective January 1997) to permit marketing of snug-fitting, nonflame-resistant cotton garments as sleepwear. Three voluntary point-of-sale (POS) practices recognized as important for informing consumers about the new standard were investigated: removable information labels, signs or educational brochures on children's sleepwear safety standards, and display of children's sleepwear separately from other types of children's apparel. Findings were based on shopping visits to 70 retail stores in 14 metropolitan areas nationwide. Informational hangtags were used in about 73 percent of various brand selections of snug-fitting garments. However, the full range of suggested POS practices had not been widely used. Fewer than 16 percent of the stores visited displayed either consumer education brochures or signs about sleepwear safety requirements; about 63 percent of the stores displayed other clothing on racks with sleepwear--a practice that has been shown to cause consumer confusion. Manufacturers and retailers reported a primary reason they had not been more aggressive in offering consumer information was the uncertain future of the standards. Because standards could be revised or revoked, expenditure of additional resources on education efforts did not make good business sense. (The scope and methodology are appended.) (YLB) A project was conducted to develop, field test, and disseminate a curriculum guide for vocational education teachers to use in teaching managerial skills to vocational education students on the secondary level. After a cadre of 20 Arkansas secondary vocational education teachers who were either directly involved or interested in establishing a program of vocational managerial skills instruction identified those topics they felt should be included in such a curriculum, their students interviewed 217 small business owners/managers to determine which skills they felt should be taught. The owners/managers rated a variety of skills relating to business ownership, leadership development, human relations, minicomputers/data processing, financial management, personnel management, business communications, business taxes, governmental regulations, marketing and advertising, business law, protecting assets, personal finance, and career opportunities. Based on these ratings, two instructional units were developed and field tested by 214 students and 14 teachers. Both student and teacher evaluations of the units were highly positive. An instructional manual (curriculum guide) was also produced and disseminated to all Arkansas junior executive training (JET) instructors. Appended to the report are the project surveys, survey results, and project-developed materials. (MN) This curriculum guide provides the basic curriculum components required to develop lesson plans that address the learning outcomes for the area of machine transcription. It is not a complete, self-contained curriculum. Instead, the guide provides the teacher with a number of informational items related to the learning outcomes and allows him/her the flexibility to design instructional activities, select resources, and deliver instruction most appropriate for the learner and learning environment. Information for the teacher includes suggestions for development of instructional activities, instruction, and evaluation of learner performance. This area of study is divided into 2 units--basic concepts and transcribing business correspondence--and 7 and 16 learning outcomes, respectively. Each learning outcome is divided into one to seven associated tasks. For each task these types of information are provided: performance standard; required tools, resources, equipment, and situations; performance steps (where applicable); and enabling objectives. Representative topics upon which learning outcomes focus include machine transcription in business; proofreading; transcription skills; career opportunities; machine transcription media and equipment; the work station; listening skills; grammar skills; development of foot, ear, and hand coordination; use of reference materials; business letter styles; daily logs; and human relations skills. (YLB) The article explores how the Icelandic public school curriculum for early childhood, compulsory and upper secondary school deals with education for sustainable development. As the curriculum does not often mention the term sustainability, a key with which to investigate signs of education for sustainable development in the three curricula was created. The key encourages a holistic view of sustainable development, where economic, environmental and social factors are not treated as separate entities. It was designed to reflect the goals of the United Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005-2014) with research on environmental education and education for sustainable development in mind. The key has seven characteristics: values, opinions and emotions about nature and environment; knowledge contributing to a sensible use of nature; welfare and public health; democracy, participation, and action competence; equality and multicultural issues; global awareness; and finally, economic development and future prospects. Using the key, a variety of signs and indicators that provide a space for teachers and schools to deal with issues of sustainable development were identified. (Contains 7 notes.) This pamphlet is intended to assist the consumer in making informed decisions when choosing between distance learning programs. Distance education and distance learners are defined. Included is advice on beginning a program search; choosing a school; accreditation; evaluating quality of electronically offered programs; evaluate non-accredited schools; choosing the appropriate technological delivery; and making a decision. Lists of six published guides, five pertinent Web sites, and six higher education regional accrediting boards follow. The pamphlet includes an insert containing: (1) "Principles of Good Practice for Electronically Offered Academic Degree and Certificate Programs." These Principles are the product of a Western Cooperative for Educational Telecommunications Project, "Balancing Quality and Access: Reducing State Policy Barriers to Electronically Delivered Higher Education Programs." The Principles include curriculum and instruction; institutional context and commitment; evaluation and assessment; and a list of relevant WICHE publications, with price and ordering information. (DLS) A recommended plan for an educational curriculum on the topic of technology transfer is outlined. A survey was conducted to determine the current levels of ability and knowledge of technology users and of transfer intermediaries. Information was collected from three sources: individuals and organizations currently presenting educational programs on technology transfer, a review of programs presented by Karl J. Dakin, and a survey of technology companies and service providers by the Colorado University Business Advancement Center. A general lack of awareness of the benefits of technology transfer in the target audiences and an inadequate number of available educational programs were revealed. In general, programs currently available fail to address the lack of awareness, are largely limited to introductory material, and typically are not available in a format or at a time convenient to most of the target audiences. The recommendation outlined in this report seeks to provide a coherent strategy to create a technology transfer curriculum which will be able to adapt to a broad range of audiences at multiple levels of knowledge, using the same basic building blocks and channels of distribution. Specific objectives include enhancement of awareness of technology transfer, creation of a standard curriculum to be delivered through a variety of mediums and channels (written text, video, and interactive multimedia computer), and cost control through a large scale collaborative approach. A number of educational topics were identified and broken down into the following 10 basic courses: (1) Introduction to Technology Transfer; (2) Technology Sale and Licensing; (3) Technology Acquisition and Implementation; (4) Developing a Technology Transfer Plan; (5) Technology Validation: Technical, Market, Economic and Legal; (6) Resources for Technology Transfer; (7) Transfer Structures; (8) Pricing Technology; (9) Technology Transfer Methods and Techniques; and (10) Practical Studies in Technology Transfer (internship). The syllabi developed for each of these courses is provided. Additional topics for advancement and specialty courses, and a number of prospective collaborative participants are identified. Cost of development of educational materials and the attendant costs of presentation are detailed. (MAS) Integrative curriculum has been noted as a best practice toward effective learning. Quality physical educators struggle and search for different ways to integrate other content areas (e.g.., language arts, math, and social studies) into their daily lessons; however, due to budgetary limitations, they must find ways to do so with educationally sound and enjoyable lessons. A program entitled Classroom on the Court (COTC), launched by Conference USA (C-USA) and funded along with the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), presents physical educators an opportunity to engage students in meaningful and fun cross-disciplinary curricular activities through the context of basketball (C-USA, 2009). With the right pieces in place and motivated physical educators, this program can be used to benefit students and help teach in an integrated manner. This article will describe the COTC, how it was successfully implemented, and how to implement it in schools. (Contains 2 figures.) This compilation of materials addresses the use of computers as a tool for instruction, management, communication, and personal productivity in special education. Recommendations are presented for establishing or revising special education technology training programs; recommendations deal with educational need, assumptions, goals, program model, content, support systems, finances, resources, materials, integration, personnel, evaluation, and accessibility. Then, descriptions of special education technology training programs are presented from 23 colleges and universities. Each program description is accompanied by samples of course materials, such as course descriptions, course objectives, course syllabi, student/teacher contracts, workshop materials on cooperative learning and computers, educational program competencies, a training model for higher education in special education technology, information on a switch-building workshop, and a paper by Ted Hasselbring titled "Effective Microcomputer Training and Implementation." A prototype training module is presented for integrating technology into special education teacher preparation courses. The module, which focuses on teaching with crossword puzzles, describes formats of crossword puzzles, their uses in several content areas, and their creation through use of computer software. Also included are the "Code of Ethical Conduct for Computer-Using Educators," developed by the International Council for Computers in Education, and a "Microcomputing Competency Self-Assessment for Special Education Professors." (JDD) This task-based curriculum guide is intended to help secondary teachers provide relevant training for an entry-level job in machine trades. Introductory materials include background information on trade and industrial education and program goals and safety information. Descriptions follow of the construction trades program, vocational cooperative education, work experience/unpaid work experience, work experience and career exploration programs, and vocational work study. This job information is then provided: job titles and a task inventory for machine trades. Tasks are grouped under 20 duties in the following categories: performing shop practices; performing tool crib and measurement/layout/inspection operations; applying metallurgical processes; interpreting blueprints; performing bench work; operating power saws, drill presses, lathes, milling machines, shapers, and pedestal as well as surface, cylindrical, and tool/cutter grinding machines; operating numerical control and electrodischarge machines; maintaining machines; and using employability skills. Duty tabs comprise the largest portion of the curriculum guide. Each task in the listing is presented in a one-page format that provides this information: duty, task, achievement indicators, criteria, tools and equipment, and resources. Other components of the curriculum guide include tool and equipment lists, a student achievement record, a class achievement record, a glossary of vocational terms, and resource and reference lists. (YLB) An educational psychology curriculum for preservice teachers that attempts to overcome some of the shortcomings of most such curricula while providing clinical experience is described. The curriculum is based on three major propositions: (1) preservice teachers must acquire psychologically informed inquiry skills and a general understanding of when and how they are to be used; (2) preservice teachers must be encouraged to learn independently in ways that reinforce critical thinking and increase the strength and range of their intellectual curiosity; and (3) educational psychology is an appropriate place to begin encouraging prospective teachers to be reflective so they can learn from teaching itself. The curriculum is confined to the traditional subfields of motivation, human development, learning theory, and evaluation. Teaching is primarily interactive, with small-group work, micro teaching, simulation, discussion, and question-and-answer sessions. Weekly field-based or clinical laboratory activities for 90 minutes augment classroom instruction. Among the requirements is that students present a five-lesson mini-course to middle-school students. The grading system transfers some of the evaluative responsibility to the students themselves. Student interest, involvement, and achievement are indicators of the value of this curricular approach. Syllabus materials and a bibliography are included. (SLD) Music is central to the lives of most high-school age boys. However, music education is a marginalised area of the school curriculum, decreasing in popularity as students approach senior school and succumb to pressures to choose subjects perceived to be more useful in the "real world". While this process is common for both boys and girls, the drop-off is greater among boys, who sometimes construct music as a "feminised" subject. Attempts to engage boys in music, thus, often involve music teachers trying to adapt their pedagogies to what they perceive to be boys' interests and learning styles. In some cases music teachers attempt to construct a "connected" curriculum for boys in ways which accommodate, reinforce and reproduce hegemonic constructions of masculinity. This article argues that it is critical that the pedagogical practices music teachers deploy in order to encourage boys' engagement with the subject take into account the cultural implications of globalisation, media and music technology and capitalise upon diversity rather than participate in the reproduction of dominant constructions of gender. The article further argues that music education, like other marginalised areas of the school curriculum, when demonstrating such nuanced understandings of youth cultures and their relationships to various constructions of young masculinities and femininities, provides an opening for the study of masculinity and gender relations in contemporary society in ways that can benefit both girls and boys. (Contains 1 note.) Energy conservation is a relatively new educational program for the Cooperative Extension Service (CES). The shortage of training programs available to CES in energy education makes it difficult to properly prepare agents for energy-conservation work. The purpose of this study was to develop a curriculum for in-service training of agents engaged in energy education. The procedure for achieving this purpose was used to identify the following: (1) fundamental concepts necessary for energy-conservation education; (2) agents' knowledge level of these concepts; (3) agents' perceived need for these concepts; and (4) agents' training requirements. Through a mail questionnaire selected agents from 20 states were asked to indicate their knowledge level of 24 concepts and the need for including the concept in a training curriculum. The training requirement or gap was calculated by subtracting the mean need rating from the mean knowledge rating for groups being compared. A comparsion was made of the different groups' response in the disciplines of heating ventilating, air conditioning, and buildings; economics and management; home economics and comfort; agriculture and transportation; and thermal science. One question facing kinesiologists today is how to implement findings from research into society, in this case, physical education. In this paper I examine the role of a balanced approach to educational physical education in promoting physical activity. I argue that limiting physical education to simple tasks that encourage students to workout at target heart rate to expend calories is not an effective solution to the long-term challenge of promoting physically active lifestyles. As an alternative, I discuss research findings associated with motor skill competence, perceived competence, and knowledge growth that can increase individuals' options to participate in many different types of physical activity at greater intensities and for longer durations. I conclude by considering the role of educational physical education in public health initiatives with the goal of influencing students' decisions to embrace physical activity for a lifetime. As policy makers and educators respond to legislation promoting the inclusion of students with disabilities in general education classrooms, there is sometimes confusion about why this is being done and how it can be accomplished effectively. In this article, two categories of fallacies, or misunderstandings, are identified. The first fallacy is that students with disabilities are incapable of learning the general education curriculum. The second fallacy is that teachers are required to "cover" the entire curriculum, sometimes at a pace that leaves students with and without disabilities behind. Facts are presented following each fallacy. These facts describe research-based pedagogies effective for students with and without disabilities, indicating that students with mild disabilities can learn the general education curriculum when responsive pedagogies are used. These facts also describe how schools that promote differentiation can potentially achieve higher scores on large-scale assessments than schools that promote "one size fits all" instruction. This manual contains supplementary information for use by instructors who teach consumer education and resources management to physically handicapped students in regular classes. It is subdivided according to typical consumer education topics and handicapping conditions. Addressed in the individual sections of the manual are the folowing topics: the American economic system, consumer protection, legal rights of consumers, budgeting, housing, transportation, clothing, food shopping and selection, food preparation, restaurant utilization, insurance, social security, and recreation. Each chapter contains information geared to individuals with one or more of the following disabilities: physical disabilities, epilepsy, mobility impairments, visual impairments, and hearing impairments. Appended to the guide are a housing accessibility checklist, sample letters of eligibility to travel, a literature review, and a list of resources. (MN) This study looks at two curriculum areas; adventure education and religious education. Each is examined separately to establish common ground for the interface. This interface is then explored in some depth. This study seeks to show the contribution that religious education can make in developing and executing a response to issues that will arise within adventure education programs that are religious in nature, i.e., questions of personal meaning and purpose. The focus of philosophical research in religious education is often on issues related to its ethical appropriateness in an institutional setting. Little has been done to explore the ways in which personal experience can be used as metaphor for issues in the religious quest. This study argues that adventure education can make a significant contribution at this point, to religious education. These findings arise from a conceptual analysis of adventure education and religious education viewed as jointly concerned with human development. Within this analysis, special attention is given to religious education as a cyclic process. Key components of the more amorphous adventure education are identified, and it is deduced that curriculum enhancement flows both ways as a result. In short, the study concludes that adventure education and religious education interface through human development, that both religious education and adventure education can contribute to the other and that adventure education is in fact deficient without this contribution. (Contains a bibliography.) The democratization of South Africa has necessitated a transformation of the education system. The current transformational landscape of higher education in South Africa requires that basic curriculum concepts, and principles be rediscovered and, rethought with a view to ensuring that future educational practice is based on sound, and proven curriculum thinking. Basic curriculum principles are reconsidered in the light of emerging educational needs. The concepts which receive particular attention are "constructive" curriculum alignment, globalization, and quality assurance. The criteria for programme development, implementation, and review should motivate, embrace, and reward a spirit of individual creative thinking, and innovation in students in the higher education sector. Purpose: This paper seeks to discuss the rationale of the newly reformed health education curriculum in Cyprus, which aspires to enable not only teachers, but also all the school personnel, to work from the perspective of health promotion. It is a curriculum which moves from the traditional approach of health education focusing on individual lifestyle/behaviour modification into approaches that recognise and tackle the determinants of health. Design/methodology/approach: The paper critically discusses the structure and the content of the learning objectives of this curriculum that encourages teachers to work in a health promoting way. Findings: The central goal of this curriculum is to enable students and schools to act as health agents, addressing the structural determinants of health and promoting environmental changes. The optimum level for all topics of the curriculum is achieved through learning objectives, which concern three interconnected levels. These are: "investigating determinants of health", "practising action competency skills for health" and "achieving changes in favour of health". All levels are means as well as end products in terms of the curriculum objectives. Practical implications: The outcome of the development of the health education curriculum acts as a guide for school interventions, through a methodological framework, which encourages participants to identify and promote environmental changes that facilitate healthy choices. This is of significance to those working in the field of health promotion and who seek to establish a new language of health promotion that goes beyond the pervasive discourse of individual lifestyles. Social implications: The implementation of the particular health education curriculum will promote not only health in the school community but also in the local community. This is because a key principle which underlies the curriculum is the involvement of the students, school staff, family and community in everyday health promotion practice. It also promotes the development of partnerships among them. Originality/value: This is an innovative curriculum for Cyprus, based on health promotion and health education principles, but at the same time taking in account the local socio-cultural and political perspective. This curriculum may be applicable to other European countries. (Contains 1 figure and 1 note.) Twenty-seven activities have been compiled to assist teachers in incorporating environmental methods and techniques into their preschool curricula. These activities are designed to complement the classroom curriculum and heighten participant awareness and appreciation of environmental resources and relationships. Each activity includes: (1) activity number; (2) time required to complete the activity; (3) subject area (mathematics, science, language arts, art, music); (4) title; (5) objectives; (6) list of materials needed; (7) reference(s); and (8) procedures. Among the topic areas investigated are: protective coloration; camouflage; color identification; rocks; colors, shapes, and textures in the natural environment; predator-prey relationship; bird feeders; and fossils. In addition, the activities foster the development of observation, classification, mathematics, listening, communication, measuring, and language skills. (JN) This article describes challenges to effective collaboration encountered by nurse educators as they transformed a unit within a school of nursing in Taiwan. This study introduced collaborative action research as a vehicle for curriculum change. Although the team achieved positive outcomes in transforming a unit, the collaborative process was complex with four major challenges: meaning, time, work culture, and conflicting views. This article provides an overview of the study, and the major challenges posed by working together are expounded and illustrated with excerpts drawn from the study data. Possible reasons for the challenges, how these challenges were overcome, and facilitation of the collaborative process are discussed. PMID:21053858 The intention of this article is to present the way in which a proposal was put forward for a national basic curriculum for the lower level of secondary education in Guatemala, within a general curricular reform of the education system. In this process, the International Bureau of Education and UNESCO's national office in the country provided technical advice. The article examines the socio-cultural and educational context, some conceptual foundations for the curricular reform, the construction of the curriculum for lower secondary education, some features of the proposed curriculum and the outlook for the future. The process of curriculum construction included a diagnosis, drawing up a strategy for reforming the first cycle of secondary education and preparation of the proposed curriculum. Likewise, the authors present the steps that must be taken in order for the national basic curriculum to be adopted, subject, amongst other factors, to the availability of funding. This extrapolation paper is intended: (1) to present a model of a pretechnical curriculum that has as its focus the self-empowerment of the individual and (2) to describe how the curriculum could be implemented in the schools. The first part of the paper discusses the need for a pretechnical curriculum in terms of a model for self-empowerment. Addressed in the next two chapters are employer and employee needs in the labor market of the future and criteria for curricular decisions. Next, the concepts of personal and occupational transitions are examined, and a model for handling transitions is provided. Covered in the next chapter, the largest section in the report, are the need for developing problem-solving skills, a model for solving problems, strategies for developing higher order problem-solving skills, skills for use in developing logical and critical thinking skills, and the role of interpersonal skills in the group problem-solving processes. The final chapter is an implementation guide that presents strategies for fusing generalizable, transition, and problem-solving skills in pretechnical and technical education courses to prepare students for entry-level jobs, training programs, or retraining programs. (MN) This curriculum guide provides ideas for implementing technology education in grades 7-12. It assumes a basic understanding of the four clusters of manufacturing, construction, communications, and power/transportation and is meant to supplement and reorganize this approach with up-to-date information and activities. One way to present a variety of technological concepts in industrial arts is outlined. A technology education task list that groups the tasks into six modules follows. The module titles are: computer applications in technology; automation, robotics, and industrial practices; light, lasers, and fiberoptics; communication technology; technology/academic correlation; and future technology. An outline provides an overview of how technology education can be integrated into the four cluster approach. Each supporting objective is listed according to related cluster areas. Another outline lists tasks under the six modules. A performance objective and enabling objectives are given for each task. Appendixes include a glossary of computer terms for technology education, a list of suggested resources and related materials on implementation of a technology education program, an introduction to robotics for technology education instructors, and a communications model. (YLB) Case study of two main secondary education reforms in Indonesia in the 1990s: Expansion of basic education and the decentralization of curriculum. Discusses the social, political, and economic trends in the 1990s, context of the secondary education reforms, and the rationale for the reforms. Focuses on the curriculum decentralization design and implementation process. Discusses impediments to implementation. (Contains 26 references.) (PKP) Objective To evaluate a consumer-led teaching intervention to reduce pharmacy students' stigma towards depression and schizophrenia, and improve attitudes toward providing pharmaceutical care for consumers with mental illness. Design Third-year bachelor of pharmacy degree students were given a series of mental health lectures, undertook supervised weekly placements in the community pharmacy setting, and attended a tutorial led by trained mental health consumer educators. Assessment A previously validated 26-item survey instrument was administered at baseline, 6 weeks postintervention, and 12 months postintervention, and 3 focus groups were conducted. Survey instruments were completed by 225 students at baseline, 230 students postintervention, and 228 students at 12 months. Students' stigma decreased (p < 0.05) and their attitudes toward the provision of pharmaceutical services to consumers with a mental illness showed significant improvements (p < 0.05). These improvements were maintained at the 12-month follow-up. Four themes emerged from the focus groups: knowledge and experience of mental illness, mental health stigma, impacts on attitudes and self-reported behavior, and the role of the pharmacist in mental healthcare. Conclusions Consumer-led education for pharmacy students may provide a sustainable reduction in stigma and improve attitudes towards providing pharmaceutical services to consumers with a mental illness. This paper reviews Australian Government actions related to environmental education, particularly in the past decade, and examines the actions forthcoming from two national action plans (Environment Australia, 2000 and DEWHA, 2009), the implementation strategy for the Decade of ESD (DEWHA, 2006) and developments related to the Australian Curriculum. This analysis is inspired by the Australian-ness of the metaphor of the curriculum as a jigsaw puzzle suggested by Robottom (1987), the seemingly constant battle for survival in the formal curriculum that environmental education has faced since the 1970s (Fensham, 1990; Gough, 1997), and the ongoing tensions between science education and environmental education in Australia's formal school curriculum. (Contains 2 endnotes.) In this paper, we present the new curriculum of the processor laboratory of the Department of Computer Science at the University of Tokyo. This laboratory is a part of the computer architecture education curriculum. In this laboratory, students design and implement their own processors using field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), and write the necessary software. In 2003, the curriculum of the This curriculum guide is designed to help teachers conduct a course that provides senior high school students with the opportunity for in-depth exploration in the field of welding. The course provides students with experiences related to the design, theory, and use of welding systems. The first part of the guide contains such information as course description, target grade levels, general program goals, specific objectives, course flowchart, time frame, and a course outline. Nine teaching guides cover the following units: introduction to welding; safety; identification of metals; oxygen fuel gas welding; oxygen fuel gas cutting; shielded metal arc welding; gas tungsten arc welding; gas metal arc welding; and special projects. Each unit consists of an introduction; competencies; general performance goals/objectives; specific performance objectives and mastery of criteria; methodology; suggested interest approaches; unit outline coordinating subject matter areas and learning activities; unit test; test key; evaluation and testing suggestions; equipment and supplies list; bulletin board ideas; and references. A bibliography lists 22 references and gives names and addresses of sources of equipment and supplies, journals, audiovisuals/computer software, curriculum labs, professional associations, and the Louisiana State Office of Vocational Education. (KC) This document presents materials and guidelines for evaluating Colorado high school students' attainment of the eight state standards for consumer and family studies that pertain to teen challenges and choices. The materials presented are designed to promote and evaluate students' mastery of the following competencies: (1) examine and demonstrate personal power by exploring self-concept, peer pressure, personal responsibility, communication, and decision-making skills; (2) investigate and analyze behaviors leading to a lifestyle of total wellness; (3) examine personal skills needed to effectively manage personal and family relationships; (4) understand human growth and development and the issues involved in personal sexual decision making; (5) recognize rights and responsibilities as defined by the law; (6) identify characteristics of destructive behaviors and their consequences while exploring various coping strategies; (7) utilize information for handling health and emergency situations; and (8) implement the goal-setting process for personal growth. The following materials are included: (1) the eight state standards for Colorado's teen challenges and choices curriculum; (2) authentic assessment guide sheets that each contain the specific content standard, the rationale for mastering the skills and knowledge addressed in the standard, a student task, and a scoring rubric to evaluate completion of the task; (3) instructions for converting rubric scores to grades; and (4) student learning assignments. (MN) This paper explores the integration of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in technology education and the extent to which it is currently addressed in curriculum documents and state examinations in technology education at post-primary level in Ireland. This analysis is conducted amidst the backdrop of considerable change in technology education at post-primary level. The analysis of the provision of technology education found, that among the range of technology related subjects offered, the study of Technology and Society is only addressed in one in a comprehensive manner. The paper discusses the implications of this limited integration, examines the factors inhibiting greater integration of ESD and outlines opportunities for future development. The blueprint to build a model physical education (PE) curriculum begins by establishing a sound curricular foundation based on a lesson plan template that incorporates clear and concise program goals, the alignment of lessons to state or national content standards, and the collection, analysis and use of objective assessment data that informs instruction and defines student performance. Additionally, this document will address the issue of education reform in the construct of a Next Step Plan--an action plan to review and revise specific school, district and program policies and procedures--and offers recommendations in the areas of inservice days, parent/teacher conferences, and writing relevant professional development plans. (Contains 1 figure.) The field of early childhood education has long been marked by intense controversy concerning appropriate curriculum and teaching methods and goals. This paper explores some implications of the traditional dichotomies of the field and suggests that while there are many reasons to resist the side that advocates formal academic instruction, it does not necessarily follow that what is offered to children in non-academic programs sufficiently addresses their intellectual development. In particular, it is asserted that common confusion between academic and intellectual goals often leads to the neglect of the basic intellectual dispositions of young children, all of which must be strengthened and supported in the early years. An example of a project conducted with young children that addresses all the major goals of early education is appended. (Contains 33 references.) (Author/KB) This article describes an assignment for a secondary education course in which students compiled curriculum resource guides on ability, class, sexual identity, gender identity, and race/ethnicity. Student groups presented at least twenty resources, with no more than four resources of the same medium. Resources included videos, books, guest speakers, organizations, websites, music, and art. This assignment helped students expand their knowledge of current sociopolitical issues in education and provided for the development of resource guides that could be used in their future teaching practices. For this annotated resource guide, authors researched and compiled appropriate resources provided by the students. Also included are additional resources as deemed relevant to this collective guide. The course context and the course theoretical framework are explained, and a variety of resources that K-12 teachers may use when considering issues of ability, class, sexual identity, gender identity, and race/ethnicity within the context of their classroom curricula are presented. This document contains a scope and sequence for the Vocational Family and Consumer Sciences Program in Missouri and a brief report of the project during which they were developed. The scope and sequence consists of these sections: national vision and mission statements; comparison of the two types of programs; overview of vocational family and consumer sciences education in Missouri; implementing a vocational instructional management system; Missouri family occupational analysis chart; subject area occupational analysis chart; family and consumer sciences education program guidelines; taxonomies of approvable courses and classification of instructional programs, Family and Consumer Sciences Education and Occupational Family and Consumer Sciences Education; exploratory/comprehensive course information and student competencies; semester course rationales and student competencies; occupational family and consumer sciences education program guidelines; and occupational course competencies. The four-page report describes how the crosswalk was developed and revised in 1995. The project crosswalked the revised competencies for six semester courses against existing curriculum guides. Plans were made to distribute and explain these crosswalks to teachers via five regional inservice sessions. (YLB) Global education has been debated and studied for the last two decades because of the developments in the world. Although global education involves different approaches and conceptualizations, it has influences on educational systems and curricula across the world. Likewise, the recent curriculum reform in Turkey has brought global education into perspective. The purpose of this article is to analyze the influence of global education on Turkey's current social studies curriculum and to discuss possible revisions of the curriculum to empower global education in Turkey. (Contains 1 table.) Focusing on the case of mathematics, this paper reviews debates on China's new Basic Education Curriculum Reform program, including the status of knowledge within the reformed curriculum, the arrangement of the curriculum system, and the push toward real-life applicability and hands-on participation. It discusses the related challenges that teachers face in the implementation of the new curriculum reform. Lastly, this paper reviews how to promote the further development of this new reform. This report describes a program for advancing character education by expanding school goals of respect and responsibility and developing emotional intelligence by using the current curriculum. Targeted population consisted of elementary students in one first grade class and one fourth grade class, and middle school students in one sixth grade class, all located in a midwestern suburban setting. The problem of a school-wide lack of respect for adults and peers was documented through observations and data collected by four teachers, a principal, and other staff. Analysis of probable cause data show a past emphasis on academics with a lack of focus on emotional and social skills. Faculty and administration reported an increase in misbehavior by students in regular classrooms, special classes, lunchroom, and playground settings. Literature reviews revealed a national interest in students' declining respect for teachers and peers, indicating a lack of character education. A review of solution strategies shows the validity of character education in creating a positive learning environment. This resulted in the selection of an intervention of character building through the current curriculum. Through studying novels and songs, journaling, service projects, book buddies, and communication lab, students developed improved respect and interpersonal relationships. Post-intervention data indicate a decrease in inappropriate talking, and increases in respecting other's property, keeping hands and feet to oneself, and "being good." Fewer incidences of hurt feelings and ridicule from peers, as well as improvement in following school rules were observed. Appended are various sample forms. (Contains 16 references, 7 tables, and 6 figures.) (Author/BT) Education is particularly important for new fields. In the case of space architecture, there are two core needs:educating the aerospace community about the architect's function and activity and design process within the enterprise;educating space architects and associated specialists about constraints, conditions, and priorities unique to human space systems.These needs can be addressed, respectively, by two key educational tools for the 21st century:introducing the space architecture discipline into the space system engineering curricula;developing space architecture as a distinct, complete training curriculum.New generations of professionals with a space architecture background can help shift professional focus from just engineering-driven transportation systems and “sortie” missions to permanent offworld human presence by offering their inherently integrative design approach to all types of space structures and facilities. Although architectural and engineering approaches share some similarities in solving problems, they also have significant differences. Architectural training teaches young professionals to operate at all scales from the “overall picture” down to the smallest details to provide directive intention - not just analysis - to design opportunities, to address the relationship between human behavior and the built environment, and to interact with many diverse fields and disciplines throughout the project lifecycle. This cross-sectional study compares morale among dental students at five western U.S. dental schools, relates morale to various aspects of the school environment, and determines a prioritized list of the most important aspects of dental education from the students' perspective. Survey data were collected from students at the end of their first, second, and third years. Respondents answered several questions associated with student morale and listed the three best aspects and three greatest challenges of their school. Lastly, respondents ranked seven different aspects of dental education in order of importance. Surveys were returned by 742 students (66 percent response). Student morale varied significantly in different educational institutions. Morale tended to be lower among third-year students and higher among first-year students. Poor student-faculty relations was the factor most strongly associated with decreased morale. Similarly, positive atmosphere was the factor most frequently associated with high morale. Faculty and clinic experience were the most frequently cited positive aspects of schools; curriculum and clinic experience were the most commonly cited negative aspects. Students commonly perceived clinical experience to be the most important aspect of their education. As students neared graduation, they perceived business management as more important and lab work as less important. PMID:18451084 Consumer education has always been a primary consideration in the prevention of food-borne illness. Using nutrition education and the new food guide as a model, this paper develops suggestions for a framework of microbiological food safety principles and a compatible visual model for communicating key concepts. Historically, visual food guides in the United States have concentrated on dietary recommendations, including the well-known pyramid of food classification and the mandatory nutritional labeling. Guides are now emerging for food safety education and public health. For example, the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) recently made safe handling labels required on all raw and partially cooked meat and poultry products. The Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) is a procedure that identifies ways to prevent food-borne illness by monitoring critical control points in the processing of foods. In other words, the consumer should take certain precautions at each culinary step, including when food is purchased, stored, prepared, cooked, and when the preparer cleans up. These consumer tools need more systematic presentation, however. Dietary recommendations can be grouped under the three points of variety, proportionality, and moderation; food safety principles are also governed by threes--the three variables of time, temperature, and cleanliness and three categories of food which represent different degrees of bacterial risk. Any accompanying visual model should use familiar but strong symbols (a clock, a thermometer, hands under a faucet) and careful manipulation of design variables like shape and line. Seven figures accompany the text. (Contains 11 references.) (BEW) Introduction: This study addresses the design and validation of the experiential curriculum model for medical education using a Feministic approach. Method: The present study was conducted on two non separable planes. On the first plan, the model was designed based on the Feministic approach using the theoretical study method and emphasizing the perspectives ascribed to Nell Noddings, Madeline Grumet and Janette Miller. Results: The levels of this model include Expected Curriculum, Imaginal Curriculum, Concealed curriculum, Interactive curriculum (Manifest Curriculum, Latent Curriculum, Look the parenting), Transferential Curriculum and Self Determination. On the second plane, to validate the combined model, a phenomenologically qualitative study was conducted. In this study, using goal-oriented sampling, undergraduate and graduate (Master's degree) students majoring in Dentistry, Nursing at Islamic Azad University Khorasgan Branch, Esfahan as well as those at at Esfahan University of Medical Sciences were selected. Deep interview was used to collect data. The findings were analyzed using Van Manen's six-stage model. To determine the reliability of the findings, reliability of reality reconstruction were used. Conclusion: The results obtained suggested that: Education is in need of some conceptual reconstruction. On this way, women's perceptions and experience of education and of the interior epistemological and curricular system which shape the discourse and performance of education must be addressed. Serving as a research model offering the various planes of the experiential curriculum and focusing more sharply on the dimensions of curriculum than the formal plane, the present study is recommended to the decision-makers of higher education curricular system. Therapists with bachelor's degrees in respiratory therapy have become the new advanced clinicians of the twenty-first century. Although the opportunity has increased in recent years, earning a baccalaureate degree in respiratory therapy remains a limited option. The "2-year preprofessional plus 2-year respiratory therapy" is the most popular curriculum design, but several other notable designs also fulfill the definition of a bachelor's degree in respiratory therapy. Two landmark documents issued in 2003 make strong arguments for expanding opportunities for baccalaureate education in respiratory therapy. Recognizing the "need to increase the number of respiratory therapists with advanced levels of training and education to meet the demands of providing services requiring complex cognitive abilities and patient management skills," the American Association for Respiratory Therapy has strongly encouraged the continuing development of baccalaureate education. Strategies for expanding baccalaureate opportunities include increasing the number and capacities of traditional programs, creating more articulation and bridge agreements between community and junior colleges with 4-year colleges and universities, and offering baccalaureate respiratory therapy through distance education. For the profession of respiratory therapy to require a baccalaureate at entry level, expansion of baccalaureate education will be necessary, and educators, managers, practitioners, and professional leaders will need to pursue all viable strategies. As an interim phase in the evolution of the profession, Becker suggests a strategy of"reprofessionalism" aimed at assisting therapists currently in the workforce to complete their degrees. Through a combination of strategies, a bachelor's degree in respiratory therapy will inevitably become the standard for clinicians in the decades to come. PMID:16168910 This competency-based curriculum for energy-efficient building construction is intended to educate students in the importance of conserving energy and to provide for developing skills needed in the application of energy-saving techniques that result in energy-efficient buildings. Each of the eight units is based on one to five competencies. For each one a student competency sheet is provided with the following information: competency statement, learning steps, a list of learning activities, and a suggested student evaluation. Where appropriate, information sheets and study guides (with answer keys) are provided to enable the students to complete the learning activities. Unit topics are (1) plan selection; (2) site selection; (3) foundation construction; (4) floors, walls, and ceilings; (5) roof and attic ventilation; (6) heating and cooling equipment; (7) passive solar fundamentals; and (8) maintenance. An appendix contains 23 tables that are referenced in the curriculum. A bibliography is also provided. (Some reading assignments in other textbooks and references are required. Sources of some additional reference materials--print and nonprint--are cited.) (YLB) The idea of "connecting" is explored in this multimedia educational kit art for elementary schools. The Connecting series features a teacher's manual, six teacher's guides, and three videotapes based on six primary themes. These themes are: "Rhythms and Patterns"; "Change and Transformation"; "The World Our Minds Invent"; "Maps, Paths and Grids"; "Packaging - From Soup to You"; and "What Does It Mean to Be Me?" Each theme has an individual teacher's guide. Each teacher's guide includes a list of audiovisuals with comments, numbered lessons, a lesson index for the curriculum, and a lesson index by art skills. Each theme is combined with interdisciplinary approaches, linking visual art to music, dance, social studies, mathematics, science, and/or language arts. This unique program provides a thought-provoking audiovisual presentation for each theme addressed using fine arts and everyday images as well as hundreds of art lessons in drawing, design, painting, sculpture, printmaking, fibers, and bookbinding on each of the teacher's guides. An accompanying teacher's manual is specifically designed to help set the stage for theme development for the teacher by providing extensive background information on this topic, while explaining the foundation for this comprehensive art curriculum. (DQE) Describes the University of Arizona's approach to developing and implementing a comprehensive curriculum in integrative medicine, which integrates the best of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) with the best of conventional medicine. Describes the curriculum, educational programs, clinical education, goals, and results, and suggests future strategies for assessing competency and credentialing professionals. (EV) This paper focuses upon the relationship between physical education and interests in enabling more people to establish and maintain ‘active and healthy lives’ from a curriculum development perspective. Twin and inter?linked concepts of ‘lifelong learning’ and ‘lifelong physical activity’ are presented as a conceptual basis for curriculum development in physical education. A multidimensional conceptualisation of physical activity is introduced as Beginning with the spring semester of 2001, a course designed to prepare future public health leaders for potential bioterrorism events has been offered by the University of Connecticut Graduate Program in Public Health. Entitled "The Public Health Response to Bioterrorism," this popular course was one of the few developed by academic programs in the United States prior to the attack of September 11, 2001. The course utilizes innovative teaching methods and presentations by distinguished guest speakers to educate public health personnel, public health and medical students, and physicians and nurses about the complex issues involved in the public health response to bioterrorism. The instructional methods and curriculum can serve as prototypes for similar efforts. This curriculum guide contains learning module outlines for teaching a series of courses in graphic arts in high schools in Alberta. Each module provides learning experiences selected to develop basic competence in trades in the graphic arts field. Each module consists of an introduction, objectives, learning resources list, content summary, and a number of topics, each with a generalization and concepts/subconcepts related to learning tasks. The modules cover the following topics: a general introductory course; image creation and composition; offset press operation; photography; process camera, stripping, and platemaking; bindery operations; and graphic arts special topics, on three levels. An introductory section explains the industrial education program and the graphic arts courses in Alberta. (KC) This student welding competency-based education curriculum consists of six units dealing with general areas related to trade occupations and nine units covering specific aspects of working with welding equipment and performing welding operations. Topics covered in the first six units are welding opportunities, human relations, safety, basic mathematics, measuring, and reading blueprints. The remaining nine units deal with the following areas: (1) operating shield metallic arc welding equipment; (2) operating gas welding equipment; (3) operating metallic and tungsten inert gas equipment; (4) set up, tack, and weld metal processing projects; (5) cleaning, testing, and classifying metals; (6) operating auxilliary equipment and tools; (7) performing structural or equipment welding and cutting operations; (8) welder certification tests; and (9) supervision, training, and job estimating. A total of 100 competencies are addressed in the student competency sheets constituting these units. Each student competency sheet contains a task statement, a performance checklist, a list of materials needed, a performance standard, and learning activities. (MN) This article is based on the work that the author carried out at Santa Ana College (SAC) during a period of 2 years using two federal grants. SAC is a Hispanic-serving institution with an average yearly enrollment of 25,000 students. An average of 45% of the student population is Latino, with the majority being Mexican American. The author's aim in this article is to offer a few practical suggestions and strategic steps that might be useful to other institutions interested in the process of internationalizing the general education curriculum. At SAC, the general aim for this project was to prepare students to enter the job market with skills to deal with global issues in an ethical and responsible manner. Neither of the "Three Industry" Theory nor the "General Agreement of Trading Service" (GATS) of the World Trade Organization (WTO) can be the essential criteria to analyze the property of education. The property of education can be defined from consumers' perspective. The direct consumers of education are students; but the ultimate consumers of education include parents, employers, society and governments as well. From the perspective of consumers, education is both a service and a productive institution. Despite the expansion of technical-vocational education and training (TVET) in nearly all Asia-Pacific countries during the past 10-15 years, many of the region's policymakers have called for greater and more effective integration of technical-vocational components in basic and general education curricula. The idea that technology education should be part of the general education curriculum is not totally new to Asia-Pacific countries. Technology education was introduced into the curricula of some Asian countries after World War II. In Australia, the National Training Reform Agenda, which sought to strengthen the links between senior secondary schooling, general education, TVET, and postschool options, emerged in the early 1990s. The Korean government decided to provide technology education for all secondary school students in 1989 and revised its curricula to include the following competencies: working with others in teams; communicating ideas/information effectively; solving problems and thinking creatively and critically; and using office technology. Increased attention toward curriculum integration has been increasingly evident in the United States, India (where efforts to vocationalize secondary education were initiated in 1986), the Philippines (where an entrepreneurship development was introduced in schools), and Japan (where technology education has been expanded to reflect environmental awareness and global considerations). (MN) This paper examines students' practical knowledge to visualize and to design methods by which writing can be addressed across the curriculum. During two semesters of a teacher preparation course, Content Area Reading and Writing in Secondary Education, students discussed how Writing across the Curriculum (WAC) could be better incorporated by educators across the university campus in both traditional and non-traditional disciplines that are often not associated with writing. These secondary majors represented a wide variety of disciplines including Agriculture, Art, Business, Computer Science, English, Foreign Language, History/Geography, Home Economics, Industrial Technology, Health/Kinesiology, Mathematics, Music, Psychology/Philosophy, Science, and Theater. Even seasoned educators have difficulty incorporating writing as a pedagogical tool across the curriculum, particularly in those content areas that traditionally do not emphasize writing. In fields such as music, industrial arts, kinesiology, art, and other non-writing classes, educators often face the problem of determining how writing may be utilized. One solution to this problem may be to look to students, rather than educators, for ideas on how writing may be incorporated in a variety of disciplines. Students' comments are discussed in relation to current theoretical assumptions about the relationship between writing and thought. (Contains 22 references and a table of data.) (Author/SC) What should we teach in our schools and vocational education and higher education institutions? Is theoretical knowledge still important? This book argues that providing students with access to knowledge should be the raison d'etre of education. Its premise is that access to knowledge is an issue of social justice because society uses it to conduct its debates and controversies. Theoretical knowledge is increasingly marginalised in curriculum in all sectors of education, particularly in competency-based training which is the dominant curriculum model in vocational education in many countries. This book uses competency-based training to explore the negative consequences that arise when knowledge is displaced in curriculum in favour of a focus on workplace relevance. The book takes a unique approach by using the sociology of Basil Bernstein and the philosophy of critical realism as complementary modes of theorising to extend and develop social realist arguments about the role of knowledge in curriculum. Both approaches are increasingly influential in education and the social sciences and the book will be helpful for those seeking an accessible introduction to these complex subjects. "Why Knowledge Matters in Curriculum" is a key reading for those interested in the sociology of education, curriculum studies, work-based learning, vocational education, higher education, adult and community education, tertiary education policy and lifelong learning more broadly. Despite research showing the broad impact that the study of foreign languages has on the cognitive development of young people, and despite the importance of language expertise for America's economic and geopolitical interests in the twenty-first century, the teaching of world languages has been marginalized within the American educational system at both the K-12 and postsecondary levels. Although some universities believe they (and their students) can do without language expertise, the economy and the national government clearly cannot do without it. The trend to eliminate or outsource world language instruction comes at a time when the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) has established, through its Proficiency Guidelines and Standards for Foreign Language Learning, both performance benchmarks for the assessment of learning outcomes and guidelines for curricula development--achievements not observed in some other academic disciplines that are considered more "mission central" by many institutions. In "Standards for Foreign Language Learning in the 21st Century," the National Standards for Foreign Language Education Project (2006) presents a set of standards that constitute a remarkably accurate reflection of the Essential Learning Outcomes established through the Liberal Education and America's Promise (LEAP) initiative of the Association of American Colleges and Universities (2007). The ACTFL standards identify the following five content areas for foreign language study, called "the five Cs": (1) Communication; (2) Cultures; (3) Connections; (4) Comparisons; and (5) Communities. This article describes how each of these areas of focus for the world languages curriculum correlates with the LEAP goals. The redesign of world language curricula in accordance with the vision for postsecondary education reflected in both the Standards and LEAP can only strengthen the place of world language instruction in America's colleges and universities, enhance the lives and postgraduate livelihood of students, and support the nation's economic and geopolitical interests. As stipulated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) 2004, preschool children are provided with access to the general education curriculum when they are in settings with children without disabilities and when their learning outcomes are met in these settings. In this article, we describe how access can be achieved through a curriculum, Children's School Success, which was designed using principles of universal design for learning and specific curriculum modifications. Further, we provide quantitative and descriptive information showing that preschool children with disabilities can make gains in both academic and social outcomes using the Children's School Success curriculum. (Contains 2 tables.) "Critical Curriculum Studies" offers a novel framework for thinking about how curriculum relates to students' understanding of the world around them. Wayne Au brings together curriculum theory, critical educational studies, and feminist standpoint theory with practical examples of teaching for social justice to argue for a transformative curriculum that challenges existing inequity in social, educational, and economic relations. Making use of the work of important scholars such as Freire, Vygotsky, Hartsock, Harding, and others, "Critical Curriculum Studies", argues that we must understand the relationship between the curriculum and the types of consciousness we carry out into the world. Following a Series Introduction (Michael W. Apple), the following chapters are contained in this book: (1) Introduction: Contradiction in Curriculum Studies; (2) With and Within the World: Developing a Dialectical Conception of Consciousness; (3) Epistemology and Educational Experience: Curriculum, the Accessibility of Knowledge, and Complex Environmental Design; (4) Developing Curricular Standpoint: Strong Objectivity and the Politics of School Knowledge; (5) Curriculum of the Oppressed: Curricular Standpoint in Practice; and (6) Conclusion: Critical Consciousness, Relative Autonomy, and the Curriculum. This report presents findings obtained from a survey of nine countries and states: Baden-Wurttemberg (Germany), North Rhine-Westphalia (Germany), Sweden, France, Scotland, California (United States of America), New York (United States of America), Quebec (Canada), and the Netherlands. The study focuses primarily on a comparison of the objectives and contents of the secondary (ages 12-16) physical education curriculum, obtained from official documents, as well as on the proportion of time alloted in each country. The descriptive and comparative framework used to analyze the data is based upon the premise that curricular decisions in general, and decisions which concern the objectives and educational contents in particular, are based largely on considerations colored by values. After identifying and defining five conceptual prototypes for organizing the physical education curriculum, the report classifies the approaches of the nine school systems being examined. In addition, general information about each system is provided: the structure of the school system, time available for movement education, whether the subject should be taught by specialists, whether coeducation is possible or prescribed by law, and whether there are clear guidelines for the evaluation of pupil achievements. The report concludes with a summary in diagram form that provides a quick overview of the nature of the subject concepts in the curriculum documents examined, followed by a bibliography containing 32 references. (IAH) Over the last decades, the ways in which children experience and understand their worlds have radically altered. In still-recent times, children were part of communities; they played in wild places and had unsupervised experiences. Today, the lives of children are increasingly fragmented, solitary, and removed from a sense of place. Children come home to empty houses and operate independently. A larger proportion of time is devoted to homework and structured after-school activities while technology (computer games, television, music) take a growing percentage of each day. Children experience stranger-fear and have fewer natural spaces as sites for exploration and imagination. The activities experienced by children in the past, which supported community, nature and place, have been replaced with post-modern activities that support new and fundamentally different priorities. In the fall of this year, a group in Manitoba put out the challenge for 100 Manitobans to eat locally for 100 days. Intrinsic to this idea was the thought that the exploration and economic support of the local promotes different values and interests than the economic support of the global. This idea appealed to the author both ideologically and as an educator. The movement towards localized eating supported a variety of constructs that were becoming marginalized in the postmodern world. Eating within a 100-mile radius forced participants to be creative, get to know the local farmer, grow their own food and try their hand at preserving. Intrinsic to these skills was the reaffirmation of the marginalized constructs of place, community and nature. In the centering of these non-mainstream values, new empathetic understandings emerge. The ideas of sustainability, empathetic care for the world, and commitment to one's neighbor emerged as guiding insights and values. In the author's own struggle to reconcile the exclusion of place, community, empathy and nature in their educational system, she discovered the 100-mile diet as a model for framing these ideas within the field of education. Accordingly, she launched the 100-mile curriculum challenge. She challenged teachers to tweak curriculum to explore local issues, ideas, resources and communities for one semester. The purpose of this challenge was to celebrate the abundance, diversity and complexity of Manitoba's communities, raise awareness of issues affecting them, support re-inhabitation of our communities, care for nature, and develop more complex methodological ways of helping students learn. (Contains 2 notes.) The purpose of this article is to report on the research findings of the views of student-teachers on the integration of some aspects of a traditional circumcision curriculum into higher education. The main question is: Could a traditional circumcision curriculum be integrated into the higher education curriculum? Seventy five participants were sampled through a systematic random sampling strategy from a population of 120 male student teachers. The sample includes only those who have attended a circumcision school. Data were collected through a closed questionnaire, and presented as percentages. The preliminary results reveal that the majority of student-teachers are in favour of the integration of a circumcision curriculum into the higher education curriculum. These results may serve as a siren to alert us of the need to create space in the higher education system for the indigenous knowledge system (IKS), for example, the circumcision values and knowledge. (Contains 1 table.) This document presents the Alcohol and Drug Education Programs (ADEP) curriculum guide developed by the Missouri Department of Mental Health to provide education programs for individuals under the age of 21 convicted of certain alcohol and drug related offenses. An introduction is followed by a section on substances of abuse and their effects. Basic terms and concepts are defined, and a number of substances are considered individually: alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, cocaine, stimulants, sedatives, hallucinogens, narcotics, and inhalants. The use of substances in combination is discussed, high risk substance use is defined, and the risk of Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome is explored. The next section looks at the effects of substance use on driving skills. It examines the magnitude of the drinking and driving problem and explains the effects of alcohol and of marijuana on driving skills. A section on substance abuse and dependency discusses the disease concept, genetic factors, the progression of dependency, recognition of substance abuse and dependency, the effects on the family, and treatments available for adolescent substance abusers. A section on life skills discusses motivations, decision-making skills, refusal skills, and alternatives to use. Six tasks that need to be accomplished in the concluding phases of the program are listed; sample forms, program operations, and resource materials are appended. (NB) This document, which reflects Mississippi's statutory requirement that instructional programs be based on core curricula and performance-based assessment, contains outlines of the instructional units required in local instructional management plans and daily lesson plans for family and consumer sciences and related technology (enrichment). Presented first are program descriptions and course outlines for four courses: child development, family and individual health, family living and parenthood, and foods and nutrition. Section I contains curriculum frameworks for the courses, and section II contains outlines of the instructional units required in each course. Child development consists of five units: preparing for parenthood, child growth and development, guiding behavior, children with special challenges, and career opportunities. Family and individual health has 10 units: personal health, mental health, social health, human growth and development, disease prevention and control, nutrition and fitness, substance abuse prevention, community and environmental health, safety and first aid, and consumer health. Family living and parenthood consists of four units: lifestyles, understanding marriage, family health and welfare, and consumer economics. Foods and nutrition has five units: food and nutrition science, safety and sanitation, consumer information and food preparation, social and multicultural protocol, and careers. Each unit includes suggested time on tasks, competencies and objectives, teaching strategies, assessment strategies, and resources. Recommended tools and equipment are listed in section III. Appended are lists of related academic topics and workplace skills for the 21st century and student competency profiles for the four courses. (YLB) The field of adult education exists within a context of consumer capitalism, although adult educators have failed to acknowledge how central consumption is to today's society. Traditional consumer education has typically focused on technical skills, and thus positions itself outside the social, political, and cultural realms. In this article, the author retheorizes consumer education into a more critical enterprise using the framework of cultural studies. She argues that consumer education is a political site that creates consumers with a range of reactions to consumer culture. From this perspective, consumer education for adults is reconceived to include a variety of informal sites of learning including those focusing on curbing consumption, fighting consumer capitalism, and "jamming" corporate-sponsored consumer culture. Over a decade ago, Oduran (1993) argued that consumer education was an emerging frontier of adult education. While the Adult Performance Level (APL) project in the 1970s sparked some interest in consumer and life skills within adult basic education and English as a second language (Lankshear, 1993; Levine, 1986; Sandlin, 2000), and while this push has been seen more recently in welfare-to-work education and job preparation programs, the broader field of adult education has been almost silent on this issue. A review of adult education journals and conference proceedings over the past decade reveals very little interest in consumer education among adult education researchers. In this article, the author argues that in addition to the recognized practice of consumer education in formal classroom settings (including some adult literacy programs, county extension, and welfare-to-work programs), consumer education for adults is happening in a wide variety of places outside the formal classroom. These informal sites of consumer education for adults mostly have gone unnoticed by the field of adult education or are not recognized or named as "consumer education." She believes adult educators should be aware of these informal sites of adult consumer education, especially because some of these sites have the potential to move consumer education outside of its traditional technical focus, and into more critical realms where learners develop "a different relationship to the marketplace in which they identify unquestioned assumptions and challenge the status of existing structures [such as consumer capitalism] as natural" (Ozanne & Murray, 1995, p. 522). Describes the process of developing an HIV/AIDS education curriculum for "Takalani Sesame," an educational media project for young South African children. Illustrates the formative research conducted with adults and children, and recounts discussions with HIV/AIDS health specialists. Describes the knowledge, attitude, and skill components of the curriculum to be used to create HIV/AIDS education messages for television, radio, and outreach materials for children ages 3-7 and their caregivers. (Author/KB) The document presents a new set of standards for family and consumer sciences (FACS) education. Section 1 is a three-chapter overview. Chapter 1 addresses the rationale for change and the FACS vision and mission. Chapter 2 describes the approach to develop the national standards, FACS format, and components of the standards. Chapter 3 provides background information on the process for FACS national standards, explains the structure of the process questions, and presents the reasoning for action standard. Chapter 4 presents the 16 areas of study, along with their comprehensive standards, content standards, competencies, academic proficiencies, and process questions; career, community, and family connections; consumer and family resources; consumer services; early childhood, education, and services; facilities management and maintenance; family; family and community services; food production and services; food science, dietetics, and nutrition; hospitality, tourism, and recreation; housing, interiors, and furnishings; human development; interpersonal relationships; nutrition and wellness; parenting; and textiles and apparel. Chapter 5 discusses aspects of implementation strategies and potential leadership activities to guide state development of standards and related programs. Appendixes contain 118 references grouped by contributing state; 110 process references and additional resources; and a participant list. (YLB) Providing effective food safety education to young consumers is a national health priority to combat the nearly 76 million cases of foodborne illness in the United States annually. With the tremendous pressures on teachers for accountability in core subject areas, the focus of classrooms is on covering concepts that are tested on state performance examinations. As a result, topics such as food safety are rarely addressed in middle school classrooms. Middle school is an ideal time to teach food safety because adolescents are in the process of setting lifelong behaviors; therefore, they are more likely to synthesize new food safety knowledge in a way that will lead to the development of lifelong behaviors. The purpose of this study was to scientifically validate an educational resource that provides a method for classroom teachers to involve young consumers in food safety education while meeting state content area curriculum standards. An interdisciplinary curriculum targeted at middle school students and correlated directly to state content standards was designed to include highly effective instructional strategies that teach food safety concepts through all core subject classes (science, math, social studies, and language arts). The curriculum was pilot tested in 5 schools using a pretest, posttest, and follow-up test assessment model. The results showed that the curriculum was highly effective at raising student knowledge (21% gain) and improving students' food handling behaviors (8.47% gain) from pretests to posttests. In addition, 6 wk after implementation, students retained 86% of their total knowledge gain as measured by a follow-up assessment. This document contains three model curricula in nursing education for alcohol and other drug abuse, one graduate and one baccalaureate level from New York University's (NYU) Division of Nursing, and the third combining graduate and undergraduate level curricula for Ohio State University (OSU). The NYU undergraduate curriculum contains a pilot test and evaluation instrument as well as fifteen curriculum modules divided between two levels on topics including family patterns of drug abuse, impaired professionals, treatment, and patterns in various special populations. Each module contains a placement suggestion, time estimate, learner objectives, content outline, recommended teaching strategies and references. The graduate level curriculum titled Project SAEN (Substance Abuse Education in Nursing) provides a third level of eight curriculum modules for the Masters level including modules on group modalities, research perspectives, and the nurse within an interdisciplinary treatment team. The OSU curriculum contains a statement of philosophy, a faculty development program, an undergraduate curriculum model of family patterns, etc. Also included are a master's level curriculum, and a Ph.D. level curriculum. Sections on evaluation curriculum and a Ph.D. level curriculum. Sections on evaluation and references are included. Appended are a list of faculty development instruments, a taxonomy of content areas, and a glossary of terms. (JB) In this article, the author begins by describing an important present moment in curriculum studies. He then rethinks this moment and briefly explores the implications of this new line of thought for leadership development. At the 2007 American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies' (AAACS) business meeting, Pinar (2007a) presented a paper arguing that the field of curriculum studies does not have a disciplinary structure but does contain key disciplinary features which he calls "curriculum disciplinarities." He identifies two key disciplinarities and examines how these disciplinarities can be used to create a curriculum studies canon, which, in turn, can be used to advance curriculum studies. AAACS members unanimously decide to organize a Canon Task Force based on Pinar's argument, and the task force has been examining this topic over the past 3 years. The task force confronted a perplexing problem, which is explored in a dialogical exchange (Henderson & Kesson, 2009a, 2009b; Schubert, 2009a, 2009b). This problem can be summarized as a critical question: "Who identifies and conceptualizes the key curriculum disciplinarities?" This question has not yet been resolved; and, in fact, it may not have a solution. As a way out of this quandary, this author rethinks the question as follows: "Are there key curriculum disciplinarities that can be used to advance democratic educational leadership?" He takes the position that there is an open set of curriculum disciplinarities and that, therefore, the problem that curriculum theorists face is to decide which disciplinarities address which educational purposes. This article documents the emergence of environmental education in the curriculum discourse in Aotearoa/New Zealand in 1988, and proceeds to trace its path through a succession of curriculum documents over the subsequent two decades. As well as exploring the form environmental education takes in these documents, the way it emerges in educational priorities is also reviewed. This historical analysis highlights the political nature of the school curriculum in general, and in particular, the place of environmental education within it. It also suggests that the curriculum, by itself, provides little concrete guidance for teachers. In response, I propose that educators must look to their own community for strength and leadership in a hostile political climate. This document is a revised version of the National Consumer and Financial Literacy Framework (the Framework) originally developed in 2005. It articulates a rationale for consumer and financial education in Australian schools; describes essential consumer and financial capabilities that will support lifelong learning; and provides guidance on how consumer and financial education may be structured to support a progression of learning from Foundation-Year 10. Appended are: (1) Links to the Australian Curriculum's general capabilities; (2) Links to the Australian Curriculum's cross-curriculum; and (3) Acknowledgments. (Contains 20 footnotes.) This curriculum guide, dealing with competency-based cooperative office education in the State of Louisiana, consists of 10 chapters on program implementation and 12 instructional units. Covered in the first part of the guide are cooperative office education programs; coordination, program management, and student placement; legal responsibilities; advisory committees; public relations; classroom necessities; reports; student organizations; supplemental materials; and the evaluation process. Topics addressed in the instructional units include telephone techniques; word processing; human relations; securing and keeping job communication skills; financial records; business math and machines; typing; shorthand; office procedures; and specialized offices, such as banking, insurance, legal, and medical offices. (MN) This secondary distributive education performance-based instructional unit on buying and pricing contains thirteen lesson plans, each based on a fifty-five minute period. Among the topics covered are the following: (1) the importance of analysing the customers' demands for merchandise before planning what and when to buy, (2) questions about consumers' needs that must be answered before a buyer can purchase intelligently for consumers, (3) different methods available for purchasing for a small or large business, (4) methods which may be used to keep track of profitable sources of supply, (5) factors considered by the buyer in determining the retail price on a given product or service, and (6) the legal restrictions placed on pricing by the Fair Trade Acts and the Unfair Sales Practices Act. Each lesson plan includes most of the following elements: information sheets, assignment sheets, transparency masters, key and answer sheets, and teacher reference sheets. A list of terminal and enabling objectives and a pre-assessment instrument and key precede the lesson plans. Optional activities, a bibliography, a post-assessment instrument, and key and unit evaluation are included at the end of the unit. (LRA) The curriculum on occupational safety and health, designed for a workplace literacy and basic skills program for clothing and textile workers union members, is outlined. Its objectives are to help workers understand the importance of following company health and safety rules and danger signs, identify and report workplace hazards, aid in resolution and prevention of health and safety problems, recognize symptoms of common workplace illnesses, understand their own and employers' rights and responsibilities under federal law, understand the union's role in resolving workplace health and safety problems, learn to report accidents or complaints, understand the importance of overall health and fitness, and learn about union clinic and social services programs. The guide includes: charts of common health and safety hazards, with causes, symptoms, and solutions; notes on maintaining overall health and fitness; and classroom activities and instructional materials drawn from a problem-based workplace English-as-a-Second-Language text. A vocabulary list is also included. (MSE) (Adjunct ERIC Clearinghouse on Literacy Education) Injury is the leading cause of death and disability among the U.S. population aged 1 to 44 years. In 2006 more than 179,000 fatalities were attributed to injury. Despite increasing awareness of the global epidemic of injury and violence, a considerable gap remains between advances in injury-prevention research and prevention knowledge that is taught to medical students. This article discusses the growing need for U.S medical schools to train future physicians in the fundamentals of injury prevention and control. Teaching medical students to implement injury prevention in their future practice should help reduce injury morbidity and mortality. Deliberate efforts should be made to integrate injury-prevention education into existing curriculum. Key resources are available to do this. Emergency physicians can be essential advocates in establishing injury prevention training because of their clinical expertise in treating injury. Increasing the number of physicians with injuryand violence- prevention knowledge and skills is ultimately an important strategy to reduce the national and global burden of injury. This guide proposes a model for a comprehensive curriculum for secondary business education with a number of program options. A list of the complete course offerings indicates the courses required or recommended for all students choosing business as an area of study. A listing of prerequisite courses follows. The purpose and student populations for which Levels I, II, and III of the Office Administration Sequence were designed are described. A suggestion is made for the sequence of courses for students aspiring to particular careers: secretarial/clerical, accounting, business management, and college-bound. Course descriptions are provided for the following courses: abbreviated writing; accounting I and II; advanced computer applications; business--introduction and analysis; business communication; business law; business math; business management; computer concepts/applications; computer mathematics/programming; cooperative work experience; document processing; electronic office; introduction to business and business occupations; keyboarding; macroeconomics; microeconomics; office procedures; and word/information processing. Each description lists prerequisite; recommended placement; recommended course length; course objectives; course description; and content outline. Course descriptions for desktop publishing, integrated office systems, and machine transcription are appended. (YLB) Presents a brief history of information technology-related training for library school students in Indonesia, including the most recent developments in library and information science curriculum with special reference to the University of Indonesia. Explains the higher education system and discusses graduate and undergraduate curriculum developments. (Author/LRW) The College of Engineering, the College of Arts & Sciences, and the Center for Teacher Education at Ohio Northern University developed and implemented two parts of a four-module curriculum titled “Biomass as an Alternative Energy Source” for use in a Wind\\/Energy Academy within a local school district. The curriculum introduces students to the current topic of biomass, specifically algae, as The current ‘widening participation’ and ‘key skills’ agendas in higher education present the challenge of developing curriculum models that can accommodate a more heterogeneous student body. Drawing primarily on the South African experience, and similar findings from Australia, this article examines various forms of provision in terms of intended target group, assumptions, goals and curriculum context. A distinction is made Concerns have been raised in the Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) doctoral education literature regarding: (a) the narrowness of research preparation, (b) the emphasis on disciplinary silos, (c) the lack of competitiveness and innovation within and beyond academia, and (d) the role of graduate assistants. These concerns mirror those in the professoriate at large regarding doctoral education. There is, however, little research that has examined these issues in our field. In this paper we report on the content studied in the core curriculum of doctoral programs, admission requirements, number of full and part time students, number of faculty serving these students, funding supporting students, and type and scope of research classes. Data were collected from websites as well as other public domain sources and open-ended interviews with faculty members in each program. We discuss the findings and implications for PETE. (Contains 2 notes.) This article investigates the process of curriculum renewal in a faculty of education. I report on my own experiences as the initiator of the change to the Bachelor of Education curriculum. When colleges of education were incorporated into higher education institutions, some faculties of education were relocated to these campuses. This move brought to the fore the debate of whether it is better for a faculty of education itself to offer all the content in an education degree, or to outsource subject specialisations apart from Education to discipline-specific departments in other faculties. The existing curricula and the recommendations of an internal audit were interrogated as a first step towards change. The idea was to strengthen the subject specialisation knowledge of the students through the involvement of the discipline-specific or specialist faculties and simultaneously include a social justice framework for the delivery of the programmes. Design research methodology was used to analyse the process of curriculum renewal in the Faculty of Education. In order to analyse the existing curriculum, a process of document review was used. The final curriculum was negotiated with staff members and its compliance with the Higher Education Qualifications Framework is provided. (Contains 1 endnote, 1 table and 5 figures.) One goal educators have is to empower students at all levels in this diverse and changing society whether they work with teacher candidates or with P-12 students. Teachers are seeing increased differences in race, ethnicity, culture, and special needs in children in their classrooms. The changing composition of early childhood classrooms challenges educators to be more responsive to the diverse needs of all children. Therefore, implementing a curriculum that is culturally responsive and inclusive to assist children's needs is imperative. To prepare teacher candidates to integrate anti-bias or diversity curriculum with the regular curriculum then becomes a crucial goal of every teacher preparation program. Unfortunately, many teachers currently in the classroom report that they feel inadequate to teach multicultural or anti-bias curriculum. Implementing a diversity curriculum may not be easy because of the fear, uncertainty, or discomfort of many teachers and teacher educators. Teachers' beliefs influence and affect their teaching practices and may become barriers that prevent the integration of anti-bias curricula. However, previous research found that teacher candidates' level of intercultural sensitivity could be enhanced by their teacher preparation courses and activities and from teacher educators who encouraged teacher candidates to discuss and reflect upon issues. In this article, the authors discuss what an anti-bias curriculum is, provide the theoretical framework and rationale for involving teacher candidates in certain activities that promote the anti-bias curriculum, and offer additional anti-bias strategies for teacher candidates and teacher educators to implement in their classrooms. A project was undertaken to identify, develop, and test the effectiveness of a limited number of self-contained, individual learning modules about consumer topics that are especially appropriate to a variety of industrial arts courses given in secondary schools in Texas. Included among the project activities were the following: (1) identification of appropriate content topics by a survey administered to a select sample of 49 teachers and administrators involved in industrial arts curriculum development in Texas; (2) development of a system of analysis to define content material within each topic in a consistent and meaningful way; (3) development of a format in which to present the modules; (4) field testing of a portion of the materials in two Texas school districts, using statistical comparisons and teacher reactions; and (5) dissemination of the materials to all school districts in the state. (The appendixes to this project report include project-developed rating and survey instruments as well as learning modules in English and Spanish dealing with energy efficiency, fire protection, hand tools, guarantees and warranties, protective clothing, power hand tools, and sandpaper and other abrasives.) (MN) Taking the increasing implementation and practice of 'quality-oriented education' as the background to the current reform, the paper outlines moral education in the Chinese junior high school over the last 25 years. It offers a brief review of a few theoretical and empirical research projects which have had some influence on the 2003 reform of the course of Ideology and Morality. It describes: three basic principles behind this new curriculum, focusing on the developing lives of students; curriculum characteristics with ideological, humanistic, practical and integrative dimensions; and the objectives of developing feelings, attitudes and value orientations, competencies and knowledge. The curriculum is illustrated by four textbook and class-based examples of respect for parents, self-esteem, environmental awareness and being a responsible citizen, which offer some insights into contemporary moral education with distinctive Chinese characteristics. Finally, the paper gives an overview of the significance of the moral education curriculum reform and of its ongoing challenges. This curriculum guide contains five units with relevant problem areas for horticulture. These problem areas have been selected as suggested areas of study to be included in a core curriculum for secondary students enrolled in an agricultural education program. Each problem area includes some or all of the following components: related problem areas, prerequisite problem areas, occupational tasks addressed, learning assessment plan sheets, instructor's guide, information sheets, student worksheets or assignment sheets and keys, demonstrations, transparency masters, and a discussion guide for transparencies. Suggestions are made for use of the core materials, including specific suggestions for using the different components of a problem area. The five units are as follows: (1) horticultural business operation and management; (2) horticultural science and production; (3) horticultural mechanics; (4) landscaping; and (5) floral design. (NLA) This parent education curriculum manual, developed by the Parent Education program at North Seattle Community College, defines and describes the parent education program and presents program materials for use as a curriculum guide for instructors and for program participants. First, the parent education program is described and the educational objectives and program components are outlined. The next sections present the organization and role responsibilities of the college, instructors, the parent advisory council, teachers, and children; the goals and objectives of the program; and the means of implementing the goals and objectives. Then, the manual outlines curriculum objectives in the areas of child development; child guidance; health, safety, and nutrition; parenting and family communication; and special concerns. For each program area an introductory statement is provided and the goals and objectives are categorized according to the age level of the child (i.e., infants, toddlers, pre-threes, and three-to-fives). Next, the manual provides the goals and objectives of the program units: implementing the children's classroom program; organizational function, development, and leadership; and support systems. Finally, a bibliography is provided under the five program areas. (HB) The hidden cumculum has served the very useful purpose in educational discourse of alerting educators to the complexity of physical education teaching and learning. However, the ambiguity of the phenomena the term attempts to describe has led to a certain notoriety, and there is now considerable confusion over the meaning of the term hidden curriculum. This paper reviews selected studies This document is intended to help instructors and administrators develop secondary and postsecondary instructional programs on international trade that are based on competencies identified as those needed in international business by companies in Alaska, Oregon, and Washington. The first section introduces competency-based curriculum and includes a discussion of student performance assessment; curriculum delivery systems; the role of the instructor in curriculum planning, implementation, and evaluation; and the benefits of competency-based curriculum. The second section contains a chart that shows the scope of the competencies, including those for appropriate background preparation, for a core curriculum in international trade, and for specialized or advanced courses in the areas of trade documentation, entrepreneurship, and advanced international trade. The third section contains course descriptions intended to provide a conceptual framework for the design and implementation of a program in international trade. Section 4 contains the competencies and tasks associated with each of the following areas: state and regional profiles, world profile, import and export basics, international trade, international marketing and transportation, international finance, laws and regulations, communications, entrepreneurship, trade documentation, and employability skills. Section 5 provides a list of competencies by course offering. Section 6 contains a sample skills card, which is an example of an instrument for evaluating student performance. Section 7 consists of a comprehensive list of resources organized by media type and providing addresses and phone numbers of each source. (CML) It is recommended that the Coordinating Board for Higher Education approve the Curriculum Alignment Initiative (CAI) report, with recognition of the dynamic nature of competencies. It is further recommended that the board direct the Commissioner of Higher Education to make the CAI Report available online to interested government agencies and constituents as evidence of MDHE's significant progress in fulfilling its statutory requirements. It is also recommended that the Coordinating Board for Higher Education commend the arduous efforts undertaken by the participants and educational institutions involved in the CAI process. This document reports the mission and progress of the Missouri Department of Higher Education's (MDHE's) Curriculum Alignment Initiative (CAI) from inception in June 2007 to present. Appended are: (1) Senate Bill 389 on Curriculum Alignment; (2) Completed Entry-Level Competencies; (3) Draft Cross-Disciplinary Competencies; (4) Draft METS Optimal Entry-Level Competencies; (5) Completed Exit-Level Competencies; and (6) General Education & Exit Competencies Matrix. (Contains 1 footnote.) In an ever changing global economy, higher education experiences accountability issues in educating the workforce. Graduates require the knowledge and skills necessary to succeed in the global workplace. For graduates to have the opportunity to attain this understanding and expertise, it is critical to identify what influences curriculum development to create a curriculum that meets workplace needs. The purpose of this study was to contribute to a better understanding of curriculum development in higher education fashion merchandising programs. More specifically what impacts the curriculum and if skill standard(s) and/or competency list(s), are used when developing program-level curriculum for higher education fashion merchandising programs. Descriptive research examined the internal and external influences and standard(s) and/or competency list(s) used in curriculum development. Electronically, an invitation to participate and the survey instrument were sent to faculty in apparel and textile programs across the United States. Data were collected from 96 apparel and textile faculty. Data revealed internal influences, more so than external influences, impacted curriculum development in higher education fashion merchandising programs. The largest percentage and extent of internal influence on curriculum development in higher education fashion merchandising programs was faculty background; program mission was also a major internal influence. The largest percentage and extent of external influence on curriculum development in higher education fashion merchandising programs was marketplace/employers. No statistically significant relationship was found between the participants' type of institution (undergraduate and graduate granting) and internal and external influences. However, more research is called for to examine the specific internal influence of program mission and the external influence of marketplace/employers. Current curriculum influences, skill standard(s) and/or competency list(s) used, and type of institution were examined in this research study. The study proposes that the higher education fashion merchandising curriculum is influenced, in varying degrees, by internal and external influences and that skill standard(s) and/or competency list(s) from many sources are used in curriculum development. Undergraduate or graduate institutions were not differentially influenced by internal or external factors. [The dissertation citations contained here are published with the permission of ProQuest LLC. Further reproduction is prohibited without permission. Copies of dissertations may be obtained by Telephone (800) 1-800-521-0600. Web page: http://www.proquest.com/en-US/products/dissertations/individuals.shtml. The purpose of this article is to offer a theory-to-practice-based approach to promoting equal status for all students in GPE classes by implementing disability sports in the GPE curriculum. Teaching disability sports is an appropriate means of promoting inclusion and establishing a more differentiated and comprehensive GPE curriculum. This article presents (1) a rationale for using disability sports in GPE, (2) an ecology paradigm identified in the gymnasium that can benefit from including disability sports in the GPE curriculum, (3) suggested implementation templates, and (4) results from practitioners who have included disability sports in their GPE programs. (Contains 3 figures and 1 table.) This guide lists the core curriculum competencies expected to be developed by students in secondary Fundamentals of Marketing courses in Missouri. It was developed through revision of the prior core curriculum by a project team with input from all the marketing instructors in the state. Competencies listed in the revised fundamentals of marketing core curriculum fall under nine headings: (1) communications in marketing; (2) economic concepts; (3) employment and advancement; (4) human relations in marketing; (5) marketing operations; (6) market planning; (7) advertising and sales promotion; (8) selling; and (9) marketing concepts. (KC) This curriculum guide is one in a series of competency-based instructional materials dealing with marketing and distributive education (MADE). It consists of some introductory remarks concerning the course, a lesson plan, a course outline, and four sections of lessons for use in implementing the course. Covered in the individual sections are the following topics: the nature and scope of marketing and distributive education; self-awareness (the nature of personality, factors influencing personality, favorable personality traits, personality handicaps, and developing a good personality); the movement of an orange as it passes through the channels of distribution from producer to consumer, and career exploration (general merchandising, apparel and accessories marketing, home furnishings marketing, food marketing, advertising and display services, finance and credit, food service, petroleum, insurance, hotel, personal services, and travel and tourism). Each lesson contains a behavioral objective, an apperceptive base, a motivational approach, an aim, one or more presentations and medial summaries, an application, and a final summary. Also included in the individual lessons are student handouts, transparency masters, and a variety of learning activities. (MN) This is the third part of a three-part curriculum guide dedicated to improving the nutritional status of children and adolescents as well as inspiring lifetime habits of healthy eating. It is also a total nutrition education program that encompasses nutritional aspects of a student's daily life both at school and at home. Teachers are provided with specific grade-level lesson plans and learning activities that include student handouts and worksheets, teacher resource pages, and overhead transparency masters. The high school guide is organized into five sections. The first section describes the program including cultural awareness information, the interaction of nutrition education with school food service, parent involvement, and program visibility. Section 2 discusses implementation of the ESR IV curriculum guide. The third section addresses modifications of the program for special populations. Section 4 presents an instructor's resource guide for teaching nutrition education. The final section presents grades 9-12 nutrition lessons emphasizing diet-related diseases, prevention techniques, and current nutrition issues. Nine appendices include: suggested teacher resources; bibliography; a pattern for daily food choices, and school breakfast and lunch patterns; recommended dietary allowances; a food composition table; dietary guidelines for Americans; a glossary of terms; suggested instructional strategies; and a health hotline of agencies and organizations. (LL) This article explores why university reform is central to the Labour government's project to create a "modern" Britain. During the passage of the 2004 Higher Education Act the government created a policy narrative which redefined the role and purpose of universities. It framed their futures as corporations, based more on an economic than an educational rationale, and competing to provide educational services to paying consumers. The government presents marketization as the only possible way to solve the funding crisis and tries to make its interpretation of the future for universities seem obvious and inevitable. Even though critics show how the Act may exacerbate differential access and reinforce disadvantage, and thus work against the government's vision for modern Britain, the policy narrative is becoming authoritative, if not yet hegemonic. The article places the government's discourse within an international context to re-examine the complexity of the concepts and arguments on which the policy narrative rests and open up space to consider alternative futures for universities in Britain and in new world orders. Changing a curriculum is already stressful enough without finding new ways to create anxiety, discontent, and rancor. To provide a truly integrated liberal education, the author contends that educators must not only change their curricula--the courses they offer--but they must change what they do in the classroom, the kinds of papers and assignments and labs and projects they assign, and the kinds of test questions they ask. This article presents three reasons why--all political instincts to the contrary--it is better to fold conversations about writing across the curriculum into the larger debate about general education models, scaffolding, institutional support, and student needs. While this short essay addresses oral communication across the curriculum and quantitative reasoning across the curriculum only in passing, it is safe to say that much of what applies to writing applies to these areas as well. The purpose of this study was to test an educational swine curriculum geared toward fifth grade classrooms to measure the change in students' knowledge about the pork industry, pork as a nutritious protein source, and the value of byproducts derived from pork production. Objectives of this study were to evaluate overall change in students' knowledge of the pork industry and the effect of specific demographics on the change in students' knowledge following participation in an educational swine curriculum. Effectiveness of the curriculum was measured by a pre-test/post-test survey of fifth grade students (n = 435), with classrooms divided into treatment and control groups. Findings indicated that participating in the educational swine curriculum increased the students' knowledge of the pork industry by 37.4%; demographics such as 4-H experience, farm experience, or prior experience with pigs had limited effect on knowledge gained. (Contains 2 tables and 1 figure.) Aim: To explore critical care patients and families experiences and seek their input into nurses' postgraduate educational preparation and practice. Background: There is an inconsistency in the expected standard of practice to 'qualify' Australian critical care nurses. There has also been a lack of health consumer input in the development of postgraduate course curriculum and content. Method: Following institutional ethics committee approval, purposive sampling was used to select participants for focus groups and individual interviews who had experienced intensive care or coronary care. Findings: Seventeen participants provided data which created two main thematic categories; the role of the critical care nurse and; minimum practice standards for postgraduate critical care course graduates. Both physical patient care and socio-emotional support of patients and family were identified as important for the critical care nurse role. The level of socio-emotional support provided by nurses was reported to be inconsistent. Components of socio-emotional support included communication, people skills, facilitating family presence and advocacy. These components were reflected in participants' concepts of minimum practice standards for postgraduate critical care course graduates; talking and listening skills, relating to and dealing with stressed people, individualizing care and patient and family advocacy. Conclusion: Health consumers' views emphasize that socio-emotional skills and behaviours need to be explicitly described in postgraduate critical care nursing course curricula and instruments developed to consistently assess these core competencies. PMID:23419185 There is a critical and growing need for emergency physicians and emergency medicine resources worldwide. To meet this need, physicians must be trained to deliver time-sensitive interventions and life-saving emergency care. Currently, there is no internationally recognized, standard curriculum that defines the basic minimum standards for emergency medicine education. To address this lack, the International Federation for Emergency Medicine (IFEM) convened a committee of international physicians, health professionals, and other experts in emergency medicine and international emergency medicine development to outline a curriculum for foundation training of medical students in emergency medicine. This curriculum document represents the consensus of recommendations by this committee. The curriculum is designed with a focus on the basic minimum emergency medicine educational content that any medical school should be delivering to its students during their undergraduate years of training. It is not designed to be prescriptive, but to assist educators and emergency medicine leadership in advancing physician education in basic emergency medicine content. The content would be relevant, not just for communities with mature emergency medicine systems, but also for developing nations or for nations seeking to expand emergency medicine within current educational structures. We anticipate that there will be wide variability in how this curriculum is implemented and taught, reflecting the existing educational milieu, the resources available, and the goals of the institutions’ educational leadership. Recommendations are made so that teachers can have a sound background in economics. Teachers should be able to understand and to teach the skills and concepts used in the free enterprise system. This report is designed to help preservice and inservice teachers improve their knowledge of economics and the free enterprise system. The first chapter discusses major economic concepts teachers should understand: resources, production and distribution, and consumption. Economic terms are defined, and relationships among elements in the capitalist system are explained. In the second chapter, an interdisciplinary approach to economics education, beginning in kindergarten and ending with the twelth grade, is advocated. The curriculum should include basic concepts, the nature of the relationship between economics and society, consumer education, and personal economics management. The third chapter contains recommended methods for businesses to participate in economics education: by improving communication with schools, providing in-house economic courses, and sharing educational resources. The final section describes a study that investigated the economic knowledge level and attitudes of high school seniors, college seniors, and young adults who had attended less than one year of college. The topics under consideration were consumer education, the free enterprise system, and general economics education. The results are discussed, and recommendations generated by the findings are made. (FG) Recent legislation encourages the integration of academic content in agricultural education. In North Carolina, high school agricultural education programs can now choose to offer a state adopted integrated biotechnology curriculum. Empirical evidence was needed to identify and describe factors related to the intent of agricultural educators to adopt this curriculum in order to assist teachers during this transition. North Carolina agricultural educators were randomly surveyed to determine their self-perceived level of knowledge, actual level of knowledge, and perceived importance of integrated science competencies in the new North Carolina "Biotechnology and Agriscience Research" course. This descriptive and correctional study also describes how agricultural educators perceived the course in fulfilling program needs, perceived barriers to teaching the course, and the likelihood of agricultural educators adopting the course. Exploratory research was conducted to identify factors that best predicted the intent of agricultural educators to adopt the course. The agricultural educators in the study accurately perceived that they lack the knowledge to teach the Biotechnology and Agriscience Research course. The majority of the educators had not participated in training related to biotechnology and therefore were ill-prepared to teach concepts related to this emerging technology. The educators supported the importance of teaching biotechnology and recognized the benefits of integrated curriculum in agricultural education. They also perceived that the exterior factors of funding, equipment an teacher knowledge are the largest barriers to adopting an integrated science curriculum. The Biotechnology and Agriscience Research course has the necessary support of agricultural educators to propose its continued inclusion in the North Carolina Workforce Development program of studies. Teachers who were most likely to adopt the Biotechnology and Agriscience Research course had fewer years of teaching experience, had attended some biotechnology training and perceived integrated biotechnology curriculum will fulfill their agricultural education program needs. (Contains 18 references, 5 tables, and 1 figure.) (Author/DDR) Consumers and Alliances United for Supported Education (CAUSE) has assisted people with psychiatric disabilities to attend the postsecondary educational institution of their choice in the greater Boston metropolitan area since 1991. This article provides the unique grassroots history of CAUSE and describes the components of this supported education program. In keeping with the consumer involvement fundamental to its development, CAUSE The booklet explores the actual and potential relationship between citizenship education and consumer education. The purpose is to examine key assumptions supporting citizenship and consumer education and to identify basics that cut across these two approaches to social education. It is presented in four chapters. Chapter I defines both citizenship and consumer education and points out that the approaches have a common goal: that of developing peoples' social competence. It also lists assumptions regarding schooling, particularly that education is an effective way of achieving the goal, and assumptions regarding citizen and consumer roles, including that the two roles are separate. Chapter II discusses the relationship of citizen and consumer roles, which fuse when individuals make decisions that have consequences for all citizens, when economic decisions are made collectively in the political process, or when individuals consume government services. It also points out commonalities in the two roles, including that both are subject to the same historical forces, face common problems, occur in similar settings, and that people exhibit comparable behavior in both roles. Chapter III offers guidelines for linking citizenship and consumer education by listing seven citizenship competencies and suggesting several ways these can be used in consumer education. The conclusion is that the two roles are not separate, and that the linkages between citizenship and consumer education can provide one useful starting point for integrating social education. (CK) The aim of the present study was to assess Israeli certification program for teachers of gifted taking its initial steps in 5 locations. Research sample comprised 40 stakeholders. Goodlad's model of curriculum transformation constituted a framework for describing the various programs as they change from the Ministry to the teachers studying them. Data concerning the different facets suggested by Goodlad were collected via semi-structured and deep interviews, analysis of documents, and classroom observations. Significant differences were found between the two types of certification programs in four of the five facets of curriculum: (a) formal--referring to Ministry rationale and program design and structure; (b) perceived--referring to local program design, and program coordinator's role; (c) operational--referring to enactment of perceived curriculum by lecturer, and contents taught; and (d) experienced-- referring to learners' perception regarding program contribution and disadvantages. Study findings suggest that both types of certification programs, although taking a different approach, experienced difficulties along curriculum transformation. The study proposes factors for examining curriculum transformation in certification programs, and discusses practical implications for future consideration. (Contains 5 tables.) The issue of teaching and learning in transnational education has increasingly received attention through studies about "curriculum internationalization." To date, many of the examples and theorizations about curriculum internationalization are provided by business courses. This is largely a function of trade and commercial activities being inherently amenable to globalization forces, and hence facilitating the business subjects to adopt an international focus in curriculum planning and design. This article argues that curriculum internationalization also has significance for postgraduate science and social science programs delivered across borders, citing pharmacy and education as examples. However, the objectives of curriculum internationalization in these two are not narrowly focused on the functionalist notion of employability and performance as is found for business programs. Rather, they are considered to contribute toward the convergence of professionalization process of pharmacists worldwide for a postgraduate clinical pharmacy program, and the extension of a community of researchers to novice student researchers located overseas in the case of a professional doctorate in education. This difference in objectives calls for the construction of a more robust model of curriculum internationalization to guide international educators in their practice. (Contains 1 table and 2 notes.) Adventure in school culture may seem quite a contradiction. In this paper I will present arguments on the idea that outdoor adventure learning contributes to formal education and is compatible with school practice and goals. This paper is based on research conducted for my thesis. The doctoral degree was completed at Oulu University, Finland, in 2005. The study aims to develop and to enhance outdoor adventure education and experiential learning as an alternative teaching method in formal school culture. The main purpose of the study is, first, to report on implementing outdoor adventure-based education, and, second, to describe the learning experiences of pupils who have undertaken outdoor adventure-based education during a school year (40 weeks) in public schooling. All the pupils were of average intelligence, but they had problems with their behaviour and motivation for learning. The general purpose of the study is to introduce an applied qualitative action-research approach and methodology concerning outdoor adventure education. The research was designed, conducted, and implemented by myself as a teacher-as-researcher to improve teaching in my own classroom culture. The findings and ideas that came up during the research are linked with recent literature on educational reform, which encourages teachers to be collaborators in revising curriculum, improving their work environment, professionalizing teaching, and developing policy. As a qualitative researcher, I am an "insider", who has the chance to participate in the life of the focus group as a member of the group and researcher. At the same time, the teacher as a researcher is the primary instrument for data collection and analysis into a series of representations, including field notes, interviews, conversations, photographs, recordings and memos to the self. The findings of the study would appear to show that the idea of using nature as a context for learning and the development of ecological awareness will be increasingly essential in the future challenges of education and that outdoor adventure education can be included in the public school curriculum as a supportive and holistic pedagogic and teaching method, which maintains motivation and well-being in the school day. According to the study, especially for pupils with special needs, it can be implemented as a rehabilitative method without massive costs or resources. This thesis is a contribution to curriculum theory in environmental education. Its purpose is to analyze the concept of education as used by environmental educators and to examine how educational purposes are related to differing concepts of human-environment interactions and the environmental problematique. It examines three published written curricula using curriculum inquiry methodology as a means of examining two major claims. The first claim is that curricula in environmental education have been affected by a focus on environmental issues or problems, which has resulted in definitions, descriptions and curriculum proposals in the field having a syntax or narrative structure in the form of problem solving. The second claim of the thesis is that while different programs share the common underlying syntax they resolve issues concerning the nature of education, the concept of environment, the role of environmental action projects, and the nature of schooling in significantly different ways. The thesis critiques the curriculum writings of William B. Stapp, Harold R. Hungerford, and Michael J. Cohen. Each has published curriculum work in environmental education and has been active in the development of the field. Their works were chosen because of their publicly accessible form. The inquiry demonstrates that the three programs present analyses of current global environmental problems as serious and in need of urgent attention. All three focus on solving or preventing environmental problems as a major purpose of environmental education. In spite of the common emphasis on problem solving, the inquiry also reveals significant differences among the three programs in regard to concepts of education, views of the environment and the place and role of humans in it, approaches to environmental action projects as curricular elements, and ideas about the place of environmental education in schools. I conclude that although some environmental educators view the continuing debate about the nature and conceptualization of environmental education as needless repetition of issues which have been satisfactorily resolved, important questions remain to be addressed by curriculum theory in this field. In order for environmental education to nurture education as opposed to particular ideologies and beliefs curriculum writers should develop clear concepts of the nature of education and widen the focus of human environment relations beyond problem solving. Critiquing and adapting curriculum materials are essential teaching practices but challenging for many preservice teachers. This study explores the use of educative curriculum materials—materials intended to support both teacher and student learning—to help preservice elementary teachers develop their pedagogical design capacity for critiquing and adapting lessons. Preservice teachers received educative supports highlighting pedagogical principles and rationales for those principles. When provided with educative supports, most individuals attended to the principles targeted in the supports, engaged in an in-depth analysis with regard to the principles, and used the rationales from the supports to justify their analyses. However, few continued to do so in subsequent analyses when they no longer received support. Implications for science teacher education and curriculum design are discussed. In this essay, we state that establishing technology curricula by national governments causes a shift in the policy actions of educational technology support: from a technical rationale with a main focus on funding and resources to a pedagogical rationale with a main focus on student competencies. We illustrate our point of view by describing the formal educational technology curriculum recently administered by the government in Flanders. This curriculum is written in terms of attainment targets and has clear implications on the nature of educational technology which is no longer dependent on teachers' individual efforts or willingness, but is becoming compulsory at the school level. Furthermore, we present two levers that facilitate the integration process of educational technology in general and the realization of technology curricula in particular. Technology coordinators should act more as curriculum managers and change agents, and schools should jointly establish a technology policy plan. Twelve industrial arts (IA) teachers and supervisors were interviewed to obtain information on the significant changes that have occurred in the goals of IA. The issues were the present status of the IA curriculum in Ohio, the contribution IA makes to vocational education, the relationships between IA and vocational education, and provision for coordination between IA and vocational education. The study found a concentrated effort underway to reform the industrial arts curriculum, including a name change and corresponding emphasis on technology, new purposes, the clustering of curriculum content, and a recognition of the importance of including the manufacturing process as a part of the IA/Technology curriculum. Contributions that IA makes to vocational education included opportunities for awareness, orientation, and exploration; a basic core of technological skills and knowledge; potential for provision of alternative, hands-on modes for attaining basic skills; inculcation of technological literacy in youth; and reinforcement of learning from other subjects. Participants indicated that IA-vocational education relationships were enhanced by coordination efforts and participation by IA staff in vocational education at the state level; involvement of IA and vocational education student organizations with each other; and exchange visits between IA and vocational education personnel in the field. (YLB) This paper aims to better understand economists' increasingly influential voice to the conversation of schooling and education. It draws on curriculum theory to develop a framework for analysis of current economic research in education. The framework consists of the following tri-partition: the political, the practical, and the programmatical. Through this framework, the authors are able to discuss a broad range of economics of education articles. The aim is 2-fold: partly to convey important insights into findings and tools of relevance to educational research, but ultimately to improve curriculum research. This study draws attention to areas of educational research, and particularly curriculum theory, where the insights of economists might be used with caution and in light of current thinking in curriculum research. A central finding from the analysis is that the two traditions (education and economics) are more complementary than conflicting. Yet, it is argued that, by failing to engage with educational literature, economists included in this review greatly over-simplify schooling and education. (Contains 3 notes.) Many observers have commented on disparities between the theoretical understandings of environmental education portrayed in academic literature and the environmental education that takes place in schools. In much of the literature and in curriculum documents there has been an increasing emphasis on promoting positive attitudes towards the environment, and the results of several surveys suggest that many teachers support this A multi-stakeholder-driven model for excellence in higher education curriculum development has been developed. It is based on the assumption that current efforts to curriculum development take place within a framework of limited stakeholder consultation. A total of 18 multiple stakeholders are identified, including learners, alumni, government, local and international universities, research institutions, SAQA structures and consultants. The model is further based on significant NQF and OBE alignment of all learning programmes within a multiple stakeholder framework, thereby ensuring that the need of all stakeholders are firmly embedded in curriculum development. Additionally, the principles of learner empowerment, employability, transparency and world-class quality form the foundation of this strategic-driven model for curriculum development. Six phases are postulated with stakeholder engagement during all phases. Three broad areas of quality planning, quality management system implementation and quality review are followed throughout the process. The result is the achievement of excellence in higher education. (Contains 1 table and 1 figure.) This curriculum guide provides the framework for integrating humane education into the traditional elementary school curriculum. The activities in this guide are designed to help students think critically and clarify their own feelings about various issues, as well as to provide them with factual information and understandings about animals. Thirty-five concepts have been identified under four major chapters: (1) Human/Animal Relationships; (2) Pet Animals; (3) Wild Animals; and (4) Farm Animals. Chapters contain concepts and activities for each of the four curriculum areas: Language Arts, Social Studies, Mathematics, and Health/Science. The curriculum guide consists of four books encompassing the following levels: Preschool to Kindergarten, grades 1-2, 3-4, and 5-6. The same subtitles are used in each of the four levels. Appendices have lists of humane education resource organizations and addresses of resource publishers. (YP) Could marketing coursework be part of the general education requirements for all college students? This article describes the ways in which the professional school marketing curriculum model (Schibrowsky, Peltier, & Boyt, 2002) can complement and enhance liberal arts education outcomes. First, the general relationship between liberal arts education and business education is reviewed. Second, the relevance of specific marketing curriculum outcomes to the broadly established goals of a liberal arts education is discussed. Third, a model is developed that details these relationships, addressing theory-driven outcomes, practice-driven outcomes, and blended (theory + practice) outcomes. Finally, the article offers specific recommendations by which marketing educators can tailor their curricular offerings to enhance their contribution to a liberal arts education in the areas of critical and reflective thinking, formation of abstract concepts and theory, analytical skills, independent and creative thinking, leadership skills, social and emotional judgment, and oral and written communication skills. (Contains 1 table and 1 figure.) With the gloomy prospect of massive language extinction over the next 100 years, efforts by applied linguists, educational anthropologists, and multilingual educators to reverse the trends in language loss are increasing. Education in minority languages seems to be a key to maintaining endangered languages and cultures. One often cited challenge to effective minority language education in multilingual settings is the difficulty of developing curriculum and instructional material in many languages. In this paper, current efforts in minority language education are described and patterns analysed. Minority language communities themselves are a major source of what is necessary--but rarely sufficient--educationally. Endangered language communities cannot go it alone. The author suggests several key collaborations between the minority communities and outside organisations and agencies. In addition, a generalised curriculum development resource is suggested as facilitative of community-based education programmes that result in effective, culturally appropriate instruction. (Contains 1 table and 17 notes.) Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to report on efforts to develop two stand-alone subjects on sustainability and corporate social responsibility (CSR) in a mainstream business curriculum at Monash University, Australia. Design/methodology/approach: This paper presents details on the educational rationale and design of the two subjects in corporate sustainability and CSR. Findings: Although many universities offer support for education for sustainability, previous research indicates that most curriculum initiatives in this area have been driven by individual faculty. This paper provides examples of curriculum development that emerged from the grass-roots initiative, in the absence of an integrated and mainstreamed programme for sustainability. Practical implications: The paper encourages all faculty, no matter their circumstances, to consider the development of curriculum for sustainability. While individual subjects cannot effect wholesale change, each effort can, no matter how piecemeal, make a difference. Originality/value: The cases in this paper highlight the importance of skills, knowledge and values to the curriculum for sustainability and CSR. Because there is no formula for how these are integrated into the curriculum, the paper illustrates how individual faculty members have brought their own disciplinary and pedagogical backgrounds to their curriculum design. (Contains 1 table.) Background: State school physical education (PE) programmes are common throughout Greece. However, it is not known if the main objectives of the Greek PE curriculum are achieved.Objective: To assess the current national PE curriculum in relation to selected motor and cardiovascular health related fitness parameters.Methods: A sample of 84 Greek schoolboys (mean (SD) age 13.6 (0.3) years, height 160.7 (8.6) With the publication of the National Science Education Standards and the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics' Curriculum and Evaluation Standards for School Mathematics, a clear set of goals and guidelines for achieving literacy in mathematics and science was established. Designing Mathematics or Science Curriculum Programs has been developed to help state- and district-level education leaders create coherent, multi-year curriculum programs that provide students with opportunities to learn both mathematics and science in a connected and cumulative way throughout their schooling. Researchers have confirmed that as U.S. students move through the grade levels, they slip further and further behind students of other nations in mathematics and science achievement. Experts now believe that U.S. student performance is hindered by the lack of coherence in the mathematics and science curricula in many American schools. By structuring curriculum programs that capitalize on what students have already learned, the new concepts and processes that they can learn will be richer, more complex, and at a higher level. Designing Mathematics or Science Curriculum Programs outlines: Components of effective mathematics and science programs. Criteria by which these components can be judged. A process for developing curriculum that is structured, focused, and coherent. Perhaps most important, this book emphasizes the need for designing curricula across the entire 13-year span that our children spend in elementary and secondary school as a way to improve the quality of education. Ultimately, it will help state and district educators use national and state standards to design or re-build mathematics and science curriculum programs that develop new ideas and skills based on earlier ones--from lesson to lesson, unit to unit, year to year. Anyone responsible for designing or influencing mathematics or science curriculum programs will find this guide valuable. This article describes the development of a gross anatomy course (lab and lecture) at a new medical school in Namibia. The goal of the article is to demonstrate how building a school from the ground up allows for a school to incorporate research based practices into a curriculum and facility structure with ease. School gardens have many benefits for students which include helping students make nutritious choices, encouraging students to be environmentally conscious, and providing experiential learning. School gardens have great potential to be an effective learning tool if incorporated into the classroom. The purpose of this project is to evaluate how gardening is being integrated into classroom curriculum in several schools in This curriculum guide was developed to help teachers and administrators in Connecticut Regional Vocational Agriculture Centers to update and upgrade their vocational agriculture curriculum in the areas of career development, supervised agricultural experience (SAE), and Future Farmers of America (FFA). The curriculum incorporates the competencies related to each area and integrates them with elements of Connecticut's Common Core of Learning. An emphasis is placed on new and emerging, as well as current, occupations. The three sections of the curriculum guide, Career Development, FFA, and SAE, provide two to six units for each of the three areas. Information provided includes the following: length of study, when taught, competencies, course outline, teacher and student activities, evaluation criteria, references and resources, and a unit review for teachers to return to the curriculum committee. Topics covered in the career development curriculum are as follows: career exploration and self-awareness, goal setting and job exploration, obtaining employment and job application, and post high-school plans. The FFA curriculum includes the following: introduction to the FFA, programs and activities, FFA leadership, applications and programs, banquets and beyond, and parliamentary procedure. The two units of the supervised agricultural experience curriculum are SAE programs and ideas for SAE projects. Two appendixes provide sample forms and records and explain the relationship of vocational education in agriculture to the Connecticut Common Core of Learning. A bibliography lists 20 references. (KC) In this paper I discuss some aspects of recent scholarship on rhetoric and the curriculum, making a distinction between approaches that use insight from rhetoric to analyse formal and informal curricula and approaches that develop programmatic suggestions for the conduct of education. In the paper I deploy an educational perspective which I distinguish from a perspective that sees education mainly as a process of the socialization of individuals into existing social, cultural and political ways of doing and being. I focus on three aspects of the discussion: the conceptions of education that are being used in the discussion and, more specifically, the way in which the rhetorical approach is connected to the ideas of "paideia" and "Bildung"; the particular understanding of language in the rhetorical approach to the curriculum; and the question whether the rhetorical curriculum should be understood in terms of empowerment or in terms of emancipation. I argue for a more consistent and more radical adoption of insights from rhetorical scholarship in order to make the rhetorical curriculum more educational and more politically aware. I capture this with the idea of becoming "world-wise" as an alternative for the idea that the rhetorical curriculum should contribute to making students "symbol-wise". A systematic review of the published work on consumer involvement in the education of health professionals was undertaken using the PRISMA guidelines. Searches of the CINAHL, MEDLINE, and PsychINFO electronic databases returned 487 records, and 20 met the inclusion criteria. Further papers were obtained through scanning the reference lists of those articles included from the initial published work search (n?=?9) and contacting researchers in the field (n?=?1). Thirty papers (representing 28 studies) were included in this review. Findings from three studies indicate that consumer involvement in the education of mental health professionals is limited and variable across professions. Evaluations of consumer involvement in 16 courses suggest that students gain insight into consumers' perspectives of: (i) what life is like for people with mental illness; (ii) mental illness itself; (iii) the experiences of admission to, and treatment within, mental health services; and (iv) how these services could be improved. Some students and educators, however, raised numerous concerns about consumer involvement in education (e.g. whether consumers were pursuing their own agendas, whether consumers' views were representative). Evaluations of consumer involvement in education are limited in that their main focus is on the perceptions of students. The findings of this review suggest that public policy expectations regarding consumer involvement in mental health services appear to be slowly affecting the education of mental health professionals. Future research needs to focus on determining the effect of consumer involvement in education on the behaviours and attitudes of students in healthcare environments. PMID:23586597 Art and Design Curriculum taught in secondary schools in Kenya is intended not only to prepare learners for a vocation in Art and Design industry but also to complement literacy, scientific and factual subjects by awakening creativity in the individual. It is part of the government policy of diversification and vocationalization of the curriculum. However, enrolment of students in this subject has gone down to as low as one (1) student in form four classes in some schools. The number of schools offering Art and Design Curriculum has also gone down drastically since the inception of the diversified and vocationalized 8. 4. 4 system of education in Kenya in 1985. The 8 - 4 - 4 system is a structure of education in Kenya with 8 years of primary education, 4 years of secondary education and a minimum of 4 years of University education. The survival of this subject in the Kenyan School Curriculum is therefore worrying to the stakeholders. The attitude of the learners towards a subject of study greatly influences the readiness of learners to take it or perform well in it. This article is based on a study carried out in secondary schools in Nyanza province of Kenya. Objectives of the study were to find out the attitude of Teachers and Students towards Art and Design Curriculum and to determine the differences in attitudes between Teachers and Students. Respondents were 113 students taking Art and Design, 131 students who had dropped Art and Design and 15 teachers of Art and Design Curriculum. The findings of the study revealed that students who had dropped Art and Design Curriculum and Teachers of Art and Design Curriculum had negative attitudes towards the curriculum. Although students taking Art and Design liked the subject their reasons for this were not fully in line with the objectives of the curriculum. Some of the students were taking the subject for merely boosting their Kenya Certificate of Secondary Examination (K. C. S. E) result. Based on these findings, it is recommended that students be given proper career guidance on Art and Design Curriculum. The subject should also be made compulsory in Forms 1 and 2 to give early opportunity to students to identify their talents. (Contains 5 tables and 3 figures.) Due to the growing problems of an unsustainable world, this qualitative, phenomenological study was designed to investigate the process of developing and integrating sustainability curriculum into general education requirements in higher education. The researcher interviewed six participants from different parts of the world who had first-hand experience participating and directing a sustainability education program in order to better understand the process of teaching and learning sustainability. Specifically, the participants have not only practiced sustainability curriculum, but have also lived in a completely sustainable ecovillage. The interview data revealed participants' insights which gave multiple suggestions for designing curriculum and developing teaching methodology for a sustainability program within traditional higher education institutions. In addition, seven themes emerged from the interview responses revolving around sustainability curriculum: spontaneity, the three R's are good but not enough, difficulty, education at all levels, sustainability as a way of life, experiential learning methodology, and hope. The researcher found that education is the key to integrating sustainability into higher education, and experiential learning is the preferred methodology for teaching and learning sustainability. [The dissertation citations contained here are published with the permission of ProQuest LLC. Further reproduction is prohibited without permission. Copies of dissertations may be obtained by Telephone (800) 1-800-521-0600. Web page: http://www.proquest.com/en-US/products/dissertations/individuals.shtml. How has entrepreneurship education been implemented in Finnish comprehensive schools. A two-part survey was undertaken in 43 municipalities with different educational and socio-economic backgrounds. The first part, in 2005, dealt with the local curriculum reform with a focus on the development of entrepreneurship education. The second part, in 2006, dealt with the implementation of entrepreneurship education. Questionnaires were sent to the representatives of the education and business sectors in the municipalities. The research questions were: (1) What is the sense of responsibility for implementing entrepreneurship education? (2) What kind of knowledge is there about entrepreneurship education? The results indicate that an atmosphere of responsibility for implementing entrepreneurship education is developing, although teachers do not possess knowledge of how to implement entrepreneurship education in practice. To develop such new curricular fields, such as entrepreneurship education, one could develop partnership forms of curriculum reform in order to develop teachers' learning, school/work partnerships, and local curriculum work. Reforms need to be framed in practice-oriented terms, thus strengthening the realization of aims and contents. (Contains 3 figures and 9 notes.) This paper reviews and discusses the current literature relating to the drivers and barriers for a successful waste management curriculum at higher education level. The intention is to use this review to advise educational standards within the tertiary education sector so as to meet industry requirements. The paper presents a review of the UK's system for education and training within the waste management sector over the past decade, and discusses in what ways this approach could be successfully applied to the Australian sector. The paper concludes with a rationale for current research being undertaken within Australia, which seeks to identify which curriculum and pedagogic approaches are best suited for developing the skills of effective waste management practitioners both within the industry and for those graduating from higher education. The case made is that there is an absence of clear standards, educational provisions and certification for this growing industry within Australia, which inhibits the development of an effective waste management sector. In this article, data collected from an ethnographic study of adolescent girls growing up in the city of Las Vegas in the US is used to further our understanding of the role of mediated sex and consumer culture and in relationship to emerging adolescent female identities. Girls in this study articulated a clear sense of their abilities to make choices; however the ubiquitous visual of women as the body subject and object of the male gaze in this landscape, the accepted discourse of liberal feminism and certain acquiescence to the pervasive consumer logic complicate resistance among girls. Resistance, although apparent through forms of post-punk representation, depicts the futility of challenge. The fluidity of postmodern theories helps explain and respond to the specificity of this context in ways that facilitate greater understanding of gender oppression in many western societies. The author argues for a curriculum that deconstructs cultural practices and illuminates multiple discourses to problematize issues of power and identity in the lives of young people that might provide avenues for emancipatory possibilities. Today's youth are preparing a number of their own meals and snacks, completing household chores, and laundering their own clothing. Often, these tasks are performed using home equipment while home alone or without adult supervision. Fewer home equipment courses are taught within secondary Family and Consumer Sciences curriculum and students may graduate without suitable skills to help them operate equipment A number of recent policies have tried to improve science learning by increasing the number of science courses required for high school graduation or admission to higher education institutions. But it is highly unlikely that these mandates alone will materially affect the amount and quality of science education for students. Any effort to improve the outcome of science education must carefully consider the effectiveness of the science curriculum. This paper examines options for improving the science curriculum based on research, best extant practices and experience in other countries. Although the word "curriculum" has acquired many different meanings, both in the professional literature and in lay usage, this paper defines curriculum as the intended substantive and pedagogic content of science education to be presented to students in order to develop their knowledge and skills. Alternatives for productivity enhancement are grouped as follows: (1) time; (2) topic and course sequence; (3) curriculum content; and (4) instructional strategies. A summary and discussion are provided. A list of 88 references is included. (CW) Portfolios are collections of selected student work representing an array of performance. This "Consumer Guide" presents information on what has been learned about using portfolios for administrative purposes, the problems involved, and possible solutions to these problems. Student portfolios are being used administratively for accountability reporting, program evaluation, and a variety of administrative decisions affecting the future of individual students. However, many questions are being asked about these uses, including the technical adequacy of portfolios for administrative purposes and how administrative use affects the utility of portfolios as instruction tools. Some of the problems with portfolios are: (1) students may be ill-prepared to carry out work that is a required part of a portfolio; (2) different students have worked on different tasks or projects; (3) teachers have used different criteria for rating portfolio work; (4) teachers' guidance and peer review are different in different classrooms; (5) students have worked on only a small number of tasks. Remedies are suggested for each of these problems. This education system in general, a broader, less well-defined audience. This shift is not necessarily negative. Some research projects in this area are reviewed, and a list of 10 additional sources of information is included. (SLD) This paper explores, in an Australian context, effective multicultural curriculum strategies which can be developed at the school level. Many factors which impinge upon curriculum development and outcomes are beyond the control of individual schools, including state multicultural education policy and its relationship to more general curriculum policy, funding procedures, the narrow orientation of some teacher education, school staffing policies, and competing social education goals. Most educators agree that multicultural education should promote tolerance and intercultural understanding. However, teaching about "different cultures" can still leave students blind to society's inequalities and how they are perpetuated. Fundamentals of good multicultural education include attention to (1) the community's social composition and climate; (2) quality English language teaching; (3) compulsory learning of a language other than English; (4) incorporation of multicultural perspectives into existing school subjects; (5) students' personal development; (6) involvement of all parents; (7) use of bias-free instructional materials and resources; and (8) avoidance of cultural misunderstanding or racism in the treatment of minority students and staff. School policymakers should welcome input from staff, parents, and students, use information on the school community, understand the school as an organization, work through the existing curriculum to develop multicultural perspectives, and realize the importance of teaching methods and classroom interactions. Documentation and dissemination of successful programs is vital. 8 references. (SV) A study examined the operations and management of the National Network for Curriculum Coordination in Vocational and Technical Education (NNCCVTE) and developed information to assist in the design of an evaluative study of the network's impact on users of its services. (Since its inception in 1972, the NNCCVTE has provided a mechanism for state and local education agencies to coordinate curriculum activities and to share curriculum resources.) It was concluded that the original objectives of the network have remained largely unchanged since the program's inception. State liaison representatives are the primary users of the network's services. The six NNCCVTE centers each provide a variety of services in three broad areas: capacity building, information resources, and outreach activities. In recent years, the NNCCVTE has invested considerable resources in developing electronic communication systems such as the Vocational Education Curriculum Materials System (VECM). In addition, individual centers have developed linkages with a number of other vocational education information-sharing organizations and, overall, the network maintains close ties with the National Center for Research in Vocational Education. The individual centers have not developed uniform guidelines for evaluating the quality of curricula and do not routinely screen curricula; however, they have contributed to a general improvement in the quality of available vocational education curricula and have been active in reducing duplication and in disseminating newly developed materials. Recommendations were developed concerning the design of an NNCCVTE user study. (Profiles of the six regional NNCCVTE centers are appended.) (MN) Background: During the era of education reform, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region has launched a series of measures to enhance the learning of the students and the effectiveness of teaching. In the Curriculum Development Council document, Learning to Learn--the Way Forward in Curriculum, the policy of school-based curriculum is advocated. The aim is to allow "schools to have more autonomy in choosing some contents more relevant to their students so long as they are in line with the curriculum aims, strands, principles of learning/teaching, with justifiable modifications that suit their students most". This paper reports a case study of a local primary school in implementing the school-based curriculum in General Studies (GS) from 2003 to 2006. Aims: To study why the school initiated such educational change, the strategies teachers employed and difficulties they encountered. Recommendations are made for teachers and administrators who want to initiate educational change in schools. Sample: The head teacher, the subject panel, level co-coordinators and subject teachers were interviewed. Parents and students were also invited to fill in questionnaires by the end of the school year. Method: Qualitative research method such as in depth interview and quantitative research method such as filling in questionnaires were employed. Results: Most of the teachers claimed that it is the school administration who initiated the adoption of the school-based curriculum policy. Though they tried their best to deal with various difficulties, worked hard, prepared lessons jointly, and claimed that students showed more interest in lessons, some did not have the ownership of the school-based curriculum development. Conclusion: The implementation and institutionalization of any educational change requires more than willing individual teachers, e.g. the subject panel or level coordinators. Rather, there needs to be a deep re-conceptualisation of the nature of knowledge, teaching, learning, and changes in the practises of the subject department, supported by the head teacher, school administration, parents and students. . Degenerative or systemic diseases affecting the cardiovascular system i. GOALS: 1. Review of most common cardiovascular disease states. Overall objectives of the rotation will include: Specific educational goals students relevant topics to management and understanding of cardiovascular diseases Progressive Education This document supplements the Manitoba Department of Education Physical Education Curriculum Guide (1981). It provides an outline of the philosophy and purpose of interscholastic athletic programs. Guidelines are provided for the organization of interscholastic sports programs and their implementation. Topics covered include: (1) the purpose of interscholastic athletics; (2) benefits of interscholastic programs; (3) the history and structure of the Manitoba High Schools Athletic Association; (4) participants' responsibilities for the interscholastic athletics program; (5) codes of ethics; (6) safety; (7) organization of practice and games; (8) qualities of a good coach; (9) public relations; (10) legal responsibility; and (11) related issues and concerns. Appendices include information on injuries, fund raising, the role of the student manager, and sample letters to parents. A 13-item bibliography is included. (JD) Why do the designers of environmental education do what they do towards the environment through education? More importantly, how do they account for their design decisions (plans and actions)? Using the theoretical and methodological framework of discourse analysis, we analyse environmental education designers' discourse in terms of the discursive resources—or interpretive repertoires—that they use to (a) make their position, (b) This curriculum guide contains a six-unit, two-level program combining animal science and veterinary care for youth club leaders and members in grades three through twelve. The Facilitator and Educator/Leader Introductions describe the program, the goals, and the students who will participate. The six lesson plans contain what the lesson is about, what the students will learn, materials needed, time needed, the activity, background for the teacher, educator/leader notes, and an activity sheet. The unit topics are as follows: (1) Attitudes and responsibilities towards animals and food production that promote animal well-being and product quality; (2) animal handling and exhibition promoting animal well-being and product quality; (3) housing livestock to promote animal well-being and product quality; (4) livestock feeds and feeding to promote animal well-being and product quality; (5) promoting animal well-being and product quality through proper animal health practices; and (6) public perception of animal agriculture. Evaluation tools included with the program are the following: (1) advancement program guides for the educator and youths describing skill levels that must be gained to complete each level; (2) fair checklists for the livestock department at the local fair; (3) packer carcass evaluation forms; and (4) exhibitor checklists to provide youths with immediate feedback on animal care. (SLR) The goal of the Deconstructing Engineering Education Programmes project is to revise the mechanical engineering undergraduate curriculum to make the discipline more able to attract and retain a diverse community of students. The project seeks to reduce and reorder the prerequisite structure linking courses to offer greater flexibility for students. This paper describes the methods used to study the prerequisites and the resulting proposed curriculum revision. The process involved dissecting each course into topics at roughly the level of a line in a syllabus, editing the list of topics, associating prerequisites and successors to each topic and then using a genetic algorithm to produce clusters of topics. The new curriculum, which consists of 12 clusters, each of which could be a full year course, is quite different from the traditional curriculum. (Contains 1 note, 3 tables, and 2 figures.) Due to the changing labor market needs, a statewide core curriculum for the general marketing program for Wisconsin was explored. Voluntary standardization has resulted in difficulty in determining a mandated curriculum. In 1984, a national model core curriculum, occupational valid competencies, and a mission of marketing education were developed. Two surveys on program courses were administered in two separate mailings (N=185). Based upon the combination data, most core courses were accepted as a part of the common core. It was recommended that the course on business law be taught by local colleges. Ten marketing program core course titles ware developed: (1) marketing principles; (2) marketing information management; (3) promotion principles; (4) selling principles; (5) supervisory principles; (6) economics; (7) business law; (8) accounting; (9) marketing mathematics; and (10) microcomputer applications. In addition, core curriculum concepts were developed and implemented for each course. (NLA) Standardized course titles and core contents for seven marketing and cooperative vocational education courses in Mississippi are provided: (1) marketing education, part one; (2) marketing education, part two; (3) fashion merchandising; (4) marketing cooperative education, part one; (5) marketing cooperative education, part two; (6) diversified occupations cooperative education, part one; and (7) diversified occupations cooperative education, part two. Each unit consists of these components: objectives, with core/essential objectives indicated; suggested instructional practices; list of suggested resources; list of evaluation and suggested minimum performance standards, with core/essential objectives indicated; and performance record, with core/essential objectives indicated. A checklist for each course combining all unit performance standards into a single list is included. (NLA) Environmental education has been incorporated into both the school curriculum and teacher education for vocational agriculture in Michigan. It is, for the most part, not a separate program area but is integrated into production units. The same instructional method for teaching environmental education is followed as for any other topic, predominantly problem solving. The agricultural teacher education program at Michigan State University contains significant amounts of emphasis on environmental education through specific courses and integrated parts of other courses. Major achievements in the incorporation of environmental education into agricultural education are: (1) curriculum revision and inservice education in teacher education; and (2) curriculum revision and Future Farmers of America contests and awards for students. Major constraints include insufficient course offerings and local school district autonomy. Strategies for incorporating environmental education into agricultural education are active state support, leadership, expanded knowledge base of teachers, and curriculum development. Documents and activities need to be developed to support teachers and assist regional leaders. (Appendixes include requirements for the major in natural resources and environmental education and three course descriptions.) (YLB) As one part of a series of studies undertaken to investigate the contribution of developmental attributes of learners to school learning, a representative sample of forty-two students (age from 5 years and 3 months to 13 years and 1 month) was randomly selected from a total student population of 142 students at a small private primary school in northern Australia. Those children's understandings of area concepts taught during the primary school years were assessed by their performance in two testing situations. The first consisted of a written classroom test of ability to solve area problems with items drawn directly from school texts, school examinations and other relevant curriculum documents. The second, which focused more directly on each child's cognitive development, was an individual interview for each child in which four "area" tasks such as the Meadows and Farmhouse Experiment taken from Chapter 11 of The Child's Conception of Geometry (Piaget, Inhelder and Szeminska, 1960, pp. 261-301) were administered. Analysis using the Rasch Partial Credit Model provided a finely detailed quantitative description of the developmental and learning progressions revealed in the data. It is evident that the school mathematics curriculum does not satisfactorily match the learner's developmental sequence at some key points. Moreover, the children's ability to conserve area on the Piagetian tasks, rather than other learner characteristics, such as age and school grade seems to be a precursor for complete success on the mathematical test of area. The discussion focuses on the assessment of developmental (and other) characteristics of school-aged learners and suggests how curriculum and school organization might better capitalize on such information in the design and sequencing of learning experiences for school children. Some features unique to the Rasch family of measurement models are held to have special significance in elucidating the development/attainment nexus. PMID:20351448 Although hip hop culture has been one of the most significant urban youth movements over the last three decades, it has only recently gained attention within the educational literature as a force to be reckoned with. And even then, much of the literature seeks to understand how hip hop can be used to engage students in the official school curriculum. In contrast, in this paper, the author looks critically at hip hop's curricular dimensions; that is, what hip hop might teach educators not only about the way in which the last three generations of young urban dwellers negotiate identity and difference across cycles of urban blight and ongoing educational disenfranchisement but also about the limitations and possibilities of our work as educators. Drawing on curriculum theory and critical race theory, the author contends that an important part of re-imagining the relationship among education, social justice, and hip hop culture is beginning with a critical awareness of how the curriculum of hip hop culture counters the hegemony of the official school curriculum. (Contains 2 notes.) Healthcare reform has created a new working environment for practicing physicians, as economic issues have become inseparably intertwined with clinical practice. Although physicians have recognized this change, and some are returning to school for formal education in business and healthcare administration, formal education may not be practical or desirable for the majority of practicing physicians. Other curriculum models to meet the needs of these professionals should be considered, particularly given the growing interest in continuing education for physicians in the areas of managed care and related aspects of practice management. Currently, no theory-based models for implementing a managed care curriculum specifically for working physicians have been developed. This paper will integrate diffusion theory, instructional systems design theory, and learning theory as they apply to the implementation of a managed care curriculum for continuing medical education. Through integration of theory with practical application, a CME curriculum for practicing physicians can be both innovative as well as effective. This integration offers the benefit of educational programs within the context of realistic situations that physicians can apply to their own work settings. PMID:10169251 The article documents the complex process of changing Argentina's science curriculum and implementing those changes over the last 15 years. It recounts how reformers tackled the challenges of balancing national (federal) unity in education with local (provincial) autonomy from the political, social and pedagogical points of view. It also analyzes various attempts to improve science education in Argentina from the viewpoint of their relevance to current developments in various areas of scientific knowledge and human action. In Argentina the effort to ensure equal opportunities for learners at the federal level led to a strong emphasis on developing Common Basic Contents (CBC) for both primary and secondary education. These contents were seen as fundamental components of the competencies that students need in a world increasingly driven by science and technology. Meanwhile, however, Argentina lacked adequate and sustainable policies and strategies for teacher education and training, which led to an unexpected complication: while the curriculum development process led to diverse and sometimes quite sophisticated curriculum documents, the actual quality of science teaching in the classroom did not improve significantly, and teachers still felt the need for more support before they could effectively implement the new science curriculum. The article ends by suggesting ways in which various stakeholders can work together intensively to improve science education in Argentina, in a new process that will respond to the current situation. Given the efforts of comprehensive school reform to improve the quality of educational opportunities for students by providing a standards based curriculum, this analysis examines the issue of tracking and its implications regarding curriculum differentiation. Using data from middle schools involved with the comprehensive school reform model, America's Choice, this mixed method analysis shows a complex manifestation of curriculum differentiation where schools had multiple types of academic tracks that responded to students differences including comprehensive learning groups, subject-specific groups, and temporary learning groups used for test preparation. Although school-level reports indicated that most regular education and gifted students were exposed to the America's Choice English Language Arts and mathematics units, special education students and English Language learners were least likely to gain access to this content. Individual teacher responses to tracking were idiosyncratic where some modified the curriculum and instructional pace by learning group ultimately impacting the amount of content exposure where those in the top learning groups were able to cover greater material than those in lower groups. Even though some teachers resisted tracking by addressing the classroom issues that caused differences in curriculum and instruction, tracking persisted as an entrenched practice in these middle schools through preexisting academic groups and were also replicated in new learning groups that emerged to address student academic needs related to state testing demands. (Contains 7 tables and 6 notes.) This paper describes research into teachers' perceptions of technology education carried out as part of the Learning in Technology\\u000a Education Project. Thirty primary and secondary school teachers were interviewed. Secondary teachers interpreted technology\\u000a education in terms of their subject subcultures as did some primary teachers. The primary teachers were also influenced by\\u000a current initiatives, outside school interests and teaching programs. Examines recent trends in early childhood education practice: the education of all children in inclusive classes, the management of vertical and horizontal transitions, the emergence of early childhood education and care programs, the development of school-family-community partnerships, the emphasis on language learning and emergent literacy, the integration of classroom learning, and the application of technology. Concludes that it is important to determine an innovation's worth and applicability before adoption. (KB) Elementary education in China is mainly subject-based and courses are offered by discipline. Because of this, it is impossible to offer a special course in environmental education in elementary schools. This article explains that the best approach to teach environmental education to elementary schools is to integrate environmental education by organically incorporating environmental protection into various activities in different courses. In order for this approach to be effective, educators must be well aware of the importance of environmental protection and they should be familiar with environmental protection laws and regulations issued by the central and local government. In addition, teachers must recognize that there are common features, as well as distinct differences, between environmental protection classes and ordinary classes. The common features of environmental education and ordinary education are as follows: (1) Clear objective; (2) Accurate content; (3) Proper method; and (4) Compact structure. On the other hand, the differences of the two include: (1) Environmental education can only be provided through integration into other courses; (2) Environmental education must address the society, the way people live, and its impact on nature. This curriculum guide provides materials for activities related to energy sources, forms, and uses that can be used in grades 7 through 12 and adapted to social studies, science, home economics, and industrial arts. The time requirement for implementation is 3 to 6 weeks. Three transparencies are first provided for use as study aids. A list of energy sources follows that the instructor may use to choose facets of energy to emphasize. Lesson 1 consists of materials designed to determine students' awareness of house areas where energy can be saved. Objectives; activities; resources, materials and equipment; an enrichment activity; an energy attitude survey; and a pretest are provided. Lesson 2 offers information on home energy use, including terms and definitions, and continues the pretest. Material on cutting energy use and three student activities are provided. Lesson 3 presents objectives, activities, transparencies, informative materials, and student activities on factors affecting energy use in home heating and cooling. A Student Schoolhouse Energy Survey follows that provides students with practical experience in detecting energy waste. Other materials include an activity on exponential growth and test items (with an answer key) that may be used as a pre- or post-test, a final examination, or several quizzes. (YLB) Background: In the early 1980s, the author of this article researched, in her M.Ed thesis, the state of adult education in Hong Kong with regard to its general support and delivery through university channels. At that time, adult education had a separate identity and, since, has generally become vocationalized, creditized or subsumed into postsecondary education and part-time higher education. Dr. Shak's recent book to be published: Lifelong Education: Consensus in Characteristics and Practices (2008), describes what adult education has evolved into globally. In this article, her research of the 1980s is revisited and considered in contemporary context. Aims: The study explored a training programme for adult educators in universities in Hong Kong. Administrative arrangements, including funding, staffing, the provision of facilities, and a curriculum were of key focus. Interviewees were immersed in the adult education of their era. Method: An examination of administrative arrangements and development of curriculum was done based on a needs assessment model. Identification of problems was based on literature internationally, and questionnaires and interviews with respect to relative stakeholders. Results: Findings were that, for adult education, universities were ideal for training administrators and specialists who could, in turn, provide part-time in-service training for volunteers and part-time teachers. Further, an appropriate curriculum was devised. Conclusion: Dr. Shak's research of some 25 years ago yielded seven recommendations, all of which--of interest--now characterize (in some form) not only education in Hong Kong, but also continuing education and lifelong education globally today. This article provides information that highlights the historical, conceptual, and empirical development of adult education and its derivatives that point the way to the future. The anatomy curriculum at Namibia's first, and currently only, medical school is clinically oriented, outcome-based, and includes all of the components of modern anatomical sciences i.e., histology, embryology, neuroanatomy, gross, and clinical anatomy. The design of the facilities and the equipment incorporated into these facilities were directed toward simplification of work flow and ease of use by faculty, staff, and students. From the onset, the integration of state of the art technology was pursued to facilitate teaching and promote a student-centered pedagogical approach to dissections. The program, as realized, is comprised of three 16-week semesters with seven hours of contact time per week, namely three hours of lectures and four hours of dissection laboratory and microscopy time. Set outcomes were established, each revolving around clinical cases with integrated medical imaging. The design of the facility itself was not constrained by a legacy structure, allowing the School of Medicine, in collaboration with architects and contractors, to design the building from scratch. A design was implemented that allows for the sequential processing of cadaveric material in a unidirectional flow from reception, to preparation, embalming, storage, dissection, and maceration. Importantly, the odor of formaldehyde typically associated with anatomy facilities was eliminated outside of the dissection areas and minimized within via a high-performance ventilation system. By holistically incorporating an integrated curriculum, facility design, and teaching at an early stage, the authors believe they have created a system that might serve as a model for new anatomy programs. This document presents the results of "Internationalizing the Curriculum," a project designed to enhance the global knowledge and experiences of students and faculty at Jefferson College (Missouri). Specifically, this project encouraged the infusion of international dimensions into selected courses from several disciplines. The methodology used was the curriculum module approach. Modules could be one week or one month long, or the unit could be broken into smaller parts spread out over a semester. Each instructor selected the length and subject of the module to specifically match course content. College faculty members from the academic side, the vocational-technical side, and the area technical school (high school) participated. Over 300 students have participated in the project since spring 2001. Overall, students gained a substantial amount of new knowledge about other cultures, people, and ideas. All the instructors reported significant levels of comparative cultural discussion and analytic debate among their students. This document includes summaries from each instructor of the 18 international modules. The summaries include a description of the modules, specific resources used, a discussion of the objectives and goals, at least two feedback/assessment forms, and conclusions regarding the efficacy of the modules for the students and instructor. (KP) There is growing concern about falling levels of student engagement with school science, as evidenced by studies of student attitudes, and decreasing participation at the post compulsory level. One major response to this, the Australian School Innovation in Science, Technology and Mathematics (ASISTM) initiative, involves partnerships between schools and community and industry organisations in developing curriculum projects at the local level. This project fulfils many of the conditions advocated to engage students in learning in the sciences. ASISTM is underpinned by the notion of innovation. This paper describes the findings of case study research in which 16 ASISTM projects were selected as innovation exemplars. A definition of innovation and an innovation framework were developed, through which the case studies were analysed to make sense of the significance of the ideas and practices, participating actors, and outcomes of the projects. Through this analysis we argue that innovation is a powerful idea for framing curriculum development in the sciences at the local level that is generative for students and teachers, and that these ASISTM projects provide valuable models for engaging students, and for teacher professional learning. In the past several years, curriculum reform has received increasing attention from educators in many countries around the world. Recently, Taiwan has developed new Science and Life Technology Curriculum Standards (SaLTS) for grades 1-9. SaLTS features a systematic way for developing students' understanding and appreciation of individual-society-nature interactions, which are well aligned with the philosophical essence and foundations of Earth Systems Education (ESE). Implementation of several ESE-inspired curricula or instructional modules in the secondary schools of Taiwan have all demonstrated promise in improving students' abilities both in their cognitive and affective domains. Moreover, several empirical studies suggest that implementing the Earth-system integrated theme has the potential to serve as a model for future development of an integrated science curriculum and instruction, not only in Taiwan but also worldwide. A trained cadre of medical education scholars with a focus on methodologically sound research techniques is needed to ensure development of innovations that can be translated to educational practice, rigorous evaluation of instructional strategies, and progress toward improving patient care outcomes. Most established educational programs are aimed at existing faculty members and focus primarily on the development of teaching and leadership skills. At the 2012 Academic Emergency Medicine (AEM) consensus conference, "Education Research in Emergency Medicine: Opportunities, Challenges, and Strategies for Success," a breakout session was convened to develop training recommendations for postgraduate fellowship programs in medical education scholarship that would enable residency graduates to join academic faculties armed with the skills needed to perform research in medical education. Additionally, these graduates would enjoy the benefits of established mentorships. A group of 23 medical education experts collaborated to address the following objectives: 1) construct a formal needs assessment for fellowship training in medical education scholarship in emergency medicine (EM), 2) compare and contrast current education scholarship programs in both EM and non-EM specialties, and 3) develop a set of core curriculum guidelines for specialized fellowship training in medical education scholarship in EM. Fellowship-trained faculty need to be proficient in learner instruction and assessment, organizational leadership, curriculum development, educational methodology, and conducting generalizable hypothesis-driven research to improve patient care. PMID:23279248 The Oregon State Department of Education mandates age-appropriate curricula for all grade levels on infectious diseases, including AIDS, ARC, HIV, and Hepatitis B. The objectives of this study were: (1) to determine the extent to which AIDS education was occurring in three remote rural Oregon school districts; (2) to examine the focus of the curriculum across grade levels; and (3) to compare the instructional practices with the state guidelines. Two questionnaires were designed for application at elementary and secondary education levels. They reflect curricular objectives of the Oregon State Department of Education. The questions were constructed to determine if the teacher had implemented an AIDS education curriculum, and if so, how much time was devoted to each objective. In May 1990, the questionnaires were distributed to all elementary and secondary school teachers in the three small school districts. Results show that 53% of the elementary teachers and 23% of secondary teachers incorporated AIDS education into their curriculum. The results suggest that rural school districts may lack local policy and curricular programs for implementing AIDS education. The report contains tables of the objectives with the percent of teachers at each level addressing each objective, and the mean amount of time spent on each objective. This paper contains 18 references. (KS) Religious educators, in neglecting to account for race in their theories, have ignored the historical legacy of institutional racism. In fact, religious education has demonstrated an inadequate response to race and racism throughout its history. As evidenced by slavery and immigration history in the United States, race must be seen as a sociohistorical and legal construction. Its influence goes beyond Background Major curriculum reform of undergraduate medical education occurred during the past decades in the United Kingdom (UK); however, the effects of the hidden curriculum, which influence the choice of primary care as a career, have not been sufficiently recognized. While Japan, where traditionally few institutions systematically foster primary care physicians and very few have truly embraced family medicine as their guiding discipline, has also experienced meaningful curriculum reform, the effect of the hidden curriculum is not well known. The aim of this study is to identify themes pertaining to the students' perceptions of the hidden curriculum affecting undergraduate medical education in bedside learning in Japan. Methods Semi-structured interviews with thematic content analysis were implemented. Undergraduate year-5 students from a Japanese medical school at a Japanese teaching hospital were recruited. Interview were planned to last between 30 to 60 minutes each, over an 8-month period in 2007. The interviewees' perceptions concerning the quality of teaching in their bedside learning and related experiences were collected and analysed thematically. Results Twenty five medical students (18 males and 7 females, mean age 25 years old) consented to participate in the interviews, and seven main themes emerged: "the perception of education as having a low priority," "the prevalence of positive/negative role models," "the persistence of hierarchy and exclusivity," "the existence of gender issues," "an overburdened medical knowledge," "human relationships with colleagues and medical team members," and "first experience from the practical wards and their patients." Conclusions Both similarities and differences were found when comparing the results to those of previous studies in the UK. Some effects of the hidden curriculum in medical education likely exist in common between the UK and Japan, despite the differences in their demographic backgrounds, cultures and philosophies. In the Zimbabwean context, inclusive education involves the identification and minimization or elimination of barriers to students' participation in traditional settings (i.e., schools, homes, communities, and workplaces) and the maximization of resources to support learning and participation (Chimedza & Peters, 1999; Mpofu, 2004). In school settings, successful inclusion results in students' and their families' participation in the regular activities of the school community while meeting their unique needs, as well as contributing to the development of the school community. This article considers aspects of curriculum and classroom practices, the role of families, teacher preparation, and government policies that influence qualities of inclusive education, as practiced in Zimbabwe. Although inclusive practice is supported by government policy documents, successful implementation is yet to be a common reality, due to a lack of commitment by policymakers towards learners with disabilities. The authors recommend consideration of models that have proven successful in other national and international settings for adaptation while examining the sociocultural features of the countries/regions. Nurse educators are endeavoring to assess and revise their undergraduate curriculum for a variety of reasons. Legislation passed in California mandates that universities must offer more seamless associate degree-to-baccalaureate of science in nursing degree programs and must ensure that course content in their programs is not redundant across program types. A nursing education consortium, including a university, two community colleges, and four hospital partners, formed a working group to assess all undergraduate curricula. This working group included faculty from all three academic institutions and nurse educators from area service provider partners. This article describes the use of curriculum mapping using a tool formed based on the American Association of Colleges of Nursing's Essentials of Baccalaureate Education for Professional Nursing Practice to assess the three curricula and the outcomes and implications of the assessment. PMID:21710963 Compulsory moral education has been included in the Japanese national curriculum since 1872. Recent demographic trends have created an unstable society, and with the increase in heinous juvenile crimes, urgent demands are being made for a more effective program. Japan's Education Reform Plan for the 21st Century has as its second major strategy the improvement of moral education. The results of this exploratory study find that over 80% of third-grade elementary students can comprehend a moral theme from their text once it has been taught. Further discussion provides lessons to be learned from Japan for Western character education specialists as well as curriculum development specialists. (Contains 2 figures and 3 tables.) Environmental education provides an interdisciplinary approach to connect various curriculum areas, such as science, mathematics, social studies, and reading. This study sought to discover if intermediate grade students who had instruction in environmental education were more positive toward the school curriculum than those who have not. Fourteen intermediate classrooms were involved in at least 10 of 12 environmental education activities that were provided to the teachers by the researcher. These activities were taken from the Project Learning Tree, Project WILD, and Outdoor Biology Instructional Strategies programs (OBIS). An additional 14 classrooms served as the control group, and received no such instructional activities. Results of pretesting and posttesting both the experimental and control groups indicated that the students in the experimental group developed a more positive attitude toward science and social studies after experiencing the environmental education instructional activities. Recommendations for further research and implications of this study are discussed. (TW) It is showed through the practice of colleges and universities worldwide that the hardest step in the implement of general education is how to finding out an appropriate teaching method and curriculum evaluation, which also takes a crucial part in deciding the quality of the general knowledge courses. However, ordinary engineering colleges are particularly lack of the experience of introducing This paper examines the origins of the two educational terms--class and curriculum. The authors believe that an understanding of the origins of key words in education may contribute not only to the history of education but also to the wider development of educational theory. The paper argues that the emergence of classes (in the modern sense) arose not so much from an increase in school size as from shifts in patterns of school attendance. Currently, the earliest known use of class occurs in a description of the University of Paris written by Robert Goulet and printed in 1517. From the 16th century to the Industrial Revolution, the term class developed three distinct meanings. First, it was used in universities and large schools to refer to a cohort of students (e.g., the class of 76). Second, it referred to a teaching room (Goulet's original use). Third, it came to mean a relatively small group of students, usually engaged upon a common task. The paper associates the emergence of curriculum with the rise of Calvinism. The earliest source of the term curriculum in the Oxford English Dictionary is a mention in the records of Glasgow University for 1633. During the Reformation, Glasgow University underwent a series of reorganizations intended to turn the University to more "definitely Protestant ends." In this reorganization process the term curriculum was used. (Author/RM) In the United States, civic educators are debating the need to mandate the inclusion of civic education in high school curriculum. This report describes the result of a pilot test for one curriculum, "We the People: the Citizen and the Constitution." In January 2003, the Center for Civic Education contracted with MPR Associates, Inc. to evaluate the "We the People" civic education curriculum. The evaluation included an assessment of student knowledge of civics and understanding of democratic principles and practices, as well as a measure of change in student attitudes towards civic and political participation. In Fall 2003, MPR conducted a pilot test of the knowledge assessment and survey instruments. The pilot test had two components: (1) A survey of student attitudes towards civic and political participation. This survey was administered at the beginning and again at the end of the course; and (2) An assessment of student knowledge about U.S. government and political history. The knowledge assessment was administered at the end of the course. Students who took courses using the "We the People" curriculum were compared with students who took courses using other civics curricula. This pilot study found evidence that students participating in "We the People": (1) Developed a greater sense of citizen responsibility and obligations to the community; (2) Had stronger feelings of political efficacy; (3) Scored higher on achievement tests of knowledge of U.S. government and civics; and (4) Showed greater interest in politics and current events. A bibliography of approximately two hundred references in computer science education appearing in the literature since the publication of “Curriculum '68” is presented. The bibliography itself is preceded by brief descriptive materials organizing the references into the categories of survey reports, activities of professional organizations, philosophy of programs, description of programs, description of courses and other materials. Presents an essay review of three recent books on eugenics, a once popular quasiscientific and politically conservative social movement devoted to the improvement of humankind through programs of selective breeding and marriage restriction. States that educators must study and come to grips with the meaning of this movement in order to appreciate its impact on the present-day curriculum. (JDH) These two documents deal with the relationship between Missouri's Show-Me Standards (the standards defining what all Missouri students should know upon graduation from high school) with the vocational competencies taught in secondary-level family and consumer science (FACS) education courses. The first document, which is a database documenting the common ground that has existed for years between the academic skills and vocational competencies in the area of FACS education, is in the form of a three-column table in which duty band and task statements in the following areas of FACS education are cross-referenced to academic knowledge (content) and performance (goal) statements: child care provider/assistant; child development, care, and guidance; clothing and textiles (intermediate and advanced); contemporary living; core employment skills; custom sewing; exploratory FACS; FACS; family/consumer resource management; family/individual health; family living and parenthood; fashion/fabric consultant; food service worker; housing, home furnishings, and equipment; industrial sewing; and nutrition and wellness. In the second document, the same FACS duty bands and task statements are cross-referenced to Missouri's Show-Me Standards knowledge and performance statements applicable to the following curriculum areas: mathematics; communication skills; science; social studies; health and physical education; and fine arts. (MN) In 2004, the School of Nursing at the University at Buffalo began a program in which individuals with a degree in another field could complete an intensive 12-month program leading to a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Curriculum design using courses from the basic baccalaureate and RN-to-BS program, as well as graduate courses, not only provided the opportunity to integrate accelerated bachelor of science (ABS) students with the other student populations but eliminated the need for the development of courses specific to the ABS program. A unique feature of the program is the incorporation of graduate courses, allowing students to earn 9 to 12 graduate credits. The potential for future nursing leaders has also increased, given the characteristics of these mature, highly motivated, career-minded students who have chosen nursing as a second career. PMID:18380268 This curriculum guide was designed to give teachers, students, and society a better understanding of wetlands in the hope that they learn why wetlands should be valued and preserved. It explores what is meant by wetlands, functions and values of wetlands, wetland activities, and wetland offerings which benefit animal and plant life, recreation, the environment, and humans. Sections include: (1) What is a Wetland?; (2) How Wet is a Wetland? The Importance of Water; (3) The Power of Wetland Plants; (4) What's the Muck on Wetland Soils?; (5) Why are Wetlands Important?; (6) Come For Just a Visit--Or Stay for a Lifetime; (7) Get To Know Your Wetland; and (8) Wrapping it Up. Includes a glossary and an index. (JRH) This curriculum for a 1-semester or 1-year course in electronics is designed to take students from basic through advanced electronic systems. It covers several electronic areas, such as digital electronics, communication electronics, industrial process control, instrumentation, programmable controllers, and robotics. The guide contains competencies (task lists), student competency records, and management sheets. Management sheets, which serve as lesson outlines covering 1 or more days, include the following: an introduction, performance objective, task/competency statement, equipment and supplies list, a performance standard, suggested references for teacher and student, activities, and evaluation criteria. Some of the topics covered are as follows: analyzing electrical and electronic systems, analyzing electrical system components, analyzing DC electrical circuit operation and component functions, investigating the principles of magnetism, AC system and component analysis, diode devices, amplifying devices, electronic oscilloscopes, and electronic power control systems. Appendixes include a course outline, definitions of terms, course objectives, laboratory equipment, laboratory supplies, eight-item bibliography, and suggested facility layout. (KC) This publication is the teacher's guide for the competency-based Prevocational Manufacturing Exploration curriculum for secondary students in West Virginia. The guide is intended to help instructors give students career exploration activities in the various fields and job categories of manufacturing. The guide is organized into 18 learning modules. In each module is a career information sheet that includes a unit of study, occupational category, occupational division, occupational group, occupational overview, and representative job title within the occupational group. Included within the guide are listings of audiovisual aids, references, equipment, and supplies for presenting the various areas of manufacturing. Also included are the answers to all of the questions from the worksheets contained in most lessons. The following occupations are represented by the learning modules: wrought iron worker, foundry worker, printer, electricity/electronics technician, artist, compositor, photographer, drafter, sheet metal worker, machinist, welder, motor repairer, radio and television repairer, air conditioner mechanic, custodian, coal miner, and warehouse operator. (KC) This task-based curriculum guide for industrial electronics is intended to help the teacher develop a classroom management system where students learn by doing. Introductory materials include a Dictionary of Occupational Titles job code and title sheet, a career ladder, a matrix relating duty/task numbers to job titles, and a task list. Each task is then outlined in this format: statement of duty, statement of task, duty and task numbers, a checklist of achievement indicators, a statement of the criteria for achievement of competence, specification of required tools and equipment and resources, and lists of teacher activities and student learning activities. The tasks are categorized by six duties: performing related electronics activities; assembling sub-assemblies and complete units; testing components, assemblies, and systems; servicing components, assemblies, and systems; maintaining hydraulic and pneumatic systems; and using employability skills. Other contents include student and class achievement records, tool/equipment lists, and a resource list. (YLB) During the past year the Critical Issues Committee of the Division on Developmental Disabilities worked with Ms. Magi D. Shepley (member) and a group of professionals to structure an Issues Brief focused upon Secondary School Students with Significant Developmental Disabilities. This Issues Brief reflects the work of Ms. Shepley and seeks to clarify this issue for educators of young persons with developmental disabilities as they seek to access general education curriculum content at the high school level. This paper describes how HIV\\/AIDS education is being introduced into the curriculum of the Department of Electrical, Electronic, and Computer Engineering at the University of Pretoria, Pretoria, South Africa. Third- and fourth-year students were provided with an HIV\\/AlDS Educational CD developed at the university. Their knowledge of the subject was tested via two quizzes-one written before they were exposed to The National Energy Education Development (NEED) project develops and distributes comprehensive, hands-on energy education programs to schools nationwide. These resources are correlated to the National Science Education Standards, and to many state standards as well. Resources on this page include 'Energy Infobooks' on energy types (biomass, geothermal, uranium, coal, electricity, wind, and gas) which include downloadable teacher guides and class activities for all grade levels. Also available is the Plug Loads Booklet which guides students through an in-depth investigation of electricity usage by appliances and machines in their school building. Students gather data and calculate energy consumption and economic and environmental costs over time. This paper addresses the imperative to address sustainability and climate change in nurse education. This will be done by outlining the socio-political and policy context and a discussion of a 'triad' of sustainability-climate change-health. However this is not about introducing new content. The form of education itself has to change and to address goals other than the transmission of skills and knowledge to prepare graduate nurses for a role in the NHS. Key concepts and propositions for a sustainability education within nursing will be outlined. This is offered in the spirit of stimulating argument and debate. PMID:21232830 For the individual seeking a counselor education faculty position, the journey is a complicated process. In addition to the assistance given to doctoral students, it is important for these students to be self-advocates in their own professional development. This paper provides suggestions, information, and self-advocacy recommendations for doctoral students in counselor education programs seeking a full-time, tenure track, counselor faculty position. It highlights guidelines for effectively developing appropriate competencies. The importance of support during this process and a checklist of recommended experiences are also included. Appendix A is Counselor Education Checklist. (JDM) This document contains the proceedings of a conference on the themes of career competency, consumer education, and consumer research conducted in April 1982. The proceedings consist of 69 research reports (each with abstract) as well as a list of the conference participants, their affiliations, and addresses. The reports, which are indexed by author, cover the following topics, among others: shopping time of homemakers and spouses, classification of concepts in consumer education, comparison of food stamp participants and eligible nonparticipants, consumer policy, evaluating energy conservation strategies for public housing residents, consumer price information programs, financial crisis management for families, career ladders for consumer affairs professionals, consumer educators in the 1980s, marketplace problems as perceived by solar homeowners and solar experts, consumer responses to mail order problems and knowledge of the Federal Trade Commission rule, consumer risk perception and response, consumer satisfaction with complaint handling, competencies of consumer education students, state consumer protection offices, factors motivating consumer energy conservation, bankruptcy, whole life insurance, needs of consumer economics education teachers, use of credit cards, home warranties, health care legislation, the consumer content of prime-time television, and the development of a model for a community-based information and referral system. Most of the reports contain bibliographies. (KC) This project combines interdisciplinary conversations within the field of communication to examine environmental meaning systems and communication practices in the context of forest environmental education. Due to concerns over children's environmental alienation, there has been a continued push toward place-based environmental education. One such venture is the North Carolina Educational State Forest system (NCESF), where educators bring K-12 students into forests to help them reconnect with nature, expand environmental knowledge, and tackle what has been recently termed "nature-deficit disorder." When students visit the sites, rangers deliver structured lessons on ecosystems and forest management to children and chaperones--lessons that must adhere to the state's science curriculum. I used interpretive and critical qualitative approaches to conduct a five-month study of communication practices in the NCESF system. As a participant observer, I paid attention to rangers' daily practices and the spatial layout of the forests and trails, including a number of "talking-tree trails" throughout the sites. As an observer, I watched rangers teach lessons to students on one site. Additionally, I conducted in-depth interviews with forestry personnel and analyzed texts and artifacts, such as curricula, teaching materials, forestry literature, and photographs that I took. Situated within four extant bodies of literature--socially constructing nature, environmental communication, consumer and commercial appropriations of nature, and environmental education--my purpose in this study is threefold. First, I examine how rangers, teachers, forestry, and curricula conceptualize, construct, and frame nature and the role of humans in it. Next, I investigated how people, parties, and nature resist and complicate dominant framings. Last, I explored the possible intersections and implications of what is being constructed, produced, and performed about human-nature relations in the forest sites. This study is further contextualized within larger cultural and educational practices to expand environmental communication research, reexamine forest environmental education, and retheorize nature-deficit disorder. This study's findings point to three analyses and corresponding theses that rearticulate human-nature relations. First, in the forest sites, people and parties frame nature as tightly organized and contained--as scientific, named, managed, gendered, a physical place, disciplined, competitive, different, and ocularcentric. These framings maintain a traditional nature-culture binary that promotes what I call a "get close-stay away" dialectic, sending children the message to get close enough to trees to advocate for them, but far enough away to be comfortable with cutting them down and using them. Second, people and parties frame nature as produced for human use, where trees exist in abundance and are central to commerce. This framing points to a "production-consumption" context and cycle that reproduces consumer relationships with nature and necessitates the production of trees. Third, humans and nature alike challenge dominant framings through subtle acts of resistance and autonomy, through expressions of awe and wonder, and in adults' stories of "when I was young." I conceptualize these resistances as "interrupted boundaries", which disrupt and complicate the human-nature binary. I then use the three theses to retheorize and rediagnose nature-deficit disorder, pointing instead to schizophrenic-like relations that contribute to human-nature alienation. Nature-deficit disorder and my research site position the cause of environmental problems as decreased exposure to the outdoors and advocate for children to go back to nature as a solution. This move sidesteps important issues that contribute to environmental estrangement among adults and children. Incorporating ecopsychology and the environmental communication concept of "mediation," I argue that the metaphor of schizophrenia allows environmental degradation and environmental education to be c This document contains detailed curriculum outlines and teacher support materials for the General Curriculum Options (GCO) stream of the Certificates of General Education (CGE) for Adults in Victoria, Australia. The following topics are discussed in the introduction: purpose of the guide, details of GCO subject areas, accreditation framework and its credentials, CGE for adults, history of the GCO stream, curriculum design implications of the English-as-a-Second-Language/literacy interface, and curriculum model. The curriculum materials are organized into eight sections: health and lifestyle, creative arts, social history, the human body/energy, diet and health, legal studies, horticulture, and Technical and Further Education taster in vocational studies (a sampler of five vocational areas). Each section includes some or all of the following: cover sheet detailing the materials' subject area, level, GCO application, course type, name of developing organization, and project writer; narrative introduction outlining the materials' rationale, recommended teaching strategies, and the relationship of the subject area to the GCO stream; thematic web; curriculum planning grid; assessment task (lesson) outline, lesson plan, and list of related resource organizations. A glossary and references are provided. Appended are the following: elements and performance criteria of the GCO stream, curriculum planning grid, and sample assessment task cover sheet. (MN) ‘It takes a village to raise a child', but who does it take to educate a hydrologist who can solve today's and tomorrow's problems? Hydrology is inherently an interdisciplinary science, and therefore requires interdisciplinary training. We believe that the demands on current and future hydrologists will continue to increase, while training at undergraduate and graduate levels has not kept pace. How do we, as university faculty, educate hydrologists capable of solving complex problems in an interdisciplinary environment considering that current educators have often been taught in narrow traditional disciplines? We suggest a unified community effort to change the way that hydrologists are educated. The complexity of the task is ever increasing. Analysis techniques and tools required for solving emerging problems have to evolve away from focusing mainly on the analysis of past behavior because baselines are shifting as the world changes. The difficulties of providing an appropriate education are also increasing, especially given the growing demands on faculty time. To support hydrology educators and improve hydrology education, we have started a faculty community of educators (REACH) and implemented the Modular Curriculum for Hydrologic Advancement (MOCHA, http://www.mocha.psu.edu/). The goal of this effort is to support hydrology faculty as they educate hydrologists that can solve interdisciplinary problems that go far beyond the traditional disciplinary biased hydrology education most of us have experienced as students. Our current objective is to create an evolving core curriculum for university hydrology education, based on modern pedagogical standards, freely available to and developed and reviewed by the worldwide hydrologic community. We seek to establish an online faculty learning community for hydrology education and capacity building. In this presentation we discuss the results of a recent survey on current hydrology education (to compare with the state of hydrology education in 1991), show initial results of this new educational effort, and discuss future opportunities for connecting hydrology education and research in the context of a changing world. The fundamental premise of this paper is that a broad rather than a narrow definition of "competency" should inform discussions on "competencies-based education". Also, while we see value in drawing on a broad definition when designing curricula, we hold that it is not sufficient on its own for such design if education is to be a humanizing activity along with being a preparation for the societal demands of life. To take this position is to promote a curriculum studies perspective to analyzing competencies-based education. The paper clarifies what we mean by such a perspective. A variety of difficulties inherent in competencies-based education that have been outlined over the last thirty years by significant curriculum theorists are then outlined. The paper concludes with a brief exposition on how a broad-based view of competencies-based education can be accommodated within a curriculum framework that addresses these difficulties and views education as a liberating activity, while also allowing for its contribution to economic and social concerns. The National Science Teachers Association (NSTA) Horizons Committee met in Iowa City (Iowa) before the 1982 Curriculum Update Conference. The committee was charged with planning a new future of science education. The thinking of the members of the Horizons Committee provided the framework for the 1982 conference. These proceedings represent a record of the thinking, deliberations, and outcomes of their efforts and, in a sense, represent a status report concerning the directions envisioned by some of the current leadership in science education. Areas and issues addressed include: aspects of a renewal in schooling and education; learning from past mistakes; status of precollege science/mathematics education; computer use in the science curriculum; activity-based curriculum projects for societal issue courses (includes a bibliographic list of activities/projects matched to science/society issues); a brief review of the Individualized Science Instructional System (ISIS); naive conceptions of science and instruction; and NSTA's 1982 Search for Excellence program. Other areas/issues considered include developing creativity as a result of science instruction; crisis in the science classroom; linking teacher behaviors to student outcomes; science educators and policy makers; teaching citizens about science/technology, relevance in science education; need for solutions for lingering problems; and supervision and teaching perspectives. (JN) Rapid expansion in scientific knowledge, changes in medical practice, and greater demands from patients and society necessitate reform of the medical curriculum. In recognition of this, medical educators across the world have recommended the adoption of competence-based education. This is intended to increase the rigour and relevance of the curriculum, move students beyond a focus on the memorisation and regurgitation of scientific facts, and better enable them to understand scientific principles and apply them to the practice of medicine. Experience from 40 years' use of competence-based curricula across the world suggests that the uncritical application of this approach to the medical curriculum may not achieve its intended aims. There are valuable lessons to be learnt from the history of competence-based education. By taking on board these lessons, confronting the pitfalls of this approach, and devising new and creative solutions to the problems inherent in this methodology, medical educators can better achieve their aim of providing a strong foundation for the practice of medicine in the twenty-first century. It is only through such a strategy--rather than the uncritical adoption of this educational approach--that we will have real movement and progress both in competence-based education in general, and in its applications to medicine in particular. This article explores the current context for personal, social and health education (PSHE) in English schools, and examines what the implications of the "Every Child Matters" (ECM) agenda are for schools in the future and how these changes may affect the profile and provision of PSHE in the curriculum. The author begins by revisiting the most recent Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills in the UK (Ofsted) subject report on PSHE, before moving on to consider both the potential impact of the (2006) duty on schools to promote well-being contained within the recent Education and Inspections Act and the recent review of the English Secondary National Curriculum, which presents PSHE as personal, social, health and economic education (PSHE education), establishing twin, non-statutory programmes of study for personal well-being and economic well-being. He argues that there are now significant opportunities for PSHE to realise its potential through these shifts in context and emphasis. He proposes that in order for this to happen, policymakers and practitioners must embrace the concept of "well-being" as an educational imperative and align and embed it within the drive to raise standards, concluding that PSHE must be given statutory status within the National Curriculum and must, as a result, prepare itself to accept the challenge of increased scrutiny and accountability that this revised status will demand. This paper explores the substance of competence-driven changes in teacher education curricula by testing the possibility of using a framework distinguishing between the German pedagogical culture of "Didaktik" and the Anglo-Saxon Curriculum culture to describe the substance of these changes. Data about the perceptions of competence-driven changes in teacher education curricula has been collected in 30 in-depth interviews with teacher educators, student teachers, and their school mentors in Serbia, and analysed with the help of qualitative data processing software. The coding procedures involved classification of utterances into five groups relating to the perceptions of (1) teacher evaluation, (2) teacher competence in subject matter, pedagogy, and curriculum, (3) understanding of the education system and contribution to its development, (4) teacher competences in dealing with values and child-rearing, and (5) changes in teacher education curricula related to these groups of competence. The perceptions in each group of utterances were interpreted in terms of their alliance with "Didaktik" or Curriculum cultures. The findings indicate that the framework cannot be used as a continuum since the utterances aligned with the two cultures co-exist in the individual responses, but could be useful as a reflection tool in teacher education curricula. (Contains 1 table and 1 note.) Energy education units (consisting of a general teacher's guide and nine units containing a wide variety of energy lessons, resources, learning aids, and bibliography) were developed for the Indiana Energy Education Program from existing energy education materials. The units were designed to serve as an entire curriculum, resource document, supplementary materials, or as a laboratory manual of "hands-on" activities which could be infused into existing grades 9-12 curricula. Unit VII, focusing on energy conversions, consists of an introduction (rationale, unit objective, and general background information), 10 activities, materials list for first 4 lessons, bibliography, and teacher evaluation form. Each lesson includes lesson title, objectives, background information, activities, evaluation techniques, and resources. Titles of lessons are: (1) Calories for Heating Our Homes, the Cost of Heating; (2) Do We Know the Heat Produced Per Unit of Measure? (3) Measuring Heat Transfer: The Calorie; (4) Kilowatt-Hours, Calories, and BTU's; (5) The Most Economical Home Heat Source; (6) Construction of a Hydroelectric Generator; (7) Heat Exchangers; (8) Moonshine Travel: Sunshine Solutions (Gasohol); (9) Seeing Dust as a Fuel; and (10) Pedal Power. (Author/JN) Character education is defined as a planned and systematical approach in terms of self- respect, responsibility and honesty etc. for being a good citizen. The elements of hidden curriculum possessed in schools are values, beliefs, attitudes, and norms and values which are important parts of school function, ceremonies and the quality of interpersonal communication. This research is aimed to determine supportive activities and views of students' participated in these activities with the thought of revealing importance of hidden curriculum on gaining vales within character education in elementary schools. Supportive activities of hidden curriculum such as social and cultural activities, free time activities and sportive activities, celebration of special days and weeks, social club works can be considered as strong value gaining tools for elementary school students to comprehend, internalize and perform values. In this study, one of the qualitative research methods case study model is utilized. This research is carried out within 2009-2010 academic year through three elementary schools in Eskisehir affiliated to Ministry of National Education by investigating supportive activities for hidden curriculum and views of students participating in these activities. For analyzing the gathered data, document analysis and content analysis are used. Working group of this study comprises 40 students going to 6th, 7th and 8th grades within three elementary schools in the city center of Eskisehir. At the end of the study, it is determined that values are included in curriculum of elementary schools, and supportive activities for hidden curriculum in the process of gaining and internalizing values have great importance. (Contains 1 footnote.) This paper was written to provide nurse educators with strategies for implementing multicultural concepts into their nursing programs. Administrators are urged to design their total educational process and educational content to reflect a commitment to cultural pluralism, in which traits of nonmainstream cultures are treated as differences rather than deficiencies. Such an approach helps all students develop more positive attitudes toward cultural, racial, ethnic, and religious groups and helps students from victimized groups develop confidence in their ability to succeed academically and to influence societal institutions. Nurses need to understand how cultural differences affect their clients' behaviors and attitudes, in order to have an impact in transcultural work. Nine specific knowledge areas that nurses should acquire to practice nursing from a multicultural perspective are outlined. Among them are: knowledge of cultural views on pregnancy; knowledge of culturally relevant information related to specific diseases; and knowledge of religious variations in relation to dying, bereavement, euthanasia, and other ethical and moral issues. Nursing education faculty and administrators are encouraged to assess existing programs for elements of multicultural education. A suggested guideline is presented, addressing such elements as program atmosphere, materials, and self-understanding. (Contains 10 references.) (JDD) Internationalisation of higher education is a strategic theme in current research on higher education and policy debate. Both at national and institutional levels, in many countries, internationalisation is stated to be an educational goal. However, the dominant discourse on internationalisation of higher education in research and research-based discussions tends to be framed by political, economic and organisational perspectives, rather than informed by educational considerations. There is also a tendency to place internationalisation in higher education within the conceptual frame of economic globalisation and the increasing trade in educational services worldwide. While such discussions may shed light on various organisational, political or economic issues, this research does not give a pedagogical basis for the internationalisation of higher education in terms of teaching and learning. In particular, questions relating to the internationalisation of content and learning outcomes need to be addressed. A series of studies conducted in Sweden 1999-2007 by the authors indicates that the didactical realisation of internationalisation as an educational goal can be very elusive. In our findings, the concrete content considered by teachers and students to represent internationalisation did not follow any clear pattern or goal. Internationalisation was assumed to be represented by some form of "general knowledge" and general human qualities, without considering cultural differences. Institutionalised curriculum thinking as a basis for developing internationalisation was lacking. Concrete thinking was very much restricted to organisational and administrative aspects, and thoughts concerning content and learning outcomes tended to be expressed in idealised and general terms, rather than developed into clarifying and useful specifications underpinned by curriculum theory. Certain consequences ensuing from this situation are discussed, and a curriculum approach to internationalisation of higher education is suggested. Cultural competence affects all interactions with prospective parents and families. Childbirth educators need to assess their own cultural competence, beginning with an understanding of their own background and how it affects interactions with families. The purpose of this article is to enhance the incorporation of cultural competency, cultural awareness, and cultural sensitivity into the childbirth education curricula. Methods for enhancing cultural competence in a multicultural global society are discussed. Strategies are also presented to address the challenges of assessing parents and families of diverse cultures and their beliefs, traditions, and special needs in the plan of care. This curriculum guide provides materials for a course to prepare students for the occupation of nutrition aide. Fifteen modules are provided. They are self-contained and require little effort on the instructor's part aside from scoring posttests and providing equipment. Each module consists of a cover sheet that details job skills, performance objectives, and materials needed; pretest; information sections; and activities. Posttests are intended to be kept by the instructor and administered to students when they are prepared to be tested on their mastery of the module contents. Answer keys for all activities, the pretest, and the posttest are provided. A list of sources concludes each module. Module topics are as follows: create a safe environment; sanitary food preparation techniques; clean and sanitize work and storage areas; identify relationship between health and nutrition; coordinate food order; prepare beverages; prepare special diet orders; arrange dining room for service; perform sidework; perform table cleaning and clearing duties; arrange serving area for tray service; serve patients/clients; demonstrate good communication skills; exhibit maturity in most work situations; and develop job procurement skills. (YLB) This article describes a fitness curriculum grounded in the sport education model. The curriculum consists of 18 lessons that were taught to fifth-grade students at a rural school in the South. All features of sport education--team affiliation, season, formal competition, culminating events, record keeping, and festivity--were preserved. The classes worked on a three-day event-cycle: (1) a teacher-directed day, (2) a student-directed day, and (3) an obstacle-course competition day. Each week a different team designed an obstacle course for other teams to complete. The distinct team roles were captain, equipment manager, fitness leader, and course designer. Students who officiated took on the duties of a starter, timer, and course official. This article also discusses recommendations for high-autonomy elements in a sport education season. (Contains 4 tables and 1 figure.) These guidelines for developing an undergraduate medical education curriculum in pulmonary disease prevention emphasize not only the most current scientific practice but also the active application of cognitive and behavioral skills related to patient education. Chapter 1 introduces the guidelines and the issues and trends in preventative medicine, social change, and public policy that have shaped their development. Chapter 2 contains suggested goals and exit competencies for medical school graduates. The broad behavior and cognitive goals are grouped by the type of clinical encounter or setting for which they are most relevant: well outpatient visit, sick outpatient visit, inpatient setting, and community setting. Chapter 3 contains suggestions for implementing and evaluating a curriculum in preventative pulmonary medicine. It provides general guidelines and a few specific examples. Appendixes contain lists of 61 educational resources by subject area (e.g., apnea, asthma, immunization, occupational lung disease, preoperative care, pulmonary rehabilitation, and tuberculosis) and by type of resource. (Contains 61 references.) (JB) Adults with intellectual disabilities have high rates of physical inactivity and related chronic diseases. Researchers have called for an increase in the development and evaluation of health education programs adapted to the unique needs of this population. Formative and process evaluation strategies were applied to develop a physical activity education program. The first phase of formative evaluation included a comprehensive literature review to select educational strategies and curriculum content. The theory of planned behavior was selected as a guiding framework, and meetings with stakeholders were held to assess feasibility. The second phase of formative evaluation included an assessment of materials by an expert panel and the priority population, and pilot testing. Next, field testing was implemented, followed by process evaluation and an assessment of implementation fidelity. The final curriculum was developed as a result of the completion of the aforementioned steps and led to a successful physical activity intervention. PMID:21444920 A decisive factor for achieving a culture of sustainability is university training for future professionals. The aim of this article is to bring new elements to the process of reorienting university studies towards sustainability. Presented here is the ACES model (Curriculum Greening of Higher Education, acronym in Spanish), which is the result of a project involving a network of 11 European and Latin American universities. The methodology of the project is based on participatory action research. The ACES model is defined by 10 characteristics, detailed in this article, which can orientate a diagnosis of the level of curriculum greening and the design and application of the strategies and actions in order to facilitate incorporating the sustainability dimension in higher education. The potentialities and limitations found are also discussed. The ACES model has started a process for reorienting higher education studies towards sustainability. (Contains 1 figure, 1 table and 2 notes.) School reform increasingly requires curriculum integration of academic and vocational-technical education. The first part of this guidebook presents views held by 17 North Carolina teachers in support of an integrated curriculum at the middle- and high-school levels. Part 2 provides examples of parallel academic and vocational curricula for the following areas: language arts and computer technology; communication skills and business education; and mathematics, science, social studies, and visual arts paired with various vocational-technical courses. The third part offers sample lesson plans for the following courses: language arts and career exploration, science and home economics, communication skills and business education, mathematics and agriculture, mathematics and carpentry, science and agriculture, and social studies and marketing. (LMI) This project's goal was to develop a network of educational signposts and electronic textbooks to support K-12 student learning and curriculum articulation across eastern Connecticut and to enhance teacher education and graduate programs at Eastern Connecticut State University (ECSU). Through support from an AAUP-CSU grant, selected ECSU graduate students who were also K- 12 teachers in the region attended a summer workshop that focused on the development of web pages for the World Wide Web and commitment to integrating the World Wide Web into their curriculum. Participants learned how to use the World Wide Web and how to create home pages and electronic text. They developed a variety of electronic textbooks and school home pages. Project linkage titles included: "Find it on the World Wide Web,""Online Resources for Educators New to the Internet,""K12Links,""Curriculum Enhancement,""Newspapers in Education,""Glen Lessig's Education Technology Bookmarks,""Arline Mykietyn's Bookmarks on Harriet Tubman,""J.P.'s Eclectic Bookmarks," and "Mrs. Wargo's Bookmarks WJJS Media Center." (Author/SM) Background Recognizing the growing demand from medical students and residents for more comprehensive global health training, and the paucity of explicit curricula on such issues, global health and curriculum experts from the six Ontario Family Medicine Residency Programs worked together to design a framework for global health curricula in family medicine training programs. Methods A working group comprised of global health educators from Ontario's six medical schools conducted a scoping review of global health curricula, competencies, and pedagogical approaches. The working group then hosted a full day meeting, inviting experts in education, clinical care, family medicine and public health, and developed a consensus process and draft framework to design global health curricula. Through a series of weekly teleconferences over the next six months, the framework was revised and used to guide the identification of enabling global health competencies (behaviours, skills and attitudes) for Canadian Family Medicine training. Results The main outcome was an evidence-informed interactive framework http://globalhealth.ennovativesolution.com/ to provide a shared foundation to guide the design, delivery and evaluation of global health education programs for Ontario's family medicine residency programs. The curriculum framework blended a definition and mission for global health training, core values and principles, global health competencies aligning with the Canadian Medical Education Directives for Specialists (CanMEDS) competencies, and key learning approaches. The framework guided the development of subsequent enabling competencies. Conclusions The shared curriculum framework can support the design, delivery and evaluation of global health curriculum in Canada and around the world, lay the foundation for research and development, provide consistency across programmes, and support the creation of learning and evaluation tools to align with the framework. The process used to develop this framework can be applied to other aspects of residency curriculum development. Records for students receiving an undergraduate degree at the University of Alabama were examined, to compare education majors and other majors for grades in similar courses in seven specified curriculum areas: freshman composition, mathematics, humanities, social science, natural science, writing, and computer language or foreign language. The 482 education majors obtained an average grade of 2.66 for the 100 and 200 level core courses, which was the same average grade as that obtained by 4,116 other majors. Education majors had slightly higher grades than other majors in mathematics and social science and slightly lower grades in freshman composition, humanities, natural science, and computer language or foreign language. Education majors had slightly higher mean grades in all core curriculum courses compared to majors in commerce and business administration, communication, and human environmental sciences. Education majors had a slightly lower mean grade in all core curriculum courses compared to majors in arts and sciences, engineering, new college, nursing, and social work. (JDD) This paper is threefold. It is grounded in the philosophical work of two educational theorists: John Dewey and our contemporary Nel Noddings. It also brings into the conversation the ancient system of Tarot, arguing that its pictorial symbolism embodies intellectual, moral, and spiritual "lessons" derived from collective human experiences across times, places, and cultures. For Dewey, to call somebody spiritual never meant to invoke some mysterious and non-natural entity outside of the real world. As a system of communication and interpretation, Tarot is oriented toward the discovery of meanings in the real experience and performs two functions, existential and educational, focusing on the ethical and spiritual dimension of experience. The pictorial images create an adventure story of the journey through the "school of life", each new life experience contributing to self-understanding and, ultimately, spiritual rebirth. Tarot not only speaks in a different voice, therefore bringing forth the subtleties of Gilligan and Noddings' relational ethics, but also enables a process of critical self-reflection analogous to the ancient Socratic "Know thyself" principle that makes life examined and thus meaningful. As a "techne", it can and should become a valuable tool to complement an existing set of educational aids in the area of moral and spiritual education. (Contains 7 figures and 7 notes.) A holistic approach to the study of the Earth, as embodied in Earth System Science and Global Change concepts, provides a captivating socially relevant focus to Geoscience instruction. Under the auspices of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and the Universities Space Research Association, twenty-two universities have been engaged since 1991 in the Cooperative University-based Earth System Science Education Singapore, a small island city-state, has achieved notable economic advancement within 40 years since independence. It is fast becoming a global city and a knowledge society. In education and training, the Singapore system has evolved from its British roots. Macro performance indicators of participation rate, literacy rate and mean years of schooling, show that the current education system can be regarded as highly successful. The contributions of general education as well as technical education and training to the overall success of the nation are often cited. Technical education and training, which is globally perceived as having a lower status than "academic" curricula, has largely overcome its "image" problem in Singapore. Singaporeans have seemingly embraced technical education and training as an accessible, attractive mode of education, which therefore enjoys a high participation rate. The success and quality of technical education and training were affirmed when its main provider, the Institute of Technical Education, became the first educational institution in Singapore to win the Singapore Quality Award in October 2005. This paper provides a review of the contemporary education system and curriculum in Singapore with a focus on technical education and training vis-a-vis a vision of education and training in and for postmodern knowledge societies. Suggestions are made on how the technical education and training sector in Singapore can further develop and thrive in the 21st century, while continuing to be accessible and of high quality. (Contains 1 figure, 1 table, and 1 footnote.) Critical of approaches that treat internationalization as the addition of multicultural elements to a Western curriculum, the author makes an even more radical proposal. Specifically, he explores the possibility of internationalizing the undergraduate curriculum by organizing it around a non-Western framework rooted in Indian philosophy, thereby lifting, or perhaps rather freeing, internationalization efforts from their Eurocentric foundations. An important aspect of the framework the author advocates, which he refers to as a "Sattvic curriculum," is that it promotes self-reflection and self-development among students, thereby having the potential to overcome present barriers to empathy, genuine commitment, and global citizenship. Here, the author discusses the educational benefits of, and main objections voiced against, such a proposal. (Contains 1 table.) Weak effectiveness of bilingual education is an especially obvious phenomenon in non-key universities of China where students have poorer English ground and bilingual curriculums are unconstructive designed partly because of the scarcity of teaching resources. This paper discusses failures of these unconstructive curriculum systems from the view of cognitive learning and points out that just because of the lags in BICS [basic interpersonal communication skills] and CALP [cognitive academic language proficiency] of students in non-key universities, metacognitive process should be substantially considered and completely integrated in construction of bilingual curriculum system including aspects of bilingual allocation, subject design, bilingual arrangement and prepositive training. This paper takes International Business Specialty in non-key universities as an example and highly involves writer's teaching experiences. (Contains 1 figure.) This information packet is useful to teacher-librarians and teachers who would like to integrate global education concepts into existing curricula. The techniques outlined in this document provide strategies for implementing global education integration. The central ideas of the global education package include: (1) interrelatedness; (2) peace; (3) global community; (4) cooperation; (5) distribution and sustainable development; (6) multicultural understanding; (7) human rights; (8) stewardship; (9) empowerment; and (10) social justice. Throughout the packet, ideas are offered for inclusion of global perspectives in language arts, science, mathematics, and social studies. Recommendations are included for purchases of resource materials and cross reference charts for concepts across grades and curriculum areas. (EH) Guidelines and suggestions for introducing energy education into classrooms are provided in this booklet. The first section discusses available resources and ways to use them. These include: (1) community resources (museums, libraries, county extension services/planning offices); (2) organizations and institutions such as environmental groups, utilities/fuel companies, architectural firms, and others; (3) government resources; (4) human resources; and (5) material resources (bookstores, magazines, and federally funded materials). The second section focuses on strategies for using the resources, including organizing a course, establishing a resource center, and building and using alternative energy models. These models include a solar hot water heater, parabolic solar furnace, fresnal lens, solar electrical device, savonius rotor and wind charger, and a hytroturbine. Four sample energy education course outlines are also included. (JN) This book is designed to show marketing education teachers how Missouri's Show-Me Knowledge and Performance Standards can be reflected in the Marketing Education Framework. It is organized to present each of the nine competency strands (instructional units) by learner outcome and competencies. The instructional units are as follows: communications in marketing, economic concepts, employment and advancement, human relations in marketing, marketing operations, marketing management, advertising and sales promotion, selling, and marketing concepts. Each learner outcome and competency is cross-referenced to the Show-Me Standards related to knowledge (content) and performance (process). The framework is in table format. For some activities, a suggested assessment instrument is provided in the related assessment guide. (YLB) This guide is intended to assist industrial arts/technology education teachers in helping students in grades K-12 understand the impact of computers and computer technology in the world. Discussed in the introductory sections are the ways in which computers have changed the face of business, industry, and education and training; the scope and sequence of industrial arts from the elementary through the secondary grades with specific guidelines for each grade level; the goals and provisions of the Education for All Handicapped Children Act; and the purpose and organization of the guide. The second major section consists of computer study and applications units on the following topics: history and development of computers, principles of computer systems, computer-aided design/drafting (CAD), computer graphics, computer-aided manufacturing (CAM) and computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM), microprocessors, robotics, telecommunications, computer-assisted instruction (CAI), data management, and careers. Presented next is an implementation suggestion matrix that proposes a wide variety of ways in which computer use might be integrated into industrial arts programming. Hardware system configurations for a general-use computer station are outlined. Appendixes to the guide include lists of related periodicals, software resources, and software evaluation criteria; a glossary; and a bibliography. (MN) Our paper illustrates how males of Chinese descent in British Columbia (BC) have historically been victims of overt and subtle forms of discrimination, and describes how racism is and was integrally linked to notions of class, gender and the body. Highlighted in our historical overview are issues around race and masculinity for Chinese males as they existed (and still exist) in the BC educational system, especially in sport-related and physical education (PE) contexts. We examine how some of these issues continue to impact Vancouver's schools through Millington's (2006) study of masculinities in secondary PE which showed how that environment, while offering the potential for various masculinities to flourish, tended to promote hegemonic gender identities as "normal". In particular, we show how Chinese-Canadian boys, both Canadian born as well as more recent immigrants from Hong Kong, Taiwan and mainland China, continue to be subject to subtle racist understandings of Chinese masculinities--understandings that are often camouflaged by the dominant national rhetoric of multiculturalism. We conclude the paper by arguing that if indeed schools' curricula exacerbate problematic understandings of race and masculinity that underlie discriminatory behaviours and attitudes, then physical educators need the tools to develop strategies for change. (Contains 14 notes.) Curriculum may be more adequately explained as the work of an organization than as a plan for individual learning. Research is reported based upon case studies of four allied health programs in one university with the intent to employ concepts from the organizational literature to describe a group of curriculums, and to determine if relationships among variables exist and yield a coherent explanation. The four programs were medical technology, nuclear medical technology, physical therapy, and physician assistant. The programs are distinct in having varying relationships to the dominant health care profession of medicine. Descriptions of each program were combined into one descriptive case study with the goal to promote internal validation by utilizing multiple sources of data and the perceptions of multiple investigators, and then rely heavily on internal consistency as the criterion of validity wherever possible. Results are discussed according to: environments of academic programs; boundary setting and boundary spanning; curriculum as an organizational technology; and outline of a tentative model. Curriculum can be most adequately explained by considering it an organizational phenomenon. Higher education curriculum might benefit from an emphasis on more complex organizational technology and structure issues. Contains 44 references. (SM) Professional development is the key to curriculum-based reform, yet there is little empirical evidence upon which to base decisions of design or implementation of training and development programmes. This study examined the training and development needs of Ghana's polytechnic teachers in an existing curriculum reform scenario as they became involved in curriculum design. Forty-four teachers and four heads of mechanical engineering departments and representatives of the leadership of four polytechnics granted comprehensive interviews and responded to questionnaires. Findings revealed that updating subject knowledge through industrial attachments was a major training and development need for teachers. Teachers indicated that they were keen to get more involved in curriculum design and argued for their subject knowledge to be improved to give them the confidence to do so. The results of the study suggest higher education teachers have training and development needs in relation to effective curriculum design and implementation. It is proposed that polytechnic-industry links are strengthened and that teachers should draw on teamwork to plan and undertake industrial attachments. The issue of learning transfer is of prime importance to the field of adventure education. Adventure education programs are designed to promote a variety of personal development outcomes for participants, and a significant amount of research has validated these outcomes. However, in order for students to use the learning gained during their course, they must transfer the learning from a backcountry context to their postcourse life. This study measured the effects of a theoretically-grounded treatment curriculum designed to foster the transfer of learning of expedition/prosocial behaviors compared to a traditional curriculum. Expedition behavior (EB) is a concern for other people, coupled with the willingness to demonstrate this concern through action. It is a term used in many adventure education programs, and is similar to a psychological construct called prosocial behavior. Prosocial behaviors (PSB) are described as behaviors that are primarily aimed at benefiting others, and may be described as sharing, comforting others, donating goods or money, volunteerism, and instrumental helping. The treatment curriculum was delivered to 14- to 15-year-old students who attended 2-week long adventure education courses with the National Outdoor Leadership School (NOLS) in the summer of 2008. Each of these courses featured 15 students. The instructors of four of the courses were trained to administer the treatment curriculum and the instructors of the other four courses administered the traditional curriculum. In order to assess transfer, a measure of PSB, the PTM-R, was completed by research participants three times: before the course left for the field, immediately when the course returned, and 3 months postcourse. In addition, participants completed a standardized outcome measurement of EB, along with several qualitative questions. Quantitative data were analyzed using MANOVA and qualitative data were analyzed using constant comparison technique. Results suggested that the treatment curriculum was responsible for increasing proximal learning of EB. Results did not show that the treatment curriculum was effective in fostering the transfer of PSB. Qualitative data analysis was incapable of detecting differences in data between the two groups, but offered insight into how students use their EB postcourse. Implications for adventure programming, pedagogy, and transfer are considered. [The dissertation citations contained here are published with the permission of ProQuest LLC. Further reproduction is prohibited without permission. Copies of dissertations may be obtained by Telephone (800) 1-800-521-0600. Web page: http://www.proquest.com/en-US/products/dissertations/individuals.shtml. Designed to serve as a foundation for competency-based marketing and distributive education curriculum development, this package consists of task lists, performance objectives, and performance guides for use in planning an introductory level retailing course. Job descriptions are given for receiving clerks, stock clerks, and salespersons/sales clerks in retail trade. Following a marketing and distributive education curriculum sequence, a marketing and distributive education occupational task matrix is provided. Presented next are Retailing I tasks, performance objectives, performance guides, instructor's check lists, and references/resources for the following job skill areas: ordering, receiving, storing, inventorying, shipping, stocking, displaying, store operating, cashiering, customer servicing, selling, and employee training. Also listed are Retailing I psychomotor and cognitive skill statements as referenced to Interstate Distributive Education Curriculum Consortium (IDECC) learning activity packages and competency numbers. The occupations to which these skill statements pertain are receiving clerk, stock clerk, and salesperson/sales clerk. Completing the package is a list of retailing occupation references. (MN) E-learning and e-teaching systems are involved in teachers' professional activities and development in several ways: (a) If e-learning/e-teaching is the technology which supports the process of teachers' learning of university courses, the teacher is in the position of e-learner; (b) If e-learning/e-teaching is the content of the teachers' university curricula in order to be applied in the teaching process, the teacher switches from the position of e-learner to the one of e-teacher in blended or total e-learning systems. Systematic formal teacher education concerning e-learning/e-teaching implementation, and the structure of teachers' ICT competencies and e-competencies, as well as the reasons for their occurrence, are considered in the paper. The Master curriculum of e-learning and an example of the programme realization are presented. The university curriculum of e-learning at Kragujevac University-Technical Faculty in Cacak (Serbia) was developed as a part of the international project (TEMPUS JEP-41016-2006). The curriculum focuses on the development of different e-roles for teachers and e-teachers: e-creator, e-designer, e-facilitator, e-tutor, e-moderator, etc. This master programme is a part of teacher in-service formal education for primary and secondary school teachers. In addition, the curriculum is adaptable to teachers' pre-service education. However, it is more effective as a part of in-service education than as a part of pre-service undergraduate education, because the active teachers recognize their professional roles better than prospective teachers. (Contains 4 tables and 2 figures.) Introduction The Integrative Medicine in Residency (IMR) program, a 200-hour Internet-based, collaborative educational initiative was implemented in 8 family medicine residency programs and has shown a potential to serve as a national model for incorporating training in integrative/complementary/alternative medicine in graduate medical education. Intervention The curriculum content was designed based on a needs assessment and a set of competencies for graduate medical education developed following the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education outcome project guidelines. The content was delivered through distributed online learning and included onsite activities. A modular format allowed for a flexible implementation in different residency settings. Evaluation To assess the feasibility of implementing the curriculum, a multimodal evaluation was utilized, including: (1) residents' evaluation of the curriculum; (2) residents' competencies evaluation through medical knowledge testing, self-assessment, direct observations, and reflections; and (3) residents' wellness and well-being through behavioral assessments. Results The class of 2011 (n??=??61) had a high rate of curriculum completion in the first and second year (98.7% and 84.2%) and course evaluations on meeting objectives, clinical utility, and functioning of the technology were highly rated. There was a statistically significant improvement in medical knowledge test scores for questions aligned with content for both the PGY-1 and PGY-2 courses. Conclusions The IMR program is an advance in the national effort to make training in integrative medicine available to physicians on a broad scale and is a success in terms of online education. Evaluation suggests that this program is feasible for implementation and acceptable to residents despite the many pressures of residency. A number of recent studies, especially within the East Asian region, have chronicled the problems involved in successful implementation of the English language teaching component of large-scale, system-wide educational innovations. This paper reports on the findings of research into the implementation, in both general and ELT-related terms, of another similar recent initiative, the Philippines Basic Education Curriculum (BEC). The data indicate that classroom-level implementation of the BEC has been difficult to achieve, principally because (i) the curriculum design is insufficiently compatible with teaching situation constraints and, (ii) the necessary levels of professional support and instructional materials have not been provided. The data also show that both drawbacks can be traced in the first instance to a shortage of teaching situation and implementation process resources, a phenomenon frequently noted in the other studies and elsewhere. As the literature on curriculum development also indicates, however, such problems occur in both resource-rich as well as resource-poor contexts. The paper therefore concludes by discussing a number of additional possible underlying causes for inappropriate forms of curriculum innovation, with a view to informing directions for further enquiry. (Contains 2 tables, 1 figure and 7 notes.) The market as educator has become firmly lodged at the centre of popular and scholarly debate commenting on the nexus between children, consumption and education/learning. In this paper, I appreciate this scholarly debate from the point of view of the sociology of consumption. The latter has been relatively silent on children's consumption and education, focusing instead on adult learning. Nevertheless, I here draw on that sociology to forward an argument that favours consideration of a broader range of social relationships and cultural and contextual influences. I outline two models on the network of relationships that inform children's consumption, and illustrate, through a discussion of Chin's Purchasing Power, how children's consumption-related learning may originate from outside the market. The paper finishes with a plea for more research that focuses on children and the domestic contexts of consumption. This article looks at shifts in pedagogy used to prepare school leaders. "Leaders for America's Schools" is the focus around which the authors build their case, beginning with a recap of the early phases of administrator training. Next, the authors examine "A Nation at Risk" and the impact the educational reform movement had on administration preparation. This section examines "Leaders for America's Schools", the Interstate School Leaders Licensure Consortium standards, and the impacts of neoliberalism, globalization, and social justice on preparation. The authors conclude by describing current pedagogy used in an exemplary leadership preparation program. (Contains 5 notes.) This sampler was designed for art specialists and art museum educators with a basic understanding of teaching discipline-based art education content. The introduction offers a brief history of the Sampler and explains its intended purpose and use. Then 8 unit models with differing methodologies for relating art objectives to the four disciplines: aesthetics, art criticism, art history, and art production, are presented. The sampler consists of two elementary units, two units for middle school, two units intended for required high school art, one high school studio ceramic unit, and a brief unit for art teachers and art museum educators that focuses on visits to art museums. Learning activities, resource material, and learning strategies are given for the units along with a sequence of lessons organized on a theme. (1) "Art Touches the People in Our Lives" is a unit for primary level students that introduces children to basic concepts, and to selected elements and principles of art. They study ways artists use principles to express mood and meaning, learn about artists who have chosen emotional themes for their work, and express their own thoughts and feelings as they create artworks. (2) "Spaces and Places" is an elementary unit on architecture that shows how a topic might be articulated from one grade level to another. (3) "Many Ways of Seeing" is written for middle school students and investigates the concept of originality, the interpretation of visual language, symbolism, and the categories of fine art and folk art. (4) "Celebration!," also a middle school unit, investigates how different cultures use art for common purposes. (5) "The Word as Image: Symbol to Gesture" investigates relationships between words and visual images in paintings and graphic arts, and leads to an understanding of contemporary abstract and non-objective painting. (6) "Art Exploration--A Global Approach" is a general education, high school unit, that gives balanced consideration to content from each of the four art disciplines. The unit presents a study of ceramics, painting, and sculpture, which incorporates art exemplars from many times, places, and cultures. (7) "The Artistic Heritage of Clay: Survival and Revival of Traditions" demonstrates how an elective high school studio course can focus on the art production discipline with enrichment from the other three art disciplines. (8) The final unit, "Experiencing Original Works of Art in a Museum," provides a model for engaging students in response to original works of art. (MM) This article used theory, historical records, and empirical research to make a case that inclusive education, in which students experience significant proportions of their day in the age-appropriate contexts and curriculum of general education, is a research-based practice with students who have extensive support needs. We begin by noting that there are regressive trends occurring in educational placements in our country and that these are causing alarm. Next, we establish guidelines for defining a useful, research-based practice. These guidelines include considering what education should be achieving for all students as a standard and using a view of scientific causality that acknowledges complexity. We then show how constructs from ecological theory and group processes theory, which provide accounts for human growth and learning, relate to location of educational services (i.e., context) and curriculum (i.e., content) decisions. Throughout this discussion, we show educating students using an inclusive education approach is supported by these constructs, whereas other widely used special education are not. We then review both historical and empirical data from institutions and schools and show that these data provide empirical support for the primary theoretical position of this article--that context, together with curriculum content, matter crucially when educating students with extensive support needs. We concluded that there is theoretical and empirical support for using general education contexts and curriculum content and for not using other contexts and curriculum content both in educating students with extensive support needs and in conducting related research. The Consumer Protection Act (CPA) lays the basis for the protection of consumer rights in South Africa and comprehensively sets out obligations for "suppliers". There have been differing views expressed as to whether a student should be seen as a consumer. It is clear, however, that this Act applies to HEIs. This article, firstly, explores the concept of a student as "a customer/consumer". Secondly, it examines specific aspects of the CPA which will have an impact on HEIs as service providers in the education sector. It concludes that the impact of the CPA for business is far-reaching. It also directs that HEIs must take into account the provisions of this Act, particularly with respect to the rights to: equality, generally and with regard to access; disclosure and information; fair and equal marketing practices; and fair and reasonable terms and conditions, as well as fair value and good quality. HEIs are advised to scrutinize their current practices, policies, terms and conditions, in order to ensure that they comply with the Act. This publication reports on a workshop to review and analyze existing practices in the design, implementation, and evaluation of curriculum in technical and vocational education (TVE). In the main working document, "Curriculum Development in TVE" (Tom Saluja), are the following: definition of curriculum development; description of how to measure the effectiveness of curriculum and models of curriculum development; and outline of the stages of curriculum development, implementation, and evaluation. Summaries of presentations describe experiences of countries in curriculum development, implementation, assessment, evaluation, and validation. These country papers are included: Czech Republic, Denmark, Germany, Greece, Japan, Mexico, Tanzania, and Uganda. A synthesis of country papers focuses on the following areas: education system, TVE system, responsibility for curriculum development, quality assurance, system of implementation, role of various bodies, constraints, and future trends. Eight major issues with proposed solutions are identified: national socioeconomic development and technological advances; relevance of curricula and competency-based vocational education; feedback from implementation and evaluation; quality of teachers/instructors; attitude of students to TVE; financial resources for curriculum development and delivery; legislation related to TVE curricula; and national institutional capacity in curriculum development. Future strategies and recommendations are listed. A participant list is appended. (YLB) This bulletin provides guidance and direction to Missouri local education agencies (LEAs) on the role of general educators in educating students with disabilities and in linking the general education curriculum to participation in state- and district-wide assessment. It reviews the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) requirements which request that students with disabilities have meaningful access to the general curriculum and are included in general education reform efforts. The bulletin discusses the changing role of the general educator in assisting and supporting the student in succeeding in the general education environment, linking general education curriculum to IDEA through standards-based Individualized Education Programs (IEPs) and standards-referenced IEPs, and using accommodations in instructional assessments. Four categories are listed of accommodations that IEP teams may consider when administering the Missouri Assessment Program: (1) test administration, including reading the assessment, large print, Braille editions, signing, audiotapes, and assistive devices; (2) timing, including changes in duration or scheduling of an assessment; (3) response, including use of word processor, dictation to a scribe, pointing, and use of a Brailler; and (4) setting, including changes in the location or physical environment in which an assessment is administered. (CR) The chronic shortage of rural physicians prompts further consideration of the educational interventions that have been developed to address this issue. Despite rural admission strategies and a variety of undergraduate, graduate and postgraduate curricular innovations, the recruitment and retention of family physicians into many rural areas has not kept pace with the retirement of older general practice physicians. This paper reviews the 1994 American Academy of Family Physicians' rural training recommendations in the light of several recent educational needs assessments. These studies affirm the need for rural residency rotations and the need to maintain and better implement the established rural clinical training guidelines. However, although preparation for rural medical practice has been addressed and is being adequately accomplished in the clinical knowledge and procedural skills areas, instruction and experiences relating to the "realities of rural living" need to be enhanced to increase the retention duration of rural physicians. This can be accomplished with more curricular emphasis on developing community health competencies, including community-oriented primary care (COPC). Physicians who know how to collaborate with community members on health improvement projects have skills that can also facilitate integration and, hence, retention. PMID:11131773 The guide is intended to assist Manitoba physical education teachers in the process of integrating students with disabilities into regular physical education classes. The manual provides an introduction to students with special needs, stresses the need to create an accepting environment, discusses various teaching tips, and highlights resources available to teachers. Part 1 presents a discussion of human movement including "learning to move," the role of practice, and "moving to learn." Part 2 presents descriptive information and specific hints for physical activity programming for the following disabilities: asthma, visual impairments, cerebral palsy, deafness and hearing impairment, diabetes, convulsive disorders, physical awkwardness, mental retardation, Down Syndrome, autism, muscular dystrophy, obesity, and spina bifida. Part 3 provides principles for creating an accepting environment including information on mainstreaming as a continuum of participation, teacher attitudes, creating peer acceptance, and eliminating environmental barriers. Part 4 offers teaching tips in the areas of assessment, task analysis, behavioral teaching principles, activity analysis, and activity modification/adaptation. Part 5 describes additional resources including screening tests, checklists, and evaluation instruments; forms; modified equipment (e.g., aquatic devices, bicycling equipment, devices for ball activities); adaptive equipment; and materials suppliers. The bibliography contains 40 references. (DB) This article outlines the results of an issues?based study conducted over a 12?month period that investigated how the systematic inclusion of teachers within the design, operationalization and implementation of an online curriculum development project in Florida led simultaneously to teachers’ own professionalizing in areas of education they were previously unknowledgeable. Specifically, this study charts how reflective, iterative curriculum development practices Discusses what the predoctoral dental curriculum should emphasize, in both general content and learning and teaching processes, in order to fully integrate a postgraduate-year experience. Two reports recommending strategies for dental education are compared for suggested curriculum structure, instructional modes, articulation, practicum design, postgraduate year, and potential barriers to successful implementation. (MSE) Purpose We sought to determine if a medico-legal educational curriculum designed to increase physicians' familiarity with the legal system in a nonthreatening environment—a didactic and interactive educational seminar—would positively influence learners' knowledge base and self-awareness. Methods Because neither the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education nor its Residency Review Committees specifically addresses medico-legal liability education, we designed a 2-day intensive medico-legal educational curriculum and piloted it in 2007 and 2008 at a large academic tertiary-referral medical center. Postcurriculum evaluations and precurriculum and postcurriculum testing were used to identify areas of common and/or persisting knowledge deficit. Results A total of 50 graduating residents, fellows, and community practitioners participated in the course. Common areas of knowledge deficit were “privilege,” “discovery,” statutes of limitations, and basic legal procedure. Discordance in physician interpretation of patient perspective and misunderstanding among physicians of the impact of the legal suit were evident. Conclusions Concentrated legal education at selected times during medical training may support physicians' motivations to improve the assurance of quality and continuity of care. We continue to revise the curriculum to address issues of lecturer style, lecture content, and overall attitudinal values related to clinical practice, legal education, long-term impact on practice patterns, job satisfaction and its effect on attention to quality and continuity-of-care issues, and health care provider attitudes about the provider's role within the legal system and the community. We plan to conduct follow-up of participants to assess retention and subsequent use of this knowledge. The numbers of school-aged children with life-threatening allergies that cause anaphylaxis continues to increase. Many states, including Washington, have responded to this by developing specific guidelines for school districts to follow in order to provide a safe learning environment for children with medical conditions that put them at risk for anaphylaxis. School nurses require resources to assist them in providing health training for school staff on how to manage potentially life-threatening health conditions for children in their school, however, resources to address this training are limited. A search for and content analysis of currently available literature and resources about anaphylaxis and anaphylaxis training curricula revealed a lack of an integrated curriculum to train school staff. This article presents a discussion of the development of a train-the-trainer anaphylaxis education program providing school nurses with curriculum, lesson plans, teaching-learning activities, and resources for anaphylaxis education of all school staff. (Contains 2 figures.) This curriculum offers lesson plans for 5 hours of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) education instruction for high school and young adult students of English-as-a-Second Language (ESL). It helps students develop English language skills while it helps them understand the AIDS risk factors. The curriculum is designed to help cope with the social pressures that might lead to behaviors that could put them at risk for HIV infection. Each lesson incorporates specific AIDS education and ESL objectives and develops the critical thinking, reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills at the core of every sound ESL program. Copy-ready background materials, exercises, and activities are provided for each lesson. Appendixes include supplementary exercises and handouts, a copy of the Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) resolution on AIDs, and an international AIDS resource list with addresses and telephone numbers. (Author/NAV) The material presented in this guide was developed to serve as a two-year curriculum for classes connected to cooperative education programs. The overall subject of the guide is preparing for employment. The curriculum contains 16 units, arranged in sequential order with a recommended year of presentation shown on the course outline. Each of the units contains objectives, and is broken into several topics, with suggested resources that can be used to cover each topic. The units cover the following material: orientation to vocational education; entering the world of work; safety on the job; understanding business; human relations skills; law; individual potential; coping with stress; adult responsibilities; youth organizations; job-related mathematics; taxes; preparation for future employment; analyzing employment possibilities; the economic system; and resource conservation. In addition, there is an introduction on teaching technical competencies for the teacher, and a list of resources. (KC) This book presents teacher-created lesson plans, sequenced by grade level, that illustrate the connection between teaching specific disciplines--English language arts, foreign language, mathematics, science, and social studies--and NETS (National Educational Technology Standards) for Students performance indicators. Each lesson sequence addresses national standards for the discipline, suggests related resources, and provides a brief narrative by a teacher who has actually used the lesson in a classroom. Several multidisciplinary learning activities are also described. Direct links are made between content standards from two or more subject areas and the NETS for Students performance indicators. Units for each grade range provide developmentally appropriate themes, tools, and resources from which teachers can choose when developing specific learning experiences for their classrooms. The appendices include the full text of the NETS for Students, a NETS workshop staging guide, a directory of NETS project partners, a list of resources, and a glossary. (MES) The heart of effective programming for gifted services lies in the development of curricula that will challenge and enhance learning outcomes for gifted students. Educators have voiced concerns about the lack of differentiated curricula and instruction in gifted classrooms and the paucity of empirical evidence to support their effectiveness for gifted learners. Concerning the need to gather further data on the effectiveness of model-based curricula on student learning in gifted classrooms, critical components of three highly regarded curricular models in gifted education were integrated into a single curriculum model and two language arts units for third grade gifted students were developed. The review of the related literature illustrates the need for a study investigating the extent to which model-based curricular units are accountable for observable and measurable outcomes in gifted classrooms using an experimental paradigm. The current study investigated effectiveness of the integrated curricular model through assessing student outcomes from two language arts units. The purpose of the study was to determine the effectiveness of the CLEAR curriculum, specifically: Do gifted learners exposed to an integrated model-based curriculum outperform equally able learners not exposed to the integrated model-based curriculum in the comparison group on standards-referenced post-tests after controlling for their prior achievement? The results suggest that the CLEAR curriculum model which establishes the context of rich curriculum and responsive instruction driven by key components of three existing curricular models in gifted education is a viable option to enhance student learning. The effect of the CLEAR curriculum units were also supported through rigorous methodologies such as a cluster-randomized experimental design and multilevel analyses of student outcome data over two years. The current study also collected data with regards to the fidelity of implementation and found that teachers implemented the lessons with moderate to high fidelity (Foster, Oh, Azano, & Callahan, 2012). Further discussion on fidelity of implementation in the study can be found in Azano et al. (2011) and Foster et al. (2012). (Contains 16 tables.) The field of space physics is rich with examples of basic physics and analysis techniques, yet it is rarely seen in physics courses or textbooks. As space physicists in an undergraduate physics department we like to use research to inform teaching, and we find that students respond well to examples from magnetospheric science. While we integrate examples into general education courses as well, this talk will focus on physics major courses. Space physics examples are typically selected to illustrate a particular concept or method taught in the course. Four examples will be discussed, from an introductory electricity and magnetism course, a mechanics/nonlinear dynamics course, a computational physics course, and a plasma physics course. Space physics provides examples of many concepts from introductory E&M, including the application of Faraday's law to terrestrial magnetic storm effects and the use of the basic motion of charged particles as a springboard to discussion of the inner magnetosphere and the aurora. In the mechanics and nonlinear dynamics courses, the motion of charged particles in a magnetotail current sheet magnetic field is treated as a Newtonian dynamical system, illustrating the Poincaré surface-of-section technique, the partitioning of phase space, and the KAM theorem. Neural network time series analysis of AE data is used as an example in the computational physics course. Finally, among several examples, current sheet particle dynamics is utilized in the plasma physics course to illustrate the notion of adiabatic/guiding center motion and the breakdown of the adiabatic approximation. We will present short descriptions of our pedagogy and student assignments in this "backdoor" method of space physics education. The case study reported in this paper started as a research and development initiative to improve environmental education and ecology fieldwork activities. A package of resource materials and activities was developed and pilot?tested with teachers. Despite highly commended workshops, however, follow?up evaluation revealed that the curriculum packages were not widely used. The paper discusses a two?year action?research investigation of conceptual, Purpose. To investigate if there was bias, or the perception of bias, in medical education curriculum and other issues by students in two private schools of medicine. Method. Over 540 students were surveyed in two private schools of medicine: Institution X was predominantly European-American (E-A) and Institution Y was predominantly African-American (A-A). Students marked level of agreement\\/disagreement to survey items Governments, international organizations and academics have, in recent decades, expressed a sense of crisis in the practice of democracy based largely upon increasing levels of disengagement by citizens from even the most basic elements of civic life. One response has been to devise civics and citizenship education curricula for schools with the concomitant expectations of enhanced civic practice. Our examination of citizenship education programs has revealed considerable variation from country to country in the degree of success achieved in the design, development and implementation of programs. This paper examines recent developments in citizenship education in four leading Western democracies--Australia, Canada, England and the USA; each one with its own particular successes and shortcomings. It identifies several factors associated with the successful building of curriculum capacity for citizenship education and argues that these are fundamental for countries wishing to move beyond rhetoric and toward substance in citizenship education. (Contains 1 table.) Conducted collaboratively by an art educator and a literacy educator, this qualitative study focused on pre-service art educators' perspectives on integrating literacy in their teaching of art as they took a required course on literacy across the curriculum. Data included interviews, questionnaires, course assignments, and field notes from class sessions. Our analysis identified three patterns related to participants' perspectives while taking the course: their conceptions of literacy expanded, they reconceptualized familiar art education practices with a literacy-focused lens, and they considered new practices. Findings suggest that literacy courses are valuable for art educators but that they must be designed to maximize discipline-specific concerns and literacies. Implications for further research and practice are outlined. (Contains 1 figure.) This paper outlines the design of a new curriculum for positive youth development (P.A.T.H.S. II) in Hong Kong. The paper discusses the conceptual base for designing a drug-education curriculum for junior-secondary students using four positive youth development constructs—cognitive competence, emotional competence, beliefs in the future, and self-efficacy. The program design is premised on the belief that adolescents do have developmental assets; therefore, the curriculum is designed to develop their psychosocial competencies. The goal of the curriculum is to develop the selfhood of these youths and ultimately achieve the goal of successful adolescent development. Many observers have commented on disparities between the theoretical understandings of environmental education portrayed in academic literature and the environmental education that takes place in schools. In much of the literature and in curriculum documents there has been an increasing emphasis on promoting positive attitudes towards the environment, and the results of several surveys suggest that many teachers support this aim. This paper explores the beliefs of three geography teachers teaching controversial environmental issues in UK secondary schools. In contrast to the findings of prior studies, the teachers in this study feel strongly that they should try to avoid influencing students' attitudes, or imposing any kind of pro-environmental agenda. There is a substantial divergence between the teachers' beliefs and the espoused aims of much environmental education literature and the geography syllabus they were following. This suggests that, unless curriculum developers take account of teachers' beliefs in designing new curriculum materials, those materials are unlikely to be implemented in their intended format. (Contains 4 notes.) The North Carolina arts education curriculum encompasses K-12 programs in dance, folk arts, music, theater arts, and visual arts. It is designed to provide a scope and sequence which encourages students to develop the essential senses of sight, hearing, smell, taste, touch, and kinetic awareness. It provides opportunities to develop thinking skills as outlined in the "Florida Taxonomy of Cognitive Behavior." In addition, a program for exceptional children is included. There is an overview of educational goals from kindergarten through grade 12, major emphasis for instructional program divisions (grades K-3, 4-6, 7-8, 9-12) is delineated for each subject. Goals, objectives, and measures are developed sequentially for each subject. The major goal of the dance education program is to develop kinetic awareness in students. It is based primarily on the principles of modern dance. The music curriculum is divided into general, instrumental, and vocal music. The theater arts program serves to develop an understanding of the ideas, attitudes, beliefs, and feelings of people in different times throughout history as communicated through literature and theater. The representative media selected for the visual arts are drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture, and fine crafts. The folk arts curriculum encompasses a variety of cultural expressions including traditional music, dance, visual arts, crafts, oral literature, and customary work practices. Appendixes include a transcript of the relevant state legislation and materials pertaining to North Carolina's standard course of study, graduation requirements, scholars' program, testing requirements and textbook adoption process. (SM) This essay performs a number of our collaborative responses to thinking (differently) with Deleuze in educational philosophy and curriculum inquiry. Deleuze "and Guattari" have inspired each of us in distinctive ways. Single-authored products include a series of narrative experiments or "rhizosemiotic play" in writing educational philosophy and theory, and a doctoral thesis enacting processes of "rhizo-imaginary" "picturing" towards immanent and emergent curriculum theorising. We have also collaborated in producing some co-authored works, which has motivated us to persevere with exploring further potentials for thinking-writing together. By exploring our genealogical and generative work with Deleuzean conceptual creations in mind, we seek to move readers beyond Deleuzo-Guattarian select metaphors (e.g. nomadism, rhizome, lines of flight, smooth and striated spaces). However, we distance ourselves from the types of "use" of Deleuze that merely appropriate metaphors that were never intended as metaphors. Rather, we prefer thinking with Deleuze to produce previously unthought questions, practices and knowledge. We intend these performances to give a sense of not only the generativity that Deleuzo-Guattarian reading-thinking has opened to us but also the affirmation such performances bestow for thinking (differently) in educational philosophy and curriculum inquiry. (Contains 7 notes and 14 exhibits.) This curriculum guide provides instructional materials that offer suggestions and strategies to change mindsets and remove barriers in order to pave the way for a gender-equitable, technically trained work force. A DACUM (Developing a Curriculum) chart forms the basis for the task performance guides provided for five audiences: students, educators, business/industry/labor community, policy makers, and parents. Not every duty and task on the chart pertains to every audience. Each task performance guide consists of units that include introduction, performance objectives, suggested implementation strategies, evaluations, resources, and special notes. These units are grouped under the duty to which they pertain. The curriculum consists of these 11 duties: eliminate internal barriers; eliminate sex-role stereotyping; provide survival skills for trade and technical women and men; create support systems; eradicate external barriers; remove discriminatory behavior at all levels in schools and the workplace (coworkers/students); provide educator training; deliver career education and exploration; deliver workplace literacy skills; revise policies and regulations; and comply with government regulations. Appendixes include a compilation of handouts, newspaper articles, programs, agendas, events, etc., mostly related to tasks (suggested tasks are typed on each copy) related to the student audience section of the document; 170 curricula, guides, handbooks, and manuals; 132 videos, cassettes, disks; 9 profiles, tests, and posters; and 29 agencies, associations, and unions. Contains a bibliography listing 280 items. (YLB) This document provides two separate curriculum guides for pediatrics faculty to use in teaching medical students. The first section contains the alcohol abuse curriculum guide; the second section contains the drug abuse curriculum guide. The drug abuse guide concentrates on cannabis as a paradigm for all nonalcoholic drugs of abuse. Each guide includes an introduction and five chapters. Chapter 1 of each guide lists curriculum goals and objectives. Chapter 2 examines the pediatrician's role in the curriculum, focusing on subject matter, clinical skills, and attitude. Chapter 3 looks at several areas of core subject matter: history; epidemiology; definitions; biochemical, pharmacological, and physiological effects of alcohol (cannabis); psychological effects of alcohol (cannabis); psychological factors; and treatment. The alcohol abuse curriculum also contains a section on patterns of alcohol use in children and adolescents. Chapter 4 focuses on related drug issues. For the alcohol abuse curriculum, these issues include combined alcohol-polydrug use, management of acute intoxication and untoward reaction, the pregnant adolescent drinker, the fetal alcohol syndrome, and children of alcoholic parents. For the drug abuse curriculum, issues include multiple drug use, fetal drug syndromes, the drug-abusing mother, and management of untoward reactions and overdosage. Chapter 5 considers the problem of the student drinker (drug user). Both curricula conclude with several pages of references and appendices containing Attitudes and Opinions Questionnaires for students and annotated lists of curriculum material. (NB) This presentation highlights the implementation of the NOAA VOICES OF THE BAY education curriculum at a two-year college. The VOICES OF THE BAY curriculum provides students with an understanding of the marine ecology, economy, and culture of fisheries through three interdisciplinary modules that use hands-on activities while meeting a wide range of science, math, social science, and communications standards. In the BALANCE IN THE BAY module, students use critical-thinking skills and apply principles of ecosystem-based management to analyze data, debate and discuss their findings, and make decisions that recognize the complex dynamics associated with maintaining a balance in fisheries. Through role-playing, teamwork, and a little fate, the FROM OCEAN TO TABLE module provides students with an opportunity to get an insider’s view of what it takes to be an active stakeholder in a commercial fishery. In the CAPTURING THE VOICES OF THE BAY module, students research, plan, and conduct personal interviews with citizens of the local fishing community and explore the multiple dimensions of fisheries and how they inter-connect through the lives of those who live and work in the region. The VOICES OF THE BAY modules were introduced into the curriculum at Los Angeles Valley College during the Fall 2009 semester and are currently being used in the introductory Oceanography lecture, introductory Oceanography laboratory, and Environmental Science laboratory courses. Examples of curriculum materials being used (power point presentations, module worksheets and simulated fishing activities) will be presented. In addition, samples of completed student worksheets for the three interdisciplinary modules are provided. Students commented that their overall awareness and knowledge of the issues involved in sustainable fishing and managing fishery resources increased following completion of the VOICES OF THE BAY education curriculum. Students enrolled in the laboratory sections commented that the lab was more enjoyable than the typical lab exercises and the hands-on nature of the activity made the concept of sustainable fishing more real to them. The Office of National Marine Sanctuaries and the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary sponsor professional development workshops to selected faculty to introduce the VOICES OF THE BAY fisheries education curriculum and assist with implementation in the classroom. Classroom materials are also available on the website http://sanctuaries.noaa.gov/education/voicesofthebay.html or by contacting voicesofthebay@noaa.gov. Cognitive development and teaching have highlighted the importance of learning based on the relationship among individuals and the learning environment. Teaching and learning of science in early childhood development and education (ECDE) can only be effective if adequate facilities, materials, equipment and activities are put in place. Teaching of science in ECDE centres in Kenya is faced with numerous challenges, hence the negative influence on children's learning of the subject. This raised the question of whether we have appropriate conditions for implementation of the science curriculum in ECDE centres. This study investigated conditions for implementation of science in 115 ECDE centres managed by 230 teachers in Kakamega Municipality, Kenya. It used the ECDE facilities checklist, the ECDE classroom science materials/equipment checklist, the ECDE classroom science activities checklist, and the ECDE teacher classroom science questionnaire to analyse the availability of science materials, equipment, class size and activities for ECDE children in the classroom. Each teacher was videotaped for two consecutive days during science activities. Their attitude towards science curriculum was measured by the use of an attitude scale. The findings of the study indicated that three-quarters of the ECDE centres had appropriate general facilities. However, a majority (91.2%) of ECDE centres lacked adequate and quality classroom science materials/equipment. The activities that the ECDE teachers engaged in were mostly unrelated to science activities (85.7%), even though they had a favourable attitude towards the science curriculum. This study is significant because the resulting findings will influence practice in early childhood education by informing policy makers on prevailing conditions for implementation of the science curriculum. On the theoretical side, the findings will contribute to the development of teaching and learning science materials, science equipment and a children's science curriculum tool kit. The data for this paper were generated during a three-year, Participatory Action Research project, with 41 15-19-year-old female co-researchers and activists, within and beyond the walls of a secondary school. The purpose of the larger study was to work with these students to understand and transform their self-identified barriers to physical education (PE) engagement and physical activity participation. The focus of this paper is on one of the transformation sites, the students' formal PE curriculum. Participatory Action Research (PAR) constituted the theoretical, pedagogical and methodological framework for this study. The specific questions we seek to address in this paper are what does a negotiated PE curriculum process look like, and how does students' increased involvement in curricular decision-making impact on their engagement with physical education. Data for this paper were generated through individual and group conversations with five student researchers and curriculum designers during the first year of the study. These conversations were guided by participatory research artefact's (e.g. photographs, posters). Findings suggest that participatory approaches to research and curriculum-making can serve to promote students' meaningful engagement in the critique and the re imagining of their PE and physical activity experiences. The girls in this study, when provided with guidance and encouragement, rose to the challenge and took ownership of their learning, and doing so was a positive, energizing and exciting experience for them and one in which deep learning occurred and deep insights were produced. Negotiating the curriculum was not without challenge however, and both students and adult allies needed support in persevering beyond the transition and the novelty of initial excitement. These physical education standards were designed to ensure that each student achieve the following goals: (1) physical activity--students develop interest and proficiency in movement skills and understand the importance of lifelong participation in daily physical activity; (2) physical fitness and wellness--students increase understanding of basic body systems to develop and maintain the highest possible level of physical fitness and wellness; (3) movement skills and movement knowledge--students increase effective motor skills development, understand the fundamentals of movement by practicing and analyzing purposeful movement, and appreciate the aesthetics of expressive and creative movement; (4) social development and interaction--students learn appropriate prosocial behaviors and leadership skills by participating in planned physical activities in which they develop an appreciation of self and others, experience independent and group work, and learn how to cooperate and compete with others in the achievement of common goals; (5) self-image and self-realization--students develop and maintain a positive self-image, value their personal identity, and have the opportunity to develop and display self-control, self-direction, and self-expression; and (6) individual excellence--students are encouraged to achieve high personal levels of performance by integrating psychosocial development, growth and development, and the humanities. The six sections of these standards are based on these goals; each section provides objectives and representative activities. (AMH) These Instructional Management Plans (IMPs) are designed to assist teacher-coordinators of cooperative industrial education (CIE) in the design of application experiences for each task of each core competency area. They are intended to help the CIE teacher-coordinator direct the learning of occupational competencies by helping the student-learners apply theory and classroom-learned skills to their particular job situations. The IMP should serve as a master plan for the CIE teacher-coordinator, training sponsor, and student-learner. The application experiences include classroom, on-the-job, and vocational student organization activities. They are in a format that will allow the CIE teacher-coordinator to reproduce the form and use the application experience in classroom instruction and evaluation. Each application experience is in this format: unit title, task, rating scale, and description of the application experience. Unit titles are career research and planning, computer awareness, employment orientation, human relations, income management, insurance, job application and interview, leadership development, legal responsibilities, private enterprise economics, occupational communications, occupational mathematics, occupational safety, social security, and tax responsibilities. (YLB) Increasing physical activity among America's youth is critical in helping to combat chronic diseases such as obesity and diabetes. Therefore, finding the right sporting activities for the youth is important, as is making appropriate biomechanical adjustments or behavior modifications that create a safer means of participation. In this article, the author reiterates his call to researchers, educators, and clinicians in Kinesiology and the allied health sciences to continue working collaboratively to identify predispositions to sports-related injuries, but also to develop strategies for transferring the evidence-based recommendations into curricula where it can have a greater impact. Since sport and exercise has become a fixture in the lives of young Americans, and has been identified as a "medicine" for combating chronic diseases, the burden of responsibility has fallen on the shoulders of the organizations like the National Academy of Kinesiology to help provide an environment that minimizes the risk of injury in all sports. Preventing injuries related to participation in sport must be a priority for the National Academy of Kinesiology, American College of Sports Medicine, National Athletic Trainers' Association, and other associations focused on "safely" promoting healthy and active lifestyle--while trying to avoid consequences of late-life degenerative diseases. The author suggests ways this can be accomplished. (Contains 2 tables.) Images of aging that appear in popular child/teen curricular materials used in church-related contexts were examined to determine how older adults are portrayed in words and pictures in these materials and what images of aging emerge. Materials from the following sources, randomly selected from those that had been checked out of the Ecumenical Resource Center of Richmond, Virginia, during August-September l989 were examined: Scripture Press, Accent, Bible Discovery (Presbyterian and Reformed Educational Ministry), and the God with Us program. Most of the images of older persons in the materials associated aging with sickness, physical disability, uselessness, wrinkled skin, ugliness, loneliness, poverty, need, lack of knowledge, and grouchiness. In only a few cases were older adults portrayed as strong, wise, and useful. In at least one example, aging was related to sinfulness. The study concluded that the prejudices found in these instructional materials contribute to limiting the view of children/teens toward aged people and perpetuate stereotypes that are not socially adequate. (KC) This teacher handbook provides recommended goals and objectives and suggested measures for competency-based courses in the vocational program area of trade and industrial education. A background and overview section contains the philosophy and rationale, discusses thinking skills and programs for exceptional children, and provides notes that explain how to read the goals, objectives, and measures and offer suggestions for student placement, textbook use, and activities. This specific information is then provided for a vocational education competency-based curriculum: purpose and overview (target groups, philosophy, curriculum planning and design) and course of study. For trade and industrial education, grades 9-12, are offered a program description, learning outcomes, and scope and sequence. These courses are included in the curriculum: aerospace, auto body repair, auto mechanics, cabinetmaking, carpentry, cosmetology, diesel mechanics, electrical trades, electronics, furniture, graphics and industrial communications, industrial cooperative training, machine shop, marine occupations, masonry, plumbing, sheet metal, small gasoline engines, tailoring, technical drafting, textiles, upholstery, and welding. Materials provided for each course include a topical outline and a one-page format for each competency goal that details grade level, skills/subject area, the competency goal, objective(s), and measure(s) (suggestions of ways in which students may demonstrate their ability to meet the objective). (YLB) This paper uses a narrative constructed from diary entries made over the course of a year teaching English as a platform for examining some of the political, economic, educational and socio-cultural contexts into which the Digital Education Revolution (DER) was launched as policy. It analyses the underlying imperatives, components and balance of the current educational reform agenda in Australia and how it might impact on English pedagogy and curriculum. In doing so it argues that the delivery of a reform program with considerable promise requires greater attention to the equilibrium of its constituent parts. Additionally it suggests that the priorities for the enacted curriculum in English classrooms are set according to the evaluation of content knowledge and more recently by the prescription of performance measurements of students' literacy and numeracy skills. Finally this paper argues that in order to support investment in the DER, the role of digital technology should be inscribed in National Curriculum documents relating to the study of English from the rationale through to assessment. A Dairy Foods Curriculum Packet and inservice training were provided to South Dakota high school agricultural education instructors. Instructors rated barriers to implementation of teaching dairy foods as "small to medium barriers." After curriculum distribution and inservice training, more than half of instructors indicated an increase in class time spent on dairy foods instruction. More than half of instructors taught a greater variety of dairy foods topics after receiving the curriculum. More than 1/3 of instructors who increased dairy foods instruction attributed 75% or more of their increase to the packet and inservice. High school dairy foods education can be enhanced by providing curriculum and training to instructors. Dairy foods education is necessary to ensure high school graduates are educated about dairy products and exposed to potential dairy science careers. In this paper, the authors explore what citizenship means in an age that is largely defined by consumption and when education--both within and outside of schools--has become increasingly commodified and commercialized. They raise questions regarding how citizens, publics, and axiological dispositions are formed and deformed by the parasitic relationship between market ideology and educational institutions, and they discuss the tensions between reproduction and possibility in acts of resistance to these constrained spaces. They also describe how the acquisitive society has taken rise via explorations of educational and sociological literature addressing consumerism in three primary arenas: (1) social life; (2) education; and (3) the individual psyche. In these spaces, they argue that the consumptive force of late capitalist social formations dismisses, undermines, and potentially colonizes the educational project of democracy. They conclude with their vision of the potential pedagogical interventions that can be developed despite the cultural ubiquity of problematic patterns and ideologies of consumption, based largely in the notion that Dewey's democratic utopia might not be completely lost, but rather displaced, deposited elsewhere in the cultural landscape and awaiting rediscovery. (Contains 4 notes.) The Pacific region is growing in worldwide importance in terms of politics, economics, and culture. The emergence of this area of the world provides an opportunity for new directions in social studies education. This book addresses the Pacific Rim issues from the viewpoints of educators from 9 Pacific nations: Australia, Canada, Fiji, Japan, Malaysia, People's Republic of China, Philippines, South Korea, and the United States. The book is divided into three sections: policy issues, curriculum issues, and classroom activities; each section is followed by an evaluative commentary on the section. The book contains 24 papers. (DB). Barry M. Franklin's new work uses the concept of community as a lens for interpreting urban school reform since 1960. Focusing on the curriculum and employing case studies, he applies the concept to reform initiatives in a number of city school systems. Included are compensatory education, community control, mayoral takeovers, educational partnerships, and smaller learning communities. This comprehensive work concludes with a consideration of how we can employ the concept of cosmopolitanism to change the idea of community for a twenty-first century, globalized world and its schools. The role of the nurse educator in curriculum design in the future is considered. Changing technology, shifts in patient care agencies, legislation and long-term care specialties in nursing are all factors that will have a significant impact on curricula. Plans for managing and utilizing various teaching methodologies will be an important role for the nurse educator. The following roles are discussed and the literature reviewed: leadership, goal-setting, motivation, perception, communication, power and political involvement, learning styles, teaching methodologies, and research. An outline of the paper is attached. 56 references. (KM) Background: The level of influence teachers have over changing developments in curricula to suit their individual schools is not matched by the influence they possess in the development of such curricula outside of the school context. Bernstein's model of the social construction of pedagogic discourse allows examination of the development, mediation and reproduction of curricula using three fields of knowledge production that he terms "primary", "recontextualising" and "secondary". Particular tensions emerge when teachers (secondary level) are expected to deliver a curriculum constructed by agents and agencies external to the school context (recontextualising level). Purpose: To examine teachers' view towards the process of a particular curriculum innovation in Scottish secondary school physical education (Higher Grade Physical Education, HGPE), the consequent subject content and the management of the subject in schools, in an attempt to identify factors that aided or hindered teachers from supporting and delivering HGPE. Participants and setting: Physical education teachers teaching in schools belonging to the largest local regional authority (at the time) in Scotland. Research design: A descriptive study aiming to examine physical education teachers' view towards the process of a particular curriculum innovation in school physical education. Data collection: A questionnaire for the attention of the physical education staff was sent to all 170 secondary schools in the chosen regional authority. The questionnaire set out to investigate teacher curriculum decision making, particularly in relation to how teachers read and interpreted issues related to HGPE. Data analysis: Analysis was completed by manually sorting, organising and indexing the data. Comparing, developing and describing the comments resulted in the analysis of comments under three headings: (1) the process of construction and the agents and agencies involved; (2) subject content and the level of prescription; and (3) management and delivery. Findings: It was evident that teachers wanted to receive considerably more specific central guidance related to the delivery of HGPE with less of an appreciation that the lack of central prescription offers teachers more professional freedom to develop courses that are more appropriate to their own specific contexts. There was also a lack of understanding as to the expected roles between the recontextualising agents and those operating in the secondary field. This lead to tensions in the level of support and provision provided to teachers on what was likely to produce an effective discourse and a lack of assistance and feedback concerning assessment. Conclusions: While it is evident that teachers were not central to curriculum planning and development in this instance, it could be interpreted that many teachers did not necessarily wish to be involved in the curriculum development process but were more concerned with receiving appropriate training and resources from central agencies. However, this does not excuse the need to involve teachers in curriculum planning and development, accepting that it is ultimately teachers who decide whether or not to implement an innovation. Teachers' insights into what aided or hindered supporting and delivering HGPE are valuable in determining what should be changed, and what should be preserved, in order to encourage teacher investment in curriculum developments. (Contains 1 figure.) This study was conducted for evaluation of existing MBBS curriculum (2002) of undergraduate medical education in Bangladesh. The specific objectives of this study were: i) to assess the subject wise course content coverage in the new MBBS curriculum, ii) to assess different examination system for evaluation of MBBS students, iii) to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching and learning activities under the curriculum, iv) to explore students opinions regarding improvement of new curriculum. This was a descriptive cross-sectional study. The study was conducted among the students of Dhaka medical colleges of Bangladesh in 2008. Data was collected by self administered structured questioner adopting convenient sampling method. About ninety percent students opined that the coverage of course content of subjects in the curriculum in Phase I was enough. In case of the subjects in phase II except community medicine more than four fifth of the students expressed their opinion about coverage of course content in the curriculum as enough. In case of phase III it was mentioned by most of the students that coverage of course content was enough. Study revealed that teaching methods were perceived suitable by about three fourth of the respondents, to achieve learning objectives. Most of the students expressed their positive views regarding practice of block posting teaching. More than three fourth of the students perceived that formative assessment was encouraging for students to become time bound learner and Structured Oral Examination (SOE) was fair on an average. Only 31(8.6%) of the respondents had opinion that Objective Structured Practical Examination (OSPE)/Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) was not well organized. About half of the students opined that 20% marks in written test should be allocated for Multiple Choice Question (MCQ). Students' suggestions regarding teaching were: there should be smaller group sessions; more interactive sessions; more clinical and practical sessions; more problem oriented sessions; more sessions with senior and experienced teachers; teachers should follow the curriculum properly; and should be well prepared for class. Regarding assessment suggestions were: written script of the formative examination should be returned to students with feedback; teachers should not be biased. Study recommended that training of the teachers on teaching methodology and assessment system is needed; teachers should provide feedback to the students according to the performance of the formative assessment at the individual level; to maintain the standards of assessment proper planning, designing, conduction and evaluation of assessment should be taken into consideration; subject wise review and updating is essential to make the curriculum more need based, user friendly and applicable considering context of Bangladesh. PMID:21522092 Social networks and communities are rapidly expanding and changing due to the accelerating pace of globalization. In this article, we examine new possibilities for the reform of curriculum and educational research in a way that is responsive to increasingly multicultural and global communities. Drawing on literatures in the areas of multicultural, global, and civic education, we conducted a critical qualitative case study of four elementary school teachers. The teachers, two in the United States and two in the United Kingdom, are known to be exemplary at synthesizing multicultural, global, and civic education. We, the two authors, one a female from China and the other a male from the United States, employed duoethnography methodology to utilize our different positionalities as researchers in our description, analysis and interpretation of the data. As the exemplary teachers in our study illustrate, education needs to be culturally responsive, socially just, well-integrated, and empowering. We conclude with findings that have implications for the reform of curriculum and educational research methodology. This guide explains how to incorporate a local area network (LAN) into the business education curriculum. The first section defines LAN, a communications system that links computers and other peripherals within an office or throughout nearby buildings and shares multiuser software and send and/or receive information. Curriculum planning considerations are discussed, followed by a discussion of four levels where networking is used in the curriculum: individual classes, electronic processes to network classes, networked systems incorporated in other classes and/or other schools, and curriculum support of school administration needs. The introductory course outline consists of two sections: (1) Introduction to Electronic Communications--basic communication skills, communication modes, and applied communications; and (2) LAN Software Functions--electronic mail, electronic filing, electronic calendars/scheduling, and electronic conferencing. Student application exercises are described next. They cover the following topics: (1) Electronic Mail--messages, memoranda/business notes, and document suggestions; (2) Electronic Filing, (3) Electronic Calendaring, and (4) Electronic Conferencing. Five appendixes are included: selected list of 78 publications; list of 103 simulations by publishers; 9 computer activities (banking and finance); Sports Spectrum electronic files; and proposed software using Sports Spectrum flow-of-work simulation. (NLA) The term "curriculum" has been used almost exclusively in educational circles to refer to plans for the conduct of learning lessons in school classrooms. This paper argues that the concept can be productively expanded to describe learning processes in workplaces, including those in which learning is not the intentional outcome of an interaction. The article first reviews conventional conceptions of curriculum, and then draws on theories of cognition and learning base in phenomenology, symbolic interactionism and situated learning to identify some of the features of a naturally-occurring curriculum in the workplace: the socio-technical and pragmatic elements of the knowledge used in the work environment, the classification and framing of knowledge-use, and the extent to which participants are expected to use the various forms of knowledge. That is, curriculum is essentially a socially-constructed ordering of the knowledge-use in a social context. These concepts are applied to two settings in which high school interns were supposed to be learning something: a history museum and a veterinary clinic. This article discusses theoretical underpinnings, teaching strategies, and preliminary evaluation relative to the development of a reflective curriculum used in our distance-accessible graduate psychiatric nursing program. Influenced by the collective ideas of J. Dewey (1993), J. Reed and S. Proctor (1993), D. A. Kolbe (1984), J. Mezirow (1981), C. Johns (2006), D. Schön (1983), D. Freshwater (2008), and others who have promoted reflection as a transformative teaching and learning process, we sought to develop a curriculum that balanced knowledge and skill acquisition with critical reflective practices that would instill habits of lifelong learning. We began with traditional approaches to psychiatric nursing education, including case study analysis and modified lectures that we call mini lectures. We then added principles and practices of reflection to allow for merging these traditional approaches with contemporary reflection-focused approaches. Specific ways to use reflection in a graduate psychiatric nursing curriculum are described to demonstrate how we have taken our curriculum beyond traditional ways of teaching and learning toward one that emphasizes building knowledge and skill through reflective practice. PMID:22999029 This guide is intended to assist vocational English as a second language (VESL) instructors in teaching courses in carpentry and the culinary arts to residents of Navajo reservations. The first section outlines the rationale and content of the two training programs as well as the basic VESL objectives that they seek to address. The next section, a VESL learning guide, discusses the main principles of the ESL method, learning characteristics of ESL students, the ESL learning environment, curriculum development, teaching techniques (including survival and competency-based methods, the notional-functional approach, use of the world outside the classroom, and total physical response), student assessment, and placement levels. Educational goals and curriculum design are covered next. The carpentry curriculum includes 25 units that are intended to provide students with hands-on and classroom instruction in the identification, proper handling, care, and maintenance of trade tools and equipment; the fundamental processes and techniques of the carpentry trade; applicable codes and safety practices; and blueprint reading and job estimation techniques. The culinary arts curriculum teaches professional cooking skills in a 43-week, 40-hour-per-week program that includes 215 hours of culinary arts instruction, 42 hours each of classroom English and basic math, and 1,421 hours of programmed kitchen laboratory instruction. Both curricula include behavioral objectives, instructional outlines, learning activities, and quizzes. A bibliography of additional resources is included. (MN) The Bethel Theological Seminary (St. Paul, Minnesota) sought to analyze the viability of the curriculum for ministers and persons in related occupations, and to consider an outcomes-based approach to curriculum restructuring. A model was developed to assess the effectiveness of seminary curricula in light of the realities of ministry among practicing clergy. Development of the model involved a survey to identify the tasks and time utilization of practicing clergy. Steps in the model included: develop cross-discipline agreement on outcomes to be sought; seek feedback from alumni, pastors, and denominational leaders; meet with pastors for integration focus group interaction; revise outcomes statements and develop a recommendation for faculty review; develop objectives, instructional strategies, and testing procedures to support the achievement of outcomes; implement the revised curriculum, test its effectiveness, and use evaluation data to refine the effectiveness of the core curriculum. The survey of 807 pastors, with 86% responding, gathered data on attitudes toward ministry and the functions of ministry. Factor analysis was used to determine the relative importance of categories of ministerial effectiveness, such as personal spiritual faith and integrity, outreach, counseling, and Christian compassion. Ministers also rated their level of involvement in counseling, preaching, evangelism, worship, education, administration, information, and personal development activities. (JDD) Objective To design and implement an interactive education program to improve the skill and confidence of community pharmacists in providing pharmaceutical services to people with mental illnesses. Design A literature review was conducted and key stakeholders were consulted to design a partnership that involved community pharmacists and consumer educators. The partnership was designed so that all participants shared equal status. This facilitated mutual recognition of each others' skills. Assessment Four 2-hour training sessions were conducted over a 2-week period in March 2005. Seven pharmacists, 5 consumer educators, and 1 caregiver educator participated in the partnership. Pharmacists indicated that their participation caused them to reflect on their own medication counseling techniques. Consumer educators reported that speaking about their experiences aided their recovery. Conclusion Developing a better understanding and improved communication between community pharmacists and people with mental illnesses is an important aspect of facilitating a concordant approach to patient counseling. Implementing mental health education programs utilizing consumer educators in pharmacy schools is a promising area for further research. Educational consortiums possess significant academic and financial benefits. A faculty shortage has had an impact on subspecialty educational programs including nurse anesthesia. This column describes a collaborative "consortium" model of 3 individual nurse anesthesia educational programs located in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, area. The Philadelphia Area Nurse Anesthesia Educational Programs' Shared Curriculum Consortium provides high quality, didactic education; decreased overall program administrative costs; and offers each participating program the ability to explore opportunities for continued growth. PMID:20977124 Food safety education is most effective when messages are targeted toward changing behaviors most likely to result in foodborne illness. The five major control factors for pathogens are personal hygiene, adequate cooking, avoiding cross-contamination, keeping food at safe temperatures, and avoiding foods from unsafe sources. Pathogens associated with poor personal hygiene have the highest incidence and costs. Inadequate cooking and Research shows that educators are not prepared to address real life issues such as substance abuse, HIV/AIDS, and bullying in the classroom. Yet, students with learning disabilities remain vulnerable to each of these pressing life issues. The purpose of the current study was to determine whether the curriculum infusion (CI) model increased the confidence of special educators in addressing real life issues and whether CI training altered their beliefs about their role in prevention education. This paper describes the key components of a higher education training program in CI. The paper also reports the results of pre- and posttest data collected from students who participated in two undergraduate-level courses and one graduate-level course. Findings indicate that the CI methodology positively impacted preservice teacher beliefs concerning the importance of addressing real life issues in instructional plans. (Contains 2 tables.) Curriculum guidelines for the education of primary care practitioners (PCPs) about AIDS and AIDS-related disorders have been developed by the National Fund for Medical Education (NFME). The guidelines resulted from a modified Delphi authority opinion survey with two iterations and have been edited by the authors. The guidelines are intended to support local educational programming in hospitals, medical schools, HMOs, health departments, and other entities that provide educational services to physicians and nurses. The guidelines are intended to be flexible so as to support programs directed at issues of particular local interest as well as more general programs. The guidelines are divided into 12 modules and cover epidemiologic, scientific, clinical, social, and economic issues related to AIDS and HIV infection. NFME will provide, on request, a list of potential faculty who can teach the various modules. PMID:2340190 This essay review focuses on Daisaku Ikeda (b. 1928) and his curriculum of Soka, or value-creating, education present in two works: "Choose Life: A Dialogue" (Toynbee & Ikeda, 1976) and "Thoughts on Education for Global Citizenship" (Ikeda, 1996b). In reviewing these works, the authors trace the biographical roots of Ikeda's educational philosophy to his encounter with Josei Toda (1900-1958) and to the overwhelming concerns he has grappled with since childhood about the forces that ravaged his youth and family life; the authors also examine Ikeda's concept of value-creating education relative to value-creating pedagogy theorized by Tsunesaburo Makiguchi (1981-1988) and suggest that Ikeda's curriculum of Soka education is comprised of three key principles that also serve as its processes and goals--dialogue, global citizenship, and "human education" in the mentor-disciple relationship. The authors conclude with the implications of Ikeda's curriculum of Soka education and of the two reviewed works. This booklet offers guidelines for the consumer interested in buying solar systems. It should help the homeowner considering the use of solar energy for space heating and cooling and domestic water heating to make informed decisions based on geographic location, type of home, quality of insulation, present energy costs, and type of solar system intended for purchase. It is hoped that these guidelines will eliminate a good many risks in purchasing solar equipment and protect the consumer against possible fraud and deception. It includes engineering terms used to evaluate or describe solar products. In this paper, based on the technology acceptance model (TAM) we explore the influencing factors of consumer intention towards web group buying. We took back 224 questionnaires. The samples are students and staff in the company, who are the typical web group buying consumers. We use correlation analysis and regression analysis to analyze the questionnaire data and test the hypothesis The project ìconsumer perception and buying behavior (the pasta studyî) is basically measures the development of perception through different variables and identify those factors which stimulate buying decision of consumer. Among various variables which effect consumer buying pattern I choose AWARENESS and AVAILABILITY of the product as two main variables which have strong effect on popularity and sale of pasta product. As my research is totally based on qualitative method thatís why I choose quota sampling technique and collect data by interviewing house wives resides in different areas of Karachi. The reason of choosing only house wives as respondent is that house wives can give true insight factors which hinder the popularity of pasta products in Pakistan. Focus group discussions have been conducted to extract findings. 30 house wives have been interviewed and their responses have been analyzed. Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate how young Chinese consumers' money attitudes influence their compulsive buying behavior. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – In total, 303 undergraduate students from Tianjin and Ningbo (two major cities in coastal China) answered a self-administered questionnaire. Findings – Money attitudes were found to significantly affect young Chinese consumers' compulsive buying behaviour. Specifically, the Retention-Time Despite numerous studies reporting on organic consumer profiles, little is known on consumers motivations for buying local and organic products. More precisely, do consumers prefer local products because they want to support local producers or do environment and the question of food miles matter in their choice ? Besides, very little is known about organic consumers in developing countries, since As many consumers have possessed a high-quality Internet access, the market scale of e-travel service business showed rapid growth. The convenience and anonymity of Internet shopping increase opportunities for e-impulse buying. However, most previous studies focused on the effect of website design characteristics on online impulsive buying behavior, and few explored such behavior from consumer individual internal factor perspectives. Therefore, The object of this study was to increase knowledge on the user groups of convenience foods, the use of convenience foods and factors affecting their use. The answer to the key question — 'Why does a consumer buy convenience food?' — was sought from the results of earlier research and by means of an extensive survey study aimed at consumers. Based on the economics theory of information and the transaction utility theory, this paper shows how the market price dispersion affects a consumer's intention to join group-buying transactions using the transaction utility, which compares the consumer's internal reference price and the predicted final price of group buying. The experimental data show that consumers consistently perceive a higher internal reference price We elicit willingness-to-pay information for similar food products that differ only in their content of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Participants in the experiment are a demographically representative sample of French consumers. 35% of participants are unwilling to purchase products made with GMOs, 23% are indifferent or value the presence of GMOs, and 42% are willing to purchase them if they Consumers in Arizona are showing increased interest in solar electric systems for their homes and businesses. This booklet provides basic information about buying a PV system. Photovoltaic (PV) systems are reliable, pollution free, and use a renewable source of energy-the sun. A PV system can be a substantial investment and careful planning will help ensure that you make the right decisions. There are many factors effecting consumer buying behaviours in urban areas of the People's Republic of China during recent years. These factors and their results are of growing importance in the increasingly global marketplace within which most companies are beginning to compete. Just some of the rapidly changing drivers of this change are the Chinese one-child policy, higher average incomes A consumer intercept survey was conducted to evaluate consumers' attitude and awareness, as well as their willingness to accept irradiated food products. The primary data for this analysis were collected in Spring 2001. A low level of awareness of food irradiation exists despite the recent increase in news stories about irradiation technology. This study reveals that most consumers are not familiar with irradiation technology, which attributes to the fact that the public is very ambivalent in their decisions regarding irradiated foods. Education programs seem to have positive effects on shaping consumer opinion about irradiation, which can improve the safety of food products. Thus, the results of this study provide useful information required for the development and implementation of effective consumer educational programs. The study identifies the current profiles of consumers who are willing to purchase irradiated food products and who are willing to pay a premium for irradiated beef products in the marketplace. A number of socio-economic variables were hypothesized to be related to consumer willingness to buy and pay more for irradiated beef. The estimates of willingness to buy were obtained using a probit model. Willingness to pay more for irradiated food products was estimated using ordered probit with a sample selection model. Standard errors of the marginal effects of the ordered probit model were estimated using the bootstrap method. About 80% of the respondents were willing to purchase irradiated beef products and about 58% were willing to pay a premium for irradiated beef. This finding suggests that those who think that improper handling contributes to food poisoning are more likely to buy and pay a premium of 50 cents per pound for irradiated beef than others. Those who trust the irradiation technology are also more likely to purchase and pay a premium of between 5 to 50 cents per pound for irradiated beef. The results of this study provide information important not only to food retailers, but also to other players in the supply chain. This paper analyses the impact of a priori identified determinants on stated willingness to change usual place of shopping in order to be able to buy more animal welfare friendly food products of consumers in nine European Union countries. We used Eurobarometer data and structural equation models with observed and latent variables. The results show that the ranking of determinants' impact on the behavioural willingness is similar in the majority of models, with access to information as the strongest determinant, followed by perceived responsibility of consumers and education with strong influence, then by labelling and occupation with lower impact and ending with children, with the lowest influence. This study aims to provide some evidence on the relationship between welfare friendly behavioural willingness and information and labelling issues, amongst other determinants, in the European Union. As both access to information and perception of welfare labelling were found to significantly influence the behavioural willingness, this might suggest the need for the European Union to invest more in improving the welfare labelling system, enhance the welfare information available to the public and improve access to it through measures such as welfare education campaigns. PMID:22127269 This study examined attitudinal and behavioral differences between internal and external locus of control (LOC) consumers on credit card misuse, the importance of money, and compulsive buying. Using multiple analysis of variance and separate analyses of variance, internal LOC consumers were found to have lower scores on credit card misuse and attitudes toward money than external LOC consumers. External LOC consumers were found to have scores closer to compulsive buying behaviors. Chi-square test of independence revealed that the proportion of external LOC consumers classified as compulsive buyers was significantly higher than the proportion of internal LOC consumers classified as compulsive buyers. (Contains 5 tables.) Information and exercises are provided in this learning module to increase students' awareness of and effectiveness in their role as consumers. The module, which is written at an elementary level, covers eight topics related to consumer affairs: (1) finding an apartment through newspaper classified advertisements and other sources and signing a lease agreement; (2) buying a house and transferring the title from seller to buyer; (3) choosing and financing a mobile home; (4) buying a car, financing it, securing automobile insurance, and performing preventative auto maintenance; (5) planning for grocery, clothing, furniture, and appliance purchases; (6) using sales catalogs as an alternative means of shopping; (7) judiciously utilizing telephone and door-to-door sales; and (8) avoiding consumer rip-offs, such as false advertising, fraudulent home and personal improvement schemes, automobile repairs that are not completed, sympathy appeals, free offers, and debt consolidation programs. For each topic, the module provides informational texts and suggestions, as well as exercises and activities designed to reinforce student learning. A glossary and an exercise answer key are provided. (JP) A substantial number of studies has already investigated differences within the consumer market with regard to attitudes and perceptions in relation to farm animal welfare. Likewise, several studies focused on the gap that exists between positive attitudes and reported consumption or purchase intentions for sustainable food products in general and higher welfare products more specific, and on the factors influencing this attitude-behavior gap. Little or no studies, however, have started from reported pro-welfare behavior to distinguish between consumer groups and to explore the motivations of the respective behavior. With this study, we aim to group consumers according to their reported buying frequency of higher welfare eggs and higher welfare chicken meat. Similarities and dissimilarities between these groups are mapped in terms of individual characteristics, product attribute importance, perceived consumer effectiveness, perception of higher welfare products, and attitude toward a welfare label. The research methodology applied was a quantitative study with cross-sectional consumer survey data collected in Flanders in spring 2007 (n = 469). Pro-welfare behavior was unevenly distributed across different consumer segments, despite a general interest and concern for bird welfare. A consistent choice for standard (no welfare premium) poultry products was related to strong perceived price and availability barriers, to a low importance attached to ethical issues as product attributes, and to a low perceived consumer effectiveness. A consistent choice for products with higher welfare standards to the contrast associated with a high importance attached to ethical issues; a low effect of price and availability perception; a strong association of higher welfare products with product attributes like health, taste, and quality; and a high perceived consumer effectiveness. The identification of market segments with common characteristics is essential for positioning higher welfare products and developing effective communication strategies. Finally, a welfare label emerged as an appropriate communication vehicle for consumers who engage in pro-welfare behavior and who experienced the label as a solution to lower the search costs for higher welfare products. PMID:19903971 The purpose of this paper is to examine the extent to which the Treaty on European Union agreed at Maastricht will alter European Community consumer protection law and policy. Two aspects of the Treaty have attracted most interest from the consumer viewpoint: the potential forward impetus resulting from the inclusion in the Treaty of a specific Title devoted to consumer The aim of the overall project is to understand in depth the behavioural process of parents with respect to organic food. Its main objectives are to identify: beliefs, with respect to organic food, of parents who buy and do not buy organic food; the positive as well as negative attitudes towards organic food of those who buy and do not Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to explore the values that underlie consumers purchasing decisions of organic food. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – The paper draws on data from focus groups and laddering interviews with a total of 181 regular and occasional consumers of organic food that were contrasted with survey results of other studies. Findings – The results show that 2012 Meet Your Vegetables Tasting Booth Internship Objectives Primary To encourage Market customers to buy and consume more fresh fruits and vegetables. To educate Market customers about the health benefits of fresh fruits and vegetables. To teach Market customers tips for easy storage and preparation Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the importance of wine's region of origin in the consumer wine-buying decision-making process in the Australian domestic market. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – Data collection takes place by means of a self-administered and online approach in tandem utilising a highly structured questionnaire completed by wine consumers. The sample is limited to three groups This paper presents the combined mid-term findings of the consumer research components of two EU Sixth Framework Programme integrated projects concerning meat, ProSafeBeef and Q-PorkChains. The consumer pillar of ProSafeBeef carried out eight focus group discussions in May 2008, in France, Germany, Spain and the UK. Q-PorkChains conducted a large-scale, web-based, consumer survey in January 2008 in Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Greece and Poland. The first project provides a set of qualitative data from a small cohort of focus groups and the second a set of quantitative data from a larger consumer sample. This paper draws together the main findings of both projects and provides a comprehensive overview of European citizens' and consumers' attitudes towards and preferences regarding beef and pork. In general, consumers consider meat to be a healthy and important component of the diet. Consumers support the development of technologies that can improve the health attributes of meat products and guarantee eating quality, but they have a negative view of what they see to be excessive manipulation and lack of naturalness in the production and processing of beef products. In the Q-PorkChains study consumer and citizen segments are identified and profiled. Consumer segments were built upon the frequency and variety of pork consumption. The citizen segments were built upon their attitudes towards pig production systems. Overall, the relationship between individuals' views as citizens and their behaviour as consumers was found to be quite weak and did not appear to greatly or systematically influence meat-buying habits. Future studies in both projects will concentrate on consumers' acceptance of innovative meat product concepts and products, with the aim of boosting consumer trust and invigorating the European beef and pork industries. PMID:20374787 Beef packaging can influence consumer perceptions of beef. Although consumer perceptions and acceptance are considered to be among the most limiting factors in the application of new technologies, there is a lack of knowledge about the acceptability to consumers of beef packaging systems aimed at improved safety. This paper explores European consumers' acceptance levels of different beef packaging technologies. An online consumer survey was conducted in five European countries (n=2520). Acceptance levels among the sample ranged between 23% for packaging releasing preservative additives up to 73% for vacuum packaging. Factor analysis revealed that familiar packaging technologies were clearly preferred over non-familiar technologies. Four consumer segments were identified: the negative (31% of the sample), cautious (30%), conservative (17%) and enthusiast (22%) consumers, which were profiled based on their attitudes and beef consumption behaviour. Differences between consumer acceptance levels should be taken into account while optimising beef packaging and communicating its benefits. PMID:21543160 OBJECTIVE: The involvement of consumers in the development of dietary guidelines has been promoted by national and international bodies. Yet, few best practice guidelines have been established to assist with such involvement. DESIGN: Qualitative semi-structured interviews explored stakeholders' beliefs about consumer involvement in dietary guideline development. SETTING: Interviews were conducted in six European countries: the Czech Republic, Germany, Norway, Serbia, Spain and the UK. SUBJECTS: Seventy-seven stakeholders were interviewed. Stakeholders were grouped as government, scientific advisory body, professional and academic, industry or non-government organisations. Response rate ranged from 45 % to 95 %. RESULTS: Thematic analysis was conducted with the assistance of NVivo qualitative software. Analysis identified two main themes: (i) type of consumer involvement and (ii) pros and cons of consumer involvement. Direct consumer involvement (e.g. consumer organisations) in the decision-making process was discussed as a facilitator to guideline communication towards the end of the process. Indirect consumer involvement (e.g. consumer research data) was considered at both the beginning and the end of the process. Cons to consumer involvement included the effect of vested interests on objectivity; consumer disinterest; and complications in terms of time, finance and technical understanding. Pros related to increased credibility and trust in the process. CONCLUSIONS: Stakeholders acknowledged benefits to consumer involvement during the development of dietary guidelines, but remained unclear on the advantage of direct contributions to the scientific content of guidelines. In the absence of established best practice, clarity on the type and reasons for consumer involvement would benefit all actors. PMID:23182406 Wine is particularly suited to various dimensions of the internet and hence creating a brand image that will attract and retain consumers is the conundrum of the online wine retailers. This article outlines the findings of a primary ‘field’ research study with a final sample size of 1377 using an online-administered structured questionnaire to obtain information about behavioural and motivational Health claims on food products are often used as a means to highlight scientifically proven health benefits associated with consuming those foods. But do consumers understand and trust health claims? This paper provides an overview of recent research on consumers and health claims including attitudes, understanding and purchasing behaviour. A majority of studies investigated selective product-claim combinations, with ambiguous findings apart from consumers' self-reported generic interest in health claims. There are clear indications that consumer responses differ substantially according to the nature of carrier product, the type of health claim, functional ingredient used or a combination of these components. Health claims tend to be perceived more positively when linked to a product with an overall positive health image, whereas some studies demonstrate higher perceived credibility of products with general health claims (e.g. omega-3 and brain development) compared to disease risk reduction claims (e.g. bioactive peptides to reduce risk of heart disease), others report the opposite. Inconsistent evidence also exists on the correlation between having a positive attitude towards products with health claims and purchase intentions. Familiarity with the functional ingredient and/or its claimed health effect seems to result in a more favourable evaluation. Better nutritional knowledge, however, does not automatically lead to a positive attitude towards products carrying health messages. Legislation in the European Union requires that the claim is understood by the average consumer. As most studies on consumers' understanding of health claims are based on subjective understanding, this remains an area for more investigation. PMID:22385589 In "Buying Green," Joe Layng recognizes that, like all choices we make, our decisions as consumers are more likely to be influenced by their short-term consequences for us as individuals (price, quality) than they are by their long-term consequences for society (environmental impact). He believes that the equation can be tilted in favor of greener choices by giving consumers immediate access to reliable information about a product's environmental impact at the point of purchase and proposes a way to do just that. Marketing educators have long recognized the value of engendering students' deep learning of course content via experiential pedagogies. In this article, the authors describe a semester-long, team-based retail audit project that is structured to elicit active student engagement with consumer behavior course material via concrete, hands-on, real-world experience. For the project, students form teams to organize and conduct an observational audit of a live retail setting. In the process of completing the project, students engage with course content on their own, with their team members, and importantly, within a focal store environment, thus experiencing for themselves the effects of that content on their own shopping behavior, as well as that of others. Compelled by the project's active pedagogy to engage in discovery, students learn not only the "what" and "why" of marketing concepts, strategies, and techniques but also "how to" implement them. Anchored in conceptual perspectives relevant to the project, the article explains the components and structure of the project and explicates its key benefits with an emphasis on the students' perspectives. The article includes results of qualitative and quantitative analyses that support the effectiveness of the project and suggests future directions for extending pedagogical research in this area. (Contains 2 tables.) This study aims to identify the factors that affect consumers purchasing behaviour towards food products that are free from Genetic Modified Organism (GM Free) in a European Region and more precisely in the Prefecture of Drama-Kavala-Xanthi. Field interviews conducted in a random selected sample consisted of 337 consumers in the cities of Drama, Kavala, Xanthi, in November and December of 2009. Principal components analysis (PCA) was conducted in order to identify the factors that affect people in preferring consuming products that are GM Free. The factors that influence people in the study area to buy GM Free products are: (a) products' certification as GM Free or organic products, (b) interest about the protection of the environment and nutrition value, (c) marketing issues, and (d) price and quality. Furthermore, cluster and discriminant analysis identified two groups of consumers: (a) those are influenced by the product price, quality and marketing aspects and (b) those are interested in product's certification and environmental protection. Non parametric statistical bivariate techniques were performed to profile the identified groups of consumers regarding their personal characteristics and some other factors affecting their buying behaviour. PMID:21718730 Until recently consumers and consumer-interests have been virtually absent not only from the rules of copyright but also from\\u000a copyright’s discourse. This has been so even though the combination of an expansion of copyright and a devaluation of the\\u000a internal balancing mechanisms raise concern from a consumer perspective. There would, therefore, seem to be a need to incorporate\\u000a a consumer Interviews with 48 consumers found that they desired moderate to high levels of corporate social responsibility (CSR). Precontemplators (n=16) did not base purchasing on CSR and contemplators (n=11) only moderately. The action group (n=8) had stronger beliefs about CSR but did not always purchase accordingly. Maintainers (n=9) practiced socially responsible consumer behavior. (Contains 42 references.) (SK) in order to avoid martensite and avoid the risk of brittle fracture. Weld metal yield strengths therefore cancellation relies on the solidÂ-state transformation of the weld metal into bainite or martensite available martensitic stainless steel welding consum- ables, and it has been demonstrated that the use Although tomato flavor has not been a major goal for breeders, nowadays it becomes important as it is a subject of consumer complaint. A better knowledge of tomato consumer preferences, at the European level, should provide the basis for improvement of fruit quality and for market segmentation. In the framework of a large European project, 806 consumers from 3 countries, The Netherlands, France, and Italy, were presented with a set of 16 varieties representing the diversity of fresh tomato offer in order to evaluate their preferences. In parallel, sensory profiles were constructed by expert panels in each country. Preference maps were then constructed in each country revealing the structure of consumer preferences and allowing identification of the most important characteristics. Then a global analysis revealed that preferences were quite homogeneous across countries. This study identified the overall flavor and firmness as the most important traits for improving tomato fruit quality. It showed that consumer preferences from different European countries, with different cultures and food practices, are segmented following similar patterns when projected onto a common referential plan. Moreover, the results clearly showed that diversification of taste and texture is required to satisfy all consumers' expectations as some consumers preferred firm tomatoes, while others preferred melting ones and were more or less demanding in terms of sweetness and flavor intensity. Detailed comparisons also showed the importance of the fruit appearance in consumer preference. PMID:21535628 Background Consumer perception of the healthiness of beef is an important determinant of beef consumption. However, little is known about how consumers perceive the healthiness of beef. The aim of this study is to shed light on the associations between beef and health. Methods Eight focus group discussions were conducted in four European countries (France, UK, Germany, Spain), each consisting of seven to nine participants. A content analysis was performed on the transcripts of these discussions. Results Although beef was generally perceived as healthful, focus group participants expected positive as well as negative effects of beef consumption on their health. Labelled, branded, fresh and lean beef were perceived as signalling healthful beef, in contrast with further processed and packaged beef. Consumers felt that their individual choices could make a difference with respect to the healthiness of beef consumed. Focus group participants were not in favour of improving beef healthiness during processing, but rather focussed on appropriate consumption behaviour and preparation methods. Conclusions The individual responsibility for health implies that consumers should be able to make correct judgements about how healthful their food is. However, the results of this study indicate that an accurate assessment of beef healthiness is not always straightforward. The presented results on consumer perceptions of beef healthiness provide insights into consumer decision making processes, which are important for the innovation and product differentiation in the European beef sector, as well as for public health policy decisions related to meat consumption in general and beef consumption in particular. When it came time to buy the next-generation data storage system for the Mission Control Center at Johnson Space Center, we asked our contractor who provides Control Center support to come up with a solution that would consolidate three current storage systems, as well as provide additional capability and functionality - all without spending vast amounts of money. Eventually, the contractor's report arrived at my office. To my great disappointment, the proposed system came along with a multi-million dollar price tag. And, even more disappointing, the system relied on the same technology we already had in place and wouldn't deliver much additional functionality. It was clear that we needed to come up with a better solution-the best we could buy. But how do you buy the best technology, when you don't even know what technology is out there? Technology product procurement can be a daunting task for a college or university--especially a smaller institution--to accomplish alone. Perhaps this is why schools are tackling it by banding together. When it comes to purchasing technology, a little help from friends is the key to economies of scale, which frequently net schools the best bargains available. Simply put: Buying in bulk can offer significant advantages. Over the years, a number of consortia have experienced these benefits firsthand. In the Midwest, the Wisconsin Association of Independent Colleges and Universities buys laptops as a unit, and distributes the hardware among its 20 member schools. In Appalachia, via the Maryland Independent College and University Association and the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, educators do the same with other technologies. In fact, each of these academic federations spend millions on technology every year. But without the consortium approach they have adopted, the individual schools that comprise each of them would be spending a great deal more. In this article, the author explores the realities of technology purchasing consortia by talking with prominent leaders of two such organizations: (1) the Claremont University Consortium in California; and (2) the Massachusetts Higher Education Consortium (MHEC). While Claremont is a relatively small consortium consisting of seven schools, MHEC is mammoth, comprising 83 schools, with more to come. Across both consortia, many campus leaders hail the pros of the collaborative buying approach, while some are keenly aware of the cons. Still, there is no disputing that consortium buying has changed the face of procurement forever. Perhaps two heads really are better than one. Access to reliable exposure data is essential for the evaluation of the toxicological safety of ingredients in cosmetic products. This study complements the data set obtained previously (Part 1) and published in 2007 by the European cosmetic industry acting within COLIPA. It provides, in distribution form, exposure data on daily quantities of five cosmetic product types: hair styling, hand cream, liquid foundation, mouthwash and shower gel. In total 80,000 households and 14,413 individual consumers in five European countries provided information using their own products. The raw data were analysed using Monte Carlo simulation and a European Statistical Population Model of exposure was constructed. A significant finding was an inverse correlation between the frequency of product use and the quantity used per application recorded for mouthwash and shower gel. The combined results of Part 1 (7 product types) and Part 2 (5 products) reported here, bring up to date and largely confirm the current exposure parameters concerning some 95% of the estimated daily exposure to cosmetics use in the EU. The design of this study, with its relation to demographic and individual diversity, could serve as a model for studies of populations' exposure to other consumer products. PMID:21093525 Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the impact of consumers' health beliefs, health involvement, and risk perception on fish consumption behaviour in five European countries. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – Cross-sectional data were collected through a pan-European consumer survey (n=4,786) with samples representative for age and region in Belgium, The Netherlands, Denmark, Spain and Poland. First, the cross-cultural validity The cost of thermographic information obtained by contracting for a service is compared to that of buying equipment and doing the work in-house. A breakeven analysis method is used to find the number of days per year an instrument must be used to justify buying it. Life-cycle costing techniques are used to find the equivalent annual cost of various classes of thermographic instruments. Results indicate that a full-time person earning $20,000 annually must use a $30,000 instrument at least 73 days per year if thermography can otherwise be contracted for $675 per day. By devoting a person to thermography part-time, the number of inspection days for this case can be reduced to about 28. Further in-house advantage can be gained by considering investment tax credits, salvage value and, to some extent, accelerated depreciation. Techniques for finding the breakeven number of inspection days for other costs are developed. A nomogram is included for rapid comparisons. Since the European Medicines Agency was created in 1995, it has engaged in dialogue with its various stakeholders, including patients and other representatives of civil society. The establishment of the Patients' and Consumers' Working Party represented a key step forward in the formalization of this interaction. The working party has played a crucial role in facilitating the integration of patients and consumers in various regulatory activities. This article describes how this group operates and gives a detailed overview of the interaction between the agency and the patients' and consumers' organizations focusing on the main achievements to date. PMID:20539145 In late September 2010, Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) issued their verdict on European Commission proposals aimed at lifting the ban on pharmaceutical companies communicating directly with the general public about prescription drugs. The MEPs were able to limit the scope of some of the more harmful aspects of these proposals, in particular by proposing that drug regulatory agencies should pre-screen the "information" produced by drug companies before it is made available to the public. In December 2010, faced with ongoing opposition from European Member States, the Commission appeared to back down, announcing that it was drawing up "amended proposals". They were publicly released in February 2012 but still leave the door open to direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription drugs, particularly "reminder advertising". As of 4 July 2012, the amended proposals had not yet been examined by Member States, thus obstructing the legislative process. Public health and management of the costs of social services for Member States are at stake. The Medicines in Europe Forum (MiEF) and the International Society of Drug Bulletins (ISDB) urge Member States to continue to refuse to examine the Commission's proposals, and have drawn up concrete counterproposals that would enable the general public to obtain relevant health information. PMID:23373084 Purpose: The primary purpose of this study was to investigate whether there were differences between European and African American vocational rehabilitation consumers' perceptions of the barriers they experience towards obtaining employment. A secondary purpose was to determine whether there were differences in these perceptions based upon gender or educational background. Method: The perceived barriers to employment success of 189 consumers of a state-federal vocational rehabilitation agency were evaluated using the Barriers to Success Inventory (BESI) between 2004-2007. Univariate (ANOVA) and multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) were used to investigate the effects of three independent variables (gender, ethnicity and educational background) on five dependent variables. The five dependent variables include the BESI Personal and Financial scale, the Emotional and Physical scale, the Career Decision-Making and Planning scale, the Job-Seeking and Knowledge scale, and the Training and Education scale. Results: The results indicate that African American consumers perceived significantly more barriers to obtaining a job or succeeding in employment than their Euro-American counterparts for all five dependent scale variables. Conclusions: African American participants' primary perceived barriers relate to practical matters, such as having sufficient education or training for the type of job sought, childcare, transportation, medical care, housing, and financial resources. (Contains 4 tables.) An increasing number of private companies are now offering direct-to-consumer (DTC) genetic testing services. Although a lot of attention has been devoted to the regulatory framework of DTC genetic testing services in the USA, only limited information about the regulatory framework in Europe is available. We will report on the situation with regard to the national legislation on DTC genetic testing in seven European countries (Belgium, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Portugal, France, Germany, the United Kingdom). The paper will address whether these countries have legislation that specifically address the issue of DTC genetic testing or have relevant laws that is pertinent to the regulatory control of these services in their countries. The findings show that France, Germany, Portugal and Switzerland have specific legislation that defines that genetic tests can only be carried out by a medical doctor after the provision of sufficient information concerning the nature, meaning and consequences of the genetic test and after the consent of the person concerned. In the Netherlands, some DTC genetic tests could fall under legislation that provides the Minister the right to refuse to provide a license to operate if a test is scientifically unsound, not in accordance with the professional medical practice standards or if the expected benefit is not in balance with the (potential) health risks. Belgium and the United Kingdom allow the provision of DTC genetic tests. PMID:22274578 \\u000a The threshold of group-buying is low, so the group-buying develops very fast. But at the same time, there are many goods which\\u000a have low price and high quality service which is false to get the network users’ trust. Therefore, consumers should keep a\\u000a clear head and avoiding straying into the trap of business, the website of group-buying should strengthen self-construction In her recent article, “Does autonomy count in favor of labeling genetically modified food?,” Kirsten Hansen argues that in Europe, voluntary negative labeling of non-GM foods respects consumer autonomy just as well as mandatory positive labeling of foods with GM content. She also argues that because negative labeling places labeling costs upon those consumers that want to know whether food The aim of this study was to review research conducted in 2003–2006 in the EU-15 countries on how consumers perceive, understand,\\u000a like and use nutrition information on food labels. Based on a search of databases on academic publications, Google-based search,\\u000a and enquiries directed to a range of food retailers, food companies, consumer associations and government agencies, a total\\u000a of 58 The European Union (EU) ban on the production and importation of meat derived from animals treated with growth-promoting hormones has spurred considerable debate. However, relatively little research has considered how EU consumers have been affected or how they feel about the ban. The purpose of this research is to determine beef product preferences of EU consumers and to elicit how ). Farmers'markets: Consumer trends, preferences, and characteristics. Journal of Extension [On-line], 40: A practical alternative to written questionnaires and oral interviews. Journal of Extension [On-line], 37Meat and Poultry Buying at Farmers' Markets: A Survey of Shoppers at Four Markets in Oregon Lauren Food producers are experiencing a fast-growing need to use the Internet to enhance competitive advantage. Past researchers have urged the need to understand market segmentation mechanisms as applied to different consumer behavior models to better understand the online buying behavior of consumers. This study integrates the Theory of Planned Behavior and food-related lifestyle to explore consumer's characteristics of online specialty The aim of this research was to explore consumer perceptions of personalised nutrition and to compare these across three different levels of "medicalization": lifestyle assessment (no blood sampling); phenotypic assessment (blood sampling); genomic assessment (blood and buccal sampling). The protocol was developed from two pilot focus groups conducted in the UK. Two focus groups (one comprising only "older" individuals between 30 and 60years old, the other of adults 18-65yrs of age) were run in the UK, Spain, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Ireland, Greece and Germany (N=16). The analysis (guided using grounded theory) suggested that personalised nutrition was perceived in terms of benefit to health and fitness and that convenience was an important driver of uptake. Negative attitudes were associated with internet delivery but not with personalised nutrition per se. Barriers to uptake were linked to broader technological issues associated with data protection, trust in regulator and service providers. Services that required a fee were expected to be of better quality and more secure. An efficacious, transparent and trustworthy regulatory framework for personalised nutrition is required to alleviate consumer concern. In addition, developing trust in service providers is important if such services to be successful. PMID:23500415 Stewart-Knox, Barbara; Kuznesof, Sharron; Robinson, Jenny; Rankin, Audrey; Orr, Karen; Duffy, Maresa; Poínhos, Rui; de Almeida, Maria Daniel Vaz; Macready, Anna; Gallagher, Caroline; Berezowska, Aleksandra; Fischer, Arnout R H; Navas-Carretero, Santiago; Riemer, Martina; Traczyk, Iwona; Gjelstad, Ingrid M F; Mavrogianni, Christina; Frewer, Lynn J This student manual covers five areas relating to consumer decisions. Titles of the five sections are Consumer Law, Consumer Decision Making, Buying a Car, Convenience Foods, and Books for Preschool Children. Each section may contain some or all of these materials: list of objectives, informative sections, questions on the information and answers, case studies, word list, and activities. (YLB) The issues of food quality and food quantity are crucial for trophic interactions. Although most research has focussed on the primary producer-herbivore link, recent studies have shown that quality effects at the bottom of the food web propagate to higher trophic levels. Negative effects of poor food quality have almost exclusively been demonstrated at higher food quantities. Whether these negative effects have the same impact at low food availability in situations where the majority if not all of the resources are channelled into routine metabolism, is under debate. In this study a tri-trophic food chain was designed, consisting of the algae Rhodomonas salina, the copepod Acartia tonsa and freshly hatched larvae of the European lobster Homarus gammarus. The lobster larvae were presented with food of two different qualities (C:P ratios) and four different quantities to investigate the combined effects of food quality and quantity. Our results show that the quality of food has an impact on the condition of lobster larvae even at very low food quantities. Food with a lower C:P content resulted in higher condition of the lobster larvae regardless of the quantity of food. These interacting effects of food quality and food quantity can have far reaching consequences for ecosystem productivity. PMID:22442696 "Rent or buy?" is a question people ask about everything from housing to textbooks. It is also a question universities must consider when it comes to high-performance computing (HPC). With the advent of Amazon's Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2), Microsoft Windows HPC Server, Rackspace's OpenStack, and other cloud-based services, researchers now have the ability to quickly rent space and time on an HPC cluster, a collection of linked nodes that run as if they were one computer. Researchers who need to process vast amounts of data can buy an HPC cluster, rent a cloud-based solution, or opt for a hybrid approach. When one looks around in everyday life, one sees mathematics everywhere: i.e., when making the right decisions whether to rent or buy a bicycle depending on the circumstances. Mathematics can determine (in case of renting a bicycle) the maximum rental cost to ensure that you will be able to pay the rental cost every month. The period you need the bicycle will also influence the rental cost you are prepared to pay. It is also possible to evaluate whether renting is better than buying, depending on the interest rate the bank is offering you for investing your saved money that you do not spend at once because you rent the bicycle. (Contains 3 figures.) A compilation of activities and instructional ideas on advertising helps intermediate or junior high school teachers incorporate simple consumer education concepts into the social studies curriculum. Material is divided into three sections. An outline defines 16 advertising techniques including eye appeal, youth appeal, snob appeal, celebrity endorsement, and expert endorsement. A list provides activities to help students realize the effects of advertising. Examples include compiling an advertising scrapbook, creating imaginary products, analyzing magazine ads, and answering a market survey. A final list contains activities for evaluating television and radio commercials. (LP) Typical contamination and the frequency of misuse of poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) bottles are crucial parameters in the risk assessment of post-consumer recycled (PCR) PET intended for bottle-to-bottle recycling for direct food contact applications. Owing to the fact that misuse of PET bottles is a rare event, sustainable knowledge about the average concentration of hazardous compounds in PCR PET is accessible Metacognitive theories propose that consumers track fluency feelings when buying, which may have biological underpinnings. We explored this using event-related potential (ERP) measures as twenty high-math anxiety (High MA) and nineteen low-math anxiety (Low MA) consumers made buying decisions for promoted (e.g., 15% discount) and non-promoted products. When evaluating prices, ERP correlates of higher perceptual and conceptual fluency were associated with buys, however only for High MA females under no promotions. In contrast, High MA females and Low MA males demonstrated greater FN400 amplitude, associated with enhanced conceptual processing, to prices of buys relative to non-buys under promotions. Concurrent late positive component (LPC) differences under no promotions suggest discrepant retrieval processes during price evaluations between consumer groups. When making decisions to buy or not, larger (smaller) P3, sensitive to outcome responses in the brain, was associated with buying for High MA females (Low MA females) under promotions, an effect also present for males under no promotions. Thus, P3 indexed decisions to buy differently between anxiety groups, but only for promoted items among females and for no promotions among males. Our findings indicate that perceptual and conceptual processes interact with anxiety and gender to modulate brain responses during consumer choices. PMID:22027087 Compulsive buying is an under-recognised entity among Indian psychiatrists. A Medline search, hand searching of journals and direct communications with lead investigators in compulsive buying have generated numerous studies. Overseas data indicate a community prevalence between 1% and 8% . The phenomenon can be an independent entity or appears as a comorbidity with another axis I or axis II disorder. A degree of suspicion on part of clinician regarding its possible presence is the key to its detection. A few rating instruments are available to quantify the morbidity and screening for compulsive buying. Management involves pharmacotherapy with SSRIs, psychotherapy, self-help groups and self-help books. Epidemiological and clinical studies on compulsive buying should be undertaken by Indian psychiatrists to provide better services for people suffering from compulsive buying. PMID:22315867 The paper reports a study on food buying behaviour among Chinese children aged between 10-13 years old. There are two important findings. Firstly, the growing influence of commercial environment. During the learning of consumer behaviour by Chinese children, the parental role of guidance remains prominent, and their recommendations have a decisive impact on children's food choices. Secondly, the perceived importance Results from a study with Danish school teachers on their values, environmental attitudes, and buying of organic foods are reported. The objective was to investigate the applicability of the Schwartz value theory and measurement approach (Schwartz, 1992) in explaining specific aspects of consumer behaviour. This theory was developed within a general social psychology framework and has been tested cross-culturally for Manufacturer-supported trade deals remain one of the major competitive tools in today's marketplace. This is true despite the fact that such trade deals are often claimed to be unprofitable for manufacturers. The unprofitability is attributed to the fact that retailers forward buy and do not pass the price discounts on to the consumers. The audience for this paper includes practitioners When NRG Energy Inc. of Minneapolis, Minn., first became interested buying a stake in the MIBRAG coal mining operation near Leipzig, Germany, the company was attracted by a montan wax producing facility at the complex. Montan wax, an industrial and commercial wax extracted from lignite, is manufactured at only two plants in the world. One of the Romonta wax plant at MIBRAG in eastern Germany. The other is near Sacramento, Calif., at the Jackson Valley Energy Project, owned and operated by NRG Energy. NRG, a subsidiary of utility Northern States Power Co., hoped its experience with montan wax would lead the Treuhandanstalt - the German privatization energy to favor NRG as a MIBRAG suitor. In its initial plan, NRG proposed building two, 800 MW power plants at Lippendorf. These would burn coal from MIBRAG to generate electricity for southern Germany and for possible export to Switzerland and Austria. This strategy led NRG to the successful DM2 billion (US $1.15 billion) MIBRAG acquisition complex in December 1993. Ironically, the Lippendorf projects were excluded from the final arrangement along with the Romonta wax works. This deal marks the first successful entry by non-German power companies into the German market. This document from Joe Orzali provides a classroom unit on consumer product disassembly. Students are asked to "critically analyze the life cycle of products," which will help them better understand larger related concepts like systems thinking, global climate change, ecological preservation and how what we buy and how items are produced impacts our environment. This document may be downloaded in PDF file format. Social buying became an extremely popular phenomenon in the last year and this study examined the factors that can lead vendors to be successful using this trend. We’ve found that coupon’s category, coupon’s website and coupon’s prices have an effect on the number of coupons purchased, one of the success criteria of group buying. In the different coupons categories, restaurants This article is the fourth in a series of articles published annually by "Computers in Libraries" surveying integrated library systems and services (ILSs). The purpose of the annual survey is to enable comparison of the ILSs that are available. ILS vendors are in constant pursuit of an ever-changing, consistently vague definition of what the "ideal" library automation system should encompass. In this article, the author presents and discusses five issues and five open-ended questions that were intended to help readers buy the system that is best for them. The necessity of integrating new developments in computer and telecommunication technologies while concurrently responding to the expanded concepts of what librarians want is extremely challenging. A questionnaire was developed based on the surveys conducted by Information Today, Inc. in 2006, 2007, and 2008. The survey was intended to: (1) Provide an up-to-date comparison of functionality currently available in ILS products; (2) Provide a comparison of support services and licensing structures available from ILS service providers; (3) Learn the practical advice given by ILS service providers; (4) Determine the current areas of strong trends and development priorities for ILS services; and (5) Provide vendors' current contact information for readers interested in more information. The answer to question five is presented in an online-only directory of vendors that provides the vendors' answers to what they regard as their products' greatest strength, along with full contact information, product release dates, the number of sites it has, and the library markets it serves. (Contains 5 tables.) The legal framework of the European Union (EU) for regulating access to and supply of direct-to-consumer (DTC) genetic tests is very liberal compared to the legal and regulatory framework for (internet) medicines. Nevertheless, both health related products can cause equally serious damage to the well being of individuals. In this contribution we examine whether the legal framework of the EU for the safety and responsible use of (internet) medicines could be an example for regulating access to and supply of DTC genetic tests. The EU laws governing medicines can, notwithstanding their shortcomings, serve as an example for (central) authorising the marketing of DTC genetic tests on the internal market in accordance with strict criteria regarding predictive value and clinical usefulness. Furthermore, a legal framework controlling DTC genetic tests also should introduce system supervision as well as quality criteria with respect to the information to be provided to consumers in order to enhance health protection. However, DTC genetic tests purchased through online ordering are difficult to supervise by any agency. Adequately protecting individuals against questionable testing kits calls for international vigilance and comprehensive measures by the international community. For Europe, it is important to rank the regulation of DTC genetic tests on the European regulatory agenda. PMID:23115825 In the growing body of literature on consumer acceptance of genetically modified (GM) foods, there are significant differences on the impact of knowledge on acceptance of GM foods. One potential explanation is the manner in which knowledge is measured. The goal of this study is to differentiate and examine the impact of both subjective and objective knowledge related to acceptance Abstract Objective. Childhood trauma has been empirically associated with various types of self-regulatory difficulties in adulthood. However, according to the extant literature, no study has examined relationships between various types of childhood trauma and compulsive buying behavior in adulthood. Methods. Using a self-report survey methodology in a cross-sectional consecutive sample of 370 obstetrics/gynecology patients, we examined five types of childhood trauma before the age of 12 years (i.e. witnessing violence, physical neglect, emotional abuse, physical abuse, sexual abuse) in relationship to compulsive buying as assessed by the Compulsive Buying Scale (CBS). Results. All forms of trauma demonstrated statistically significant correlations with the CBS. Using a linear regression analysis, both witnessing violence and emotional abuse significantly contributed to CBS scores. Further analyses indicated that race did not moderate the relationship between childhood trauma and compulsive buying. Conclusions. Findings indicate that various forms of childhood trauma are correlated with compulsive buying behavior, particularly witnessing violence and emotional abuse. PMID:22296513 This article reports on "LJ"'s annual book-buying survey of public libraries in which circulation took the biggest leap recorded since the survey was launched in 1999. This year's whopping 5.16 percent increase overall suggests just how many people are saving pennies by borrowing materials instead of buying them. In fact, libraries are being swamped; nearly eight in ten respondents report increased circulation. In this regard, at least, the library business is booming. With industries collapsing, tax revenues shrinking, and jobs, stock prices, and consumer spending in freefall, libraries know that retrenchment is just around the corner. Fully seven in ten of this year's respondents anticipate budget cuts in the forthcoming year, and they're already making plans. Many of "LJ"'s respondents report that they expect to be more selective than ever about book purchases in the coming year, trimming fringe and even mid-tier titles while focusing on what users really want. Those hoping to keep some breadth in the collection are looking to work with other systems. For the first time ever in this survey, a small percent of respondents say that they manage budget cuts by maintaining collaborative collections. When a 1981 tornado in Minnesota revolutionized the retail approach of Sound of Music, which later changed its name to the now very familiar Best Buy, those who founded the company never imagined that a series of hurricanes twenty years later would also help give it a cutting-edge lead in customer service and disaster planning. That original "Tornado Sale'' introduced low prices in a "no-frills" environment that gave the company higher sales than the industry average and paved the way to a new business model. But before Best Buy could find the silver lining of these new storm clouds., it needed to survive them by planning for the destructive weather that plagued Florida during the summer of 2004. Having seen the power of listening to its employees and customers, Best Buy now seeks to capture their thoughts and feedback about other elements of the business. Provides guidelines for buying computers for parents of gifted children. Steps for making decisions include deciding who will use the computer, deciding its purposes and what software packages will be used, determining current and future needs, setting a budget, and reviewing needs with salespersons and school-based technology specialists. (CR) The paper examines the role of credit registries in the context of European consumer credit markets and the current policies\\u000a of the EU in this area. It attempts to show the institutional challenges relating to some competing rights or interests amongst\\u000a consumers and financial institutions and the need for a strengthened prudential supervision of the financial system as evidenced\\u000a by BACKGROUND: Although patient charges for health-care services may contribute to a more sustainable health-care financing, they often raise public opposition, which impedes their introduction. Thus, a consensus among the main stakeholders on the presence and role of patient charges should be worked out to assure their successful implementation. AIM: To analyse the acceptability of formal patient charges for health-care services in a basic package among different health-care system stakeholders in six Central and Eastern European countries (Bulgaria, Hungary, Lithuania, Poland, Romania and Ukraine). METHODS: Qualitative data were collected in 2009 via focus group discussions and in-depth interviews with health-care consumers, providers, policy makers and insurers. The same participants were asked to fill in a self-administrative questionnaire. Qualitative and quantitative data are analysed separately to outline similarities and differences in the opinions between the stakeholder groups and across countries. RESULTS: There is a rather weak consensus on patient charges in the countries. Health policy makers and insurers strongly advocate patient charges. Health-care providers overall support charges but their financial profits from the system strongly affects their approval. Consumers are against paying for services, mostly due to poor quality and access to health-care services and inability to pay. CONCLUSIONS: To build consensus on patient charges, the payment policy should be responsive to consumers' needs with regard to quality and equity. Transparency and accountability in the health-care system should be improved to enhance public trust and acceptance of patient payments. PMID:23279115 Australian beef consumers have different preferences given their characteristics and the effect on expected quality of cues related to health, production process and eating experience. Beef brands using Meat Standards Australia (MSA) grades can help to signal quality and reduce consumers' uncertainty when shopping. The objective of this study is to identify the characteristics of beef buyers and their perceptions about product attributes that affect the propensity to buy branded beef. Binary logistic models were applied identifying differences between all respondents and the potential target market, including buyers in medium to high income segments, and between buyers in the target market who would buy branded beef for taste and health reasons. Variables increasing the propensity to buy branded beef include previous experience, appreciation for branded cuts and concern about quality more than size. Finally, variations in preferences for marbling and cut were found between buyers who would buy branded beef for taste and health reasons. PMID:23501257 Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to review product-placement research in the consumer-marketing domain, examine the acceptability of the practice for buying-center participants, and assess recall, attitude and purchase-intention responses to B2B products placed in movie scenes. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – Achievement of the research objectives requires the collection of data from a sample of organizational buying-center participants and their Health claims on food products, which aim at informing the public about the health benefits of the product, represent one type of nutrition communication; the use of these is regulated by the European Union. This paper provides an overview of the research on health claims, including consumers' perceptions of such claims and their intention to buy products that carry health-related claims. This is followed by a discussion on the results from some recent studies investigating public perceptions and willingness to use products with health claims. In these studies, claims are presented in the form of messages of different lengths, types, framing, with and without qualifying words and symbols. They also investigate how perceptions and intentions are affected by individual needs and product characteristics. Results show that adding health claims to products does increase their perceived healthiness. Claim structure was found to make a difference to perceptions, but its influence depended on the level of relevance, familiarity and individuals' need for information. Further, the type of health benefit proposed and the base product used also affected perceptions of healthiness. The paper concludes that while healthiness perceptions relating to products with health claims may vary between men and women, old and young and between countries, the main factor influencing perceived healthiness and intention to buy a product with health claim is personal relevance. PMID:21266092 In general, fruit consumption in the EU does not meet governments' recommended levels, and innovations in the fruit industry are thought to be useful for increasing fruit consumption. Despite the enormous number of product innovations, the majority of new products in the market fail within the first two years, due to a lack of consumer acceptance. Consumer segmentation may be a useful research tool to increase the success rates of new fruit products. The current study aims to identify consumer segments based on individual importance rankings of fruit choice motives. We conducted a cross-national, online panel survey on fresh fruit innovations in four European countries: the Netherlands (n=251), Greece (n=246), Poland (n=250), and Spain (n=250). Our cluster analysis revealed three homogeneous consumer segments: Average Joe, the Naturally conscious consumer, and the Health-oriented consumer. These consumer segments differed with respect to their importance ratings for fruit choice motives. Furthermore, the willingness to buy specific fruit innovations (i.e., genetically modified, functional food and convenience innovation) and the perceived product characteristics that influence this willingness differed across the segments. Our study could lead to more tailored marketing strategies aimed at increasing consumer acceptance of fruit product innovations based on consumer segmentation. PMID:21477633 Group buying is one of the major pricing mechanisms in which retailers can offer low group rates due to a saving on transaction\\u000a costs and its target consumers are those with lower sensitivity on waiting time. Under group buying, group size significantly\\u000a affects the waiting cost to which consumers have different tolerances. In this paper, we develop a two-stage pricing This lesson plan will help students understand the big picture of consumption and responsible buying. Through group discussion, the class will look into the changes in the environment that have resulted from overconsumption. Students will analyze the effects of each item they purchase, from original production through use and eventual disposal. The material is intended for high school level students and should require two class periods to complete. Abstract In an effort to understand consumer,acceptance of and willingness to pay for genetically modified food products, we propose a model of consumer acceptance of GM foods. The model is synthesized from literature on consumer acceptance reviewed in the paper. The paper suggests that consumer,acceptance mediates the relationship between three key antecedent variables and a consumer’s willingness to pay for Which U.S. institutions of higher education offer the best value to consumers? To answer this question, we evaluate U.S. institutions relative to a data envelopment analysis (DEA) multi-factor frontier based on 2000-2001 data for 1,179 4-year institutions. The resulting DEA "best buy" scores allow the ranking of institutions by a weighted sum of institutional characteristics per dollar of average net price. The net price is calculated as tuition, fees, room, and board less per student financial aid. Institutional characteristics include SAT score, athletic expenditures, instructional expenditures, value of buildings, dorm capacity, and student body characteristics. The DEA scores indicate the distance of each institution from the "best buy" frontier for the chosen characteristics, providing an objective means of ranking institutions as the best values in higher education. (Contains 7 tables, 10 figures, and 14 footnotes.) Section 161 of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT) encourages energy-efficient federal procurement. Executive Order 12902 and FAR section 23.704 direct agencies to purchase products in the upper 25% of energy efficiency. Agencies that use these guidelines to buy efficient products can realize substantial operating cost savings and help prevent pollution. As the world`s largest consumer, the federal government can help pull the entire US market towards greater energy efficiency, while saving taxpayer dollars. The General Services Administration (GSA) will soon include residential windows in its Federal Supply Schedule 56-IV(A), ``Construction and Building Materials.`` When contracting for residential windows, specify NFRC-rated SHGC and U-factor values that meet this Efficiency Recommendation for your geographic region. When buying commercially, look for windows with the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR{reg_sign} label, all of which meet this Recommendation. This study demographically determines: which consumers are currently buying organic produce; consumer comparisons of organic and conventional produce; and consumer purchase likelihood of higher-priced organic produce. Data were collected from a Delaware consumer survey, dealing with fresh produce and food safety. Multinomial and ordered logit models were developed to generate marginal effects of age, gender, education, and income. Increasing age, Linkages between consumer beliefs and attitudes regarding the risks and benefits of genetically modified foods and consumer purchase intentions for these foods are examined. Factors that hinder consumer purchases of genetically modified foods are also tested. Results show that purchase intentions for consumers willing to buy genetically modified crops and meats are primarily affected by their belief that these foods Conventional wisdom says that people should not buy anything in education until research is seen. The following questions should be asked: (1) Does that particular technology enhance learning? (2) Does that piece of software increase test scores? and (3) Do those machines reduce absenteeism? Of course the answer is always yes. No vendor is going to provide research that says a product does not work. Research is considered just another price of doing business. This article describes how the research field of product effectiveness works. A refrigerator Buy-Back Program was initiated by the regional power utility, BC Hydron in 1990, with six pilot collection areas in British Columbia. As a result of the program's initial success, BC Hydro started a facility to dismantle old refrigerators, and the utility plans to expand its Refrigerator Buy-Back Program province-wide. BC Hydro's Refrigerator Buy-Back is the first utility-sponsored program The food miles concept, originating in the UK and given much prominence in the news media, has been used to imply that importing food from distant countries is inherently more wasteful than growing and consuming local produce. What impact is this potential non-tariff barrier having on consumer buying behaviour in UK supermarkets? Revealed preference surveys in four supermarkets show only This article analyzes and summarizes the 25 years of research on organizational buying behavior that followed the seminal works of Robinson, Faris, and Wind (1967), Webster and Wind (1972), and Sheth (1973). Based on a review of 165 articles, the authors present an integrated model of organizational buying behavior that both combines the propositions of the original three works and This brochure provides information on how consumers can use renewable energy in and around the home. Information on buying green power; using renewables to generate power; using passive and active solar and geothermal heat pumps to heat, cool and light buildings; and using alternative fuels and vehicles is included. Resources at the end of each chapter help readers find more information. There is concern about the extent to which consumers will accept genetically modified (GM) foods if they are commercialized in China. The evidence from the existing literature is mixed and sometimes confusing. The objective of this study is to conduct a large in-depth face-to-face in-house survey that examines the consumers' awareness, acceptance of and willingness to buy GM foods in The purchase of a bottle of wine is often a challenging decision for most consumers. The marketing of a wine's package, which consists of several interrelated cues (bottle shape, color, closure, and label design), interfaces with the key factors of the consumer's experience, knowledge of wines, self-confidence and the occasion at hand to form buying decisions. Some consumers know what Previous work on demand response in smart grids considers dynamic real-time prices, but has so far neglected to consider how consumers can also be involved in planning ahead, both for scheduling of consumption and reserving their ability to regulate downward during balancing. This work models a flexible consumer in a novel two-settlement electricity auction. The consumer buys electricity on an Whether you are considering buying a luxury sport utility vehicle or a new blender, this site offers invaluable, unbiased consumer product information. ConsumerSearch.com strives to provide "the latest and best competitive analysis of products" for free. The site divides goods into basic, logical categories, and for each product, offers three distinct and related services. Fast Answers is an at-a-glance compilation of reviews (gleaned from other sources) of each specific product; it also rates the best products according to the reviews. For an in-depth analysis of both the product and the experts that reviewed the products, readers will want to peruse the Full Story section. Finally, All the Reviews Reviewed consists of the ConsumerSearch.com's editors's descriptions, ratings, and opinions of each of the review sources. At present, the list of products on ConsumerSearch.com is not very extensive. However, the products that are covered are reviewed thoroughly and responsibly. New users to the site may want to browse the FAQs and the About ConsumerSearch.com section, in order to learn more about the company, its mission, and services. As the site continues to expand, users may choose to subscribe to the ConsumerSearch.com free newsletter which will send email alerts for the latest product reviews. A study of homeowner's thermal insulation buying habits in the Little Rock, Arkansas area showed that the value of improved insulation to fuel or energy conservation is recognized, that costs and degree of difficulty in installing insulation are the primary factors affecting the decision to buy insulation, that the middle-income families were the group taking action, and that more advertising and dealer effort is needed to promote use of more insulation. (LCL) Effective coal buying involves knowing your supplier so you can determine that he (1) controls the mine property, (2) assures mining permits are in force, (3) establishes the variability of the coal seam, and (4) verifies the tonnage and mining plan. You should also evaluate his productivity and load-out capabilities and verify his management experience and reputation. Other recommendations include devising a contractual buying strategy and settling on a negotiating posture. Throughout history, new methods of food preservation have been met with skepticism and fear. Such processes as pasteurization and canning were denounced as being dangerous, detrimental to nutrients, or an excuse for dirty products. Now comes irradiation, and activists argue against this new process for the same reasons. Publicly, the perception is that consumers, distrustful of nuclear power, will never buy or accept irradiated food. Dr. Berry`s article draws upon his review of dozens of electrical contracts while he was with the staff of the Arizona Corporation Commission. He presents risk management strategies for commercial and industrial consumers of power as electric markets become more competitive. Seven risk management tools are discussed: get more information about market prices; seek or make credible commitments; try to retain flexibility; seek to share, transfer, or spread risks; use incentives to help improve or offset poor performance; manage the use of electricity; and build trust with the supplier. In this study, the authors investigated the relationship between compulsive buying and borderline personality disorder (BPD) symptomatology-two disorders possibly linked through impulsivity. Using a survey methodology in a cross-sectional consecutive sample of nonemergent female outpatients from an obstetrics/gynecology clinic, the authors assessed compulsive buying with the Compulsive Buying Scale (CBS) and BPD symptomatology through the BPD scale of the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-4 (PDQ-4) and the Self-Harm Inventory (SHI). In this sample, 8% of Caucasian women and 9% of African-American women scored positively for compulsive buying. The correlations between scores on the CBS and the PDQ-4 and SHI were 0.43 and 0.41, respectively-both statistically significant at the p < .001 level. Compared to Caucasian women, African-American women demonstrated statistical associations between the BPD measures and the CBS scale scores that were significantly larger. Findings suggest relationships between compulsive buying and BPD, particularly among African-American women. PMID:23514189 Clinical laboratories are often faced with the decision to either perform a service in-house using their own assets or outsource the service to another vendor. This decision affects many aspects of the laboratory's business, from the macroeconomic perspective of outsourcing the laboratory service to a laboratory vendor, to the microeconomics of determining whether to refer a test out to their reference laboratory or perform the test in-house. The basis for decision making includes many variables, but a detailed financial analysis is usually the basis for the decision, especially when the decision only affects the laboratory and not the rest of the institution. Other factors often come into play, and depending on the magnitude, the "make versus buy" decision could be based more on strategic or political factors than economics. Even when noneconomic factors are involved, an effort usually is made to quantify those factors so that the make versus buy decision is reduced to financial terms. The previous article in this issue, "Effectively Managing Your Reference Laboratory Relationship" by Ronald L. Weiss, M.D., focused on the "buy" decision relating to managing the reference laboratory relationship. Although that article took a more clinical perspective through the eyes of the reference laboratory, this article looks at the make versus buy decision from a financial perspective through the eyes of the buying party. PMID:14692075 This paper focuses on the environmental and ethical attributes of food products and their production processes. These two aspects have been recently recognized and are becoming increasingly important in terms of signaling and of consumer perception. There are two relevant thematic domains: environmental and social. Within each domain there are two movements. Hence the paper first presents the four movements This is a task from the Illustrative Mathematics website that is one part of a complete illustration of the standard to which it is aligned. Each task has at least one solution and some commentary that addresses important asects of the task and its potential use. Here are the first few lines of the commentary for this task: Tom wants to buy some protein bars and magazines for a trip. He has decided to buy three times as many protein bars as magazines. Each protein bar cost... Psycholinguistic research shows that word-characteristics influence the speed and accuracy of various language-related processes. Analogous characteristics of brand names influence the retrieval of product information and the perception of risks associated with that product. In the present experiment we examined how phonotactic probability-the frequency with which phonological segments and sequences of segments appear in a word-might influence consumer behavior. Participants rated brand names that varied in phonotactic probability on the likelihood that they would buy the product. Participants indicated that they were more likely to purchase a product if the brand name was comprised of common segments and sequences of segments rather than less common segments and sequences of segments. This result suggests that word-characteristics may influence higher-level cognitive processes, in addition to language-related processes. Furthermore, the benefits of using objective measures of word characteristics in the design of brand names are discussed. PMID:21870135 Two studies examined hypotheses about compulsive hoarding, compulsive buying and beliefs about saving and discarding derived from the cognitive-behavioral model of compulsive hoarding [Frost, R. O. and Hartl, T. (1996). A cognitive behavioral model of compulsive hoarding. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 34, 341–350.]. Study 1 examined the hypotheses in a college student population, while study 2 compared members of a Middle School Math Project at Education Development Center in Newton, Massachusetts, puts industry representatives into classroom to free teachers for professional development and to show students real-life applications of science and math. Although the program is no magic bullet for achieving teacher professionalism, this innovative approach buys time until teachers obtain ample professional development opportunities during the school day. (MLH) Considerations when buying a continuous emissions monitoring (CEM) system include probe design, sample conditioning systems, analyzers, dilution ratios, scrubber systems, redundancy, hot back ups, cold back ups and operating schedules. Parameters to be monitored include nitrogen oxide (NOâ), oxygen (Oâ), carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (COâ), sulfur dioxide (SOâ), total hydrocarbons (THC), hydrogen chloride (HCl) and ammonia (NHâ) as well An in-store experiment was performed to investigate the effects of shelf placement (high, middle, low) on consumers' purchases of potato chips. Placement of potato chips on the middle shelf was associated with the highest percentage of purchases. The results confirm the importance of item placement as a factor in consumers' buying behavior. While there are many Web services which help users find things to buy, we knowof none which actually try to automate the process of buying and selling. Kasbah isa virtual marketplace on the Web where users create autonomous agents to buy andsell goods on their behalf. Users specify parameters to guide and constrain an agent'soverall behavior. A simple prototype has The research aimed to investigate 1) the factors influencing Chinese customers' trust and purchasing probability of group buying websites; 2) the differences of trust on B2C and group buying websites; and 3) whether the Theory of Reasoned Action and Gefen's summarization of trust antecedents applicable for Chinese group buying websites. The study consisted of three phases: 1) a pre-questionnaire about Group buying is a business model where people with the same merchandise interests form a group and conduct the purchase together to achieve a discount. Third-party proxy websites negotiate with merchants for appealing deals and then provide them to end customers. We call it online group buying. Besides, there exists local group buying where the joiners, the initiator, and sometimes American consumers are presented with an increasing number of reasons to buy and eat local food products. One refers to the importance of the origin of the products they purchase. A second, and closely related reason, refers to being concerned about the food miles, or the distance foods have traveled from where they are grown or raised, to where they This guide is intended for use in a consumer education course designed to teach consumers to get the most out of their dollar when shopping for and preparing food. The kit is divided into a series of sections containing activities and fact sheets that are designed to guide the consumer through a successful shopping trip. The following topics are covered: the business of food (procedures for completing a one-day food record; Canada's Food Guide; and penny pincher ideas for use in purchasing and preparing bread and cereal products, meat and fish products, meat alternatives, fruits and vegetables, milk and milk products, and convenience foods); things to consider before going to the store (shopping lists, some food for thought, ways of stretching one's meat dollar, and alternatives to meat); the grocery store game (label talk, the food label game, prices, examples of grading, grades for canned fruits and vegetables, brand names and labeling games, no-name brands versus brand names, and a case for comparison); techniques for analyzing purchases (becoming a market master and buying food); and more ingredients (too much sugar, information on additives, common food additives and their use, salt and health, breakfast cereals, ways to use leftovers, fast foods, and food advertisements). (MN) Self-help arrangements and special legislative initiatives in five eastern states enable industrial users to contract for wellhead gas prices below those charged for utility customers. The users buy pipeline space from the wellhead producer. Ohio has taken the lead in self-help programs using intrastate gas, but the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission has also patched together limited programs for interstate pipelines. The arrangements require agreements among producers, utilities, and industries that are beneficial to each. (DCK) Diffusion of microgeneration technologies, particularly rooftop photovoltaic (PV), represents a key option in reducing emissions in the residential sector. We use a uniquely rich dataset from the burgeoning residential PV market in Texas to study the nature of the consumer’s decision-making process in the adoption of these technologies. In particular, focusing on the financial metrics and the information decision-makers use to base their decisions upon, we study how the leasing and buying models affect individual choices and, thereby, the adoption of capital-intensive energy technologies. Overall, our findings suggest that the leasing model more effectively addresses consumers’ informational requirements and that, contrary to some other studies, buyers and lessees of PV do not necessarily differ significantly along socio-demographic variables. Instead, we find that the leasing model has opened up the residential PV market to a new, and potentially very large, consumer segment—those with a tight cash-flow situation. Consumer attitudes toward food irradiation were evaluated. The influence of educational efforts on consumer concern for the safety of irradiated products and willingness to buy irradiated foods were measured. Demographic and psychological factors were studied in relation to attitudes. An educational leaflet describing current scientific information regarding the safety, advantages, and disadvantages of food irradiation was developed and used in two studies evaluating attitude change. In the first study, attitude change among two groups of consumers with different philosophic orientations was measured. In a second study, the effectiveness of an educational leaflet received through the mail and a poster display were examined. In a third study response to food irradiation was related to value hierarchy, locus of control, innovativeness, and demographic parameters. Initially, subjects showed a higher concern for other areas of food safety, particularly the use of chemicals and sprays on food, than toward food irradiation. After educational efforts, conventional consumers expressed minor concern toward irradiation whereas ecologically sensitive alternative consumers obtained from a food cooperative expressed major concern. A knowledgeable discussion leader lowered irradiation concern among conventional consumers. In contrast, concern among alternative consumers did not diminish when given the opportunity to discuss safety issues with a knowledgeable person. B to B commerce is an important research issue for increasing profitability in global market. A sophisticated B to B commerce requires optimality in resource allocation with human behaviour dynamism. A market-oriented programming calculates a Pareto-optimal resource allocation in the market by computing competitive equilibrium of an artificial economy. In this paper we newly propose a resource allocation algorithm based on market-oriented programming with consumers buying behaviour for B to B commerce. Supply agents in the computational market decide their supply plan by estimating the demand agents’ behaviour in this method. Careful constructions of the agents according to the buying behaviour can lead to efficient distributed resource allocation, and the behaviour of the agents can be analysed in economic terms. Respondents to "Library Journal's" ("LJ") annual book buying survey of public libraries nationwide reported that adult book budgets were down eight percent overall, the largest plunge recorded since the survey began in 1998. What's more, for the first time ever, cuts were reported for every region of the country and every size of population served. That these cuts came on top of reductions averaging 2.3 percent and 4.9 percent, as reported in the 2008 and 2009 surveys, respectively, suggests how hard up librarians must feel. (Contains 2 tables.) Some suggestions for increasing business in the fuel oil marketing sector are given: These include: (1) give your customers a good reason to buy from you; (2) never take customers for granted; (3) use newsletters to educate customers about new developments, the latest technology; (4) establish a personal relationship with customers. Call them and tell them how much you appreciate their business; (5) educate them about possible scams-for instance chimney cleaning companies that might bend the truth; and (6) give your {open_quotes}full-service{close_quotes} company a small town personality and a caring voice. Customers will have difficulty leaving you. "Consumer World has gathered over 1400 of the most useful consumer resources on the Internet." The brain child of Edgar Dworsky, a consumer education consultant for the Federal Trade Commission, the site offers information on issues from the latest FTC scam to consumer banking to hospital rankings to tax cutting tips to cheap airline flights and more. Information is arranged in myriad, sometimes overlapping, ways. It often takes a few clicks to access specific information, but perseverance will reveal that this site is content-rich. This study posits a relationship between Emotional Intelligence (EI) and Impulsive Buying Tendency (IBT). A survey of 574 adolescents found that high-EI adolescents manifested less impulsive behavior than did low-EI adolescents, and high-IBT adolescents were more likely to engage in more impulsive buying behavior than were low-IBT adolescents. Finally, possible extensions of the research to the area of adolescents' impulsive buying are suggested. One of the most respected consumer organizations, Consumer Reports (CR) has put together a nice collection of resources for car owners and buyers. At the site, users can read up on CR's top new car picks for 1999, view a list of 35 used cars that are "good bets," print out a leasing worksheet, get advice on buying a new car, and search a database with profiles of over 1,600 models. Please note that full car profiles are only available to subscribers, but all visitors can use the search function to find cars that match their criteria. Additional features at the site include lease advice, safe driving tips, tire care and car-washing instructions, and a list of CR's top selections for child car seats. Purpose – This paper seeks to analyze the buying behavior of internet users in two European countries with different cultural backgrounds, Spain and The Netherlands, assessing the influence of online experience factors on the choice of an internet vendor. It also aims to identify and compare the influence of personal and behavioral characteristics on the e-vendor choice. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – The This study investigated consumer awareness of integrated pest management (IPM) and the effects of two marketing strategies. Specific objectives were to find whether eastern Massachusetts farmstand and farmers' market customers purchasing sweet corn care how their food is grown, whether they are aware of IPM, whether they would prefer to buy IPM-certified sweet corn and why, and whether the marketing Consumers seek for trusted advice during buying decision. Brand owners and retailers invest large sums in marketing and market research, trying hard to find out what customers really want. my2cents is a mobile application for reading and sharing comments and ratings on retail products. Consumers have access to comments about a product via their mobile phone and can share their The Canadian chicken industry has operated under supply management since the mid-1970s. Canadian consumer preferences for chicken have grown dramatically since then possibly in response to concerns about health and the levels of fat and cholesterol in red meats. However Canadian consumers are also looking for convenience with their food purchases. Canadians are buying their chicken in frozen further processed Reports on an online survey of consumer attitudes toward online storefronts marketing barbecue sauce, cheese, olive oil, potato chips, and other specialty food products. The relationship between consumer attitudes toward Web sites and the likelihood of purchase, as well as demographic factors related to online food and drink buying, are described. (PEN) Consumer sensory requirements for beef vary as a function of the market in which the product is being sold and, within any market, they can vary also over time. These conclusions are demonstrated using the Australian domestic and Japanese export markets as examples. In Australian studies, consumers buying meat for home consumption place more emphasis on leanness than do food This article aims to provide an analysis of the saving and investing consumer behavior, that where researched in a time of changes after a severe financial crisis. The analyses purpose was to determine the reasons, or the way that the reasons would change, for buying different financial instruments, and also the way that the consumer perceives investing and saving. Different Based in Yonkers, New York, Consumer Reports has been sticking up for the rights of consumers since 1936, when they started the Consumers Union and began publishing product reviews of such common-place items as breakfast cereals, soap, stockings, and hot water bottles. On this site, visitors can learn about the history of Consumer Reports, which includes a series of rather interesting test photos that feature products like paper towels and automobiles. Of course, the main focus of the site are the product reports, and while not all of the material on the site is freely available, there is certainly enough free content to warrant several visits. The product and service reports are divided into sections such as appliances, autos, home & garden, and personal finance. The right-hand side of each section page contains free highlights, such as Finding the Best Hospital, Outdoor Lighting Design, and Camcorders. Overall, the site is organized quite well, and will be a great boon to those persons who are hoping to find quality product reports, all of which are developed by a team of knowledgeable experts. Vegetables in the dark green group are the most nutritious, yet intake is low. Studies suggest that an increase in fruit and vegetables may improve diet-related health outcomes of African Americans. The aim of this exploratory study was to use the Reasoned Action Approach (RAA) to qualitatively assess salient, top-of-the-mind, beliefs (consequences, circumstances and referents) about eating and buying more dark green leafy vegetables each week over the next 3months. Adult (n=30), Midwestern African-American women, who buy and prepare food for their household participated in a face-to-face salient belief elicitation. A content analysis of verbatim text and a descriptive analysis were conducted. Findings suggest that the RAA can be used to identify salient consequences, circumstances and referents about eating and buying more dark green leafy vegetables. The use of the RAA allowed for the extraction of specific beliefs that may aid in the development of nutrition education programs that consider the varying priorities, motivators and barriers that subgroups within the population have in regard to buying and consuming dark green leafy vegetables. PMID:23415980 Many customers are already implementing processes to select suppliers in anticipation of full customer choice, establishing price and risk parameters. Customers are also recognizing that transitional steps on the way to full competition, including such options as buy-through and real-time pricing, can lower costs at reasonable risk. Retail competition is transforming the US electricity market at a dazzling pace, promising major customers greater choices and better prices--and a lot of new headaches. Even though regulators have not yet put retail access into general practice, many customers are working diligently to make sure they are properly prepared to deal with the additional issues and complexities being created by electricity`s new world order. By the time retail competition is officially unleashed, many national buyers of electricity will have: (1) specified their service criteria (contract terms and conditions), (2) defined their price risk tolerances, (3) structured their purchasing organization/process, and (4) chosen their national/regional suppliers. Buy-sell agreements for shareholders entering and leaving a radiology practice are different from those commonly used in other business endeavors. This paper explores the reasons for these differences, focusing on the culture of radiology and its unique influence on the buy-sell process. Buy-sell methodologies commonly used in most business transactions are described, and basic principles that influence these methodologies are discussed. The reasons these traditional methods are not applicable to most radiology groups are explored in depth. The paper concludes with a presentation of several workable buy-sell options for radiology practices. The strengths and weaknesses of these options are enumerated, so that each group can customize the option that best suits its needs. PMID:17412202 This site, provided by six US Government agencies ranging from the Federal Trade Commission to the Securities and Exchange Commission to the Food and Drug Administration, is aimed at providing one-stop shopping for consumer information. It points to relevant consumer-oriented government information in the fields of food, health, home, transportation, children, buying smart, product safety, money, and education. This information is mostly in the form of articles and publications at this time. Each section also contains articles of special interest, and the main page connects to the General Services Administration's Consumer's Resource Handbook. Although the site is still in development, it promises to be a powerful centralized locator for government consumer information. In investigating the place of consumption in education it is necessary to question both critical theory's language of manipulation and neo-liberalism's language of rational action as ways of explaining the significance of consumption in people's lives and where it has assumed a central status in the contemporary social order. This paper argues that consumption is a sign economy where practices of signification, such as those to do with lifestyle, have assumed a significant place. Learning is energised by desire, which can follow many paths and take multiple forms. This has led to a lessening of the centrality of institutional education. As people are positioned as consumers, they become consumers of learning. Participation in learning activities cannot therefore be understood by contemporary educators without reference to consumption. But many doubt whether the learning taking place is really "worthwhile", which poses the question--who is to define what is worthwhile? The contemporary situation is frustrating for those seeking social justice and transformation through education because nothing seems sufficiently credible to merit the commitment necessary to achieve those goals. The lifestyle practices that come with signifying consumption are difficult to work with educationally even though educating for lifestyle practices offers, and indeed is providing, great scope for adult education programmes. But this is alien to the taste and sensibilities of many adult educators. An alternative is to work with pockets of resistance to consumer culture that involve learning on the part of those participating, but a learning that is more rhizomatic--a learning that takes off in a variety of directions. (Contains 7 notes.) For years most consumers have expressed less concern about food irradiation than other food processing technologies. Attitude studies have demonstrated that when given science-based information, from 60% to 90% of consumers prefer the advantages irradiation processing provides. When information is accompanied by samples, acceptance may increase to 99%. Information on irradiation should include product benefits, safety and wholesomeness, address environmental safety issues, and include endorsements by recognized health authorities. Educational and marketing programs should now be directed toward retailers and processors. Given the opportunity, consumers will buy high quality, safety-enhanced irradiated food. Understanding the diverse PHEV purchase behaviors among prospective new car buyers is key for designing efficient and effective policies for promoting new energy vehicle technologies. The ORNL MA3T model developed for the U.S. Department of Energy is described and used to project PHEV purchase probabilities by different consumers. MA3T disaggregates the U.S. household vehicle market into 1458 consumer segments based on region, residential area, driver type, technology attitude, home charging availability and work charging availability and is calibrated to the EIA s Annual Energy Outlook. Simulation results from MA3T are used to identify the more likely PHEV buyers and provide explanations. It is observed that consumers who have home charging, drive more frequently and live in urban area are more likely to buy a PHEV. Early adopters are projected to be more likely PHEV buyers in the early market, but the PHEV purchase probability by the late majority consumer can increase over time when PHEV gradually becomes a familiar product. Copyright Form of EVS25. Kansei engineering was founded 30 years ago, as an ergonomics and consumer-oriented technology for producing a new product. When a consumer wants to buy something, he\\/she will have a kind of feeling and image (kansei in Japanese) in his\\/her mind. If the consumer's feeling could be implemented in the new product, he\\/she would be more satisfied with the product. Kansei Purchasers of fast-moving consumer goods generally exhibit multi-brand choice, selecting apparently randomly among a small subset or "repertoire" of tried and trusted brands. Their behavior shows both matching and maximization, though it is not clear just what the majority of buyers are maximizing. Each brand attracts, however, a small percentage of consumers who are 100%-loyal to it during the period of observation. Some of these are exclusively buyers of premium-priced brands who are presumably maximizing informational reinforcement because their demand for the brand is relatively price-insensitive or inelastic. Others buy exclusively the cheapest brands available and can be assumed to maximize utilitarian reinforcement since their behavior is particularly price-sensitive or elastic. Between them are the majority of consumers whose multi-brand buying takes the form of selecting a mixture of economy -- and premium-priced brands. Based on the analysis of buying patterns of 80 consumers for 9 product categories, the paper examines the continuum of consumers so defined and seeks to relate their buying behavior to the question of how and what consumers maximize. PMID:15157975 While librarians and users have been inundated with advice on how to produce content for MySpace, blogs, and other Web 2.0 services, there's been much less discussion about using newer technologies to consume all this new content efficiently. These technologies are new to everyone, and the flood is hitting all people at the same time. People must learn how to use information better and to share that understanding. By removing software as a barrier, they can focus on data. Too often they conflate data and interface, talking about blogs, podcasts, or "Second Life" (a 3D virtual world where users can socialize, connect and create using voice and text chat) as if drastic adjustments must be made to process the data. But it is generally just text, supplemented with photos, audio, or video. This article discusses how to create new web content and the best and fastest ways to process it. Academic entitlement, an attitude marked by students' beliefs that they are owed something in the educational experience apart from what they might earn from their effort, has received attention recently in the literature. In previous work, academic entitlement has been shown to be related to parenting styles and personality constructs. The current study departs from previous research by taking a phenomenological approach to understanding academic entitlement. Focus groups were conducted with a total of 52 first-year students. Responses were coded into six facets of academic entitlement: product value of education, social promotion, role of professors, teaching assistants, administrators, and shoppers or scholars. Volume 3, Issue 3\\/4 Abstract: India is a country where the average selling of life insurance policies is still lower than many western and asian countries, with the second largest population in world the Indian insurance market is looking very prospective to many multinational and Indian insurance companies for expanding their business and market share. Before the opening of indian This guide explains how a solar domestic hot water (DHW) system works and what is involved in installing one in the home. Like any other major property improvement, a solar DHW system should be carefully considered in terms of costs, benefits, local building regulations, and the system's ability to provide the owner's needs. The guide covers siting, system sizing, financing, warranties, installation, and maintenance. It also provides step-by-step instructions and worksheets for an economic investment analysis. 1 table, 9 figures. Our previous study shows that environmental soundness as an intangible product attribute for food products is a four dimensional concept. These dimensions are: nature friendly production process, animal friendly production process, additive free production process, and environmentally-sound packaging. Nature friendly production process refers to items related to access of pollutants to the waterways from industrial plants, farms, and as animal This paper examines the relevance of additional ethical attributes of organic food for consumers’ purchase decisions. By means of an Information-Display-Matrix (IDM) and an accompanying consumer survey, the information acquisition behaviour of consumers regarding seven additional ethical attributes and the product price of organic food was investigated in five European countries. The ethical attributes, ‘animal welfare’, ‘regional production’ and ‘fair Overview: It is well documented that the Internet retailing revolution has established a new distribution channel that represents a fundamental paradigm shift in consumer buying patterns. The rapid growth of alternative retail channels has transformed not only the competitive structure of several industries, but also the way in which consumers shop for products. Despite a wealth of research on electronic Conventional thinking holds that districts and schools face a strategic decision between two fundamentally different alternatives: make or buy? The former refers to planning, designing, and enacting school-specific improvement initiatives. The latter refers to contracting with external providers of schoolwide improvement programs. However, there is much to suggest that "make or buy" is actually a false dichotomy that diverts attention from the core issue of systemic school improvement: collaborative, experiential learning among schools, districts, and external providers. As such, this analysis draws from research on comprehensive school reform and franchise-like organizational replication to suggest criteria for identifying external providers likely to function as full partners in such learning. This article explores the discourse on prostitution, trafficking, and buying sex. Buying sex or the purchase of sexual services, as the law says, has been a criminal act in Sweden since 1999. In the summer of 2006 Finland followed the lead, making it a crime to purchase sex from a person who has been subjected to trafficking or procuring. These reforms give a signal that the customers are responsible for increasing the international sex trade, but as the author argues, the commercial language used by the law makers may be a double-edged sword. PMID:20053945 This unit provides high school students with criteria for deciding to buy a new or used car and selecting a reputable dealer. It is divided into three sections. In the first section students analyze uses and identify car sizes, options, and appearances that are important. The second section describes advantages and disadvantages of new and used cars and the third section describes how to tell a reputable dealer from a nonreputable one. Students play games in which they answer hypothetical questions about their automobile needs, list advantages of purchasing a new or used car, analyze feelings about car ownership, find articles in consumer magazines about purchasing cars, and survey reputations of car dealers at the Better Business Bureau. Directions for making activities and games, objectives, a materials list, and reproducible pre- and posttests are included in the teacher's guide. Approximate class time for the unit is four to six hours. (KC) This curriculum guide is based on the notion that consumers can no longer afford to buy goods without thinking of the consequences. The unit presents students with criteria for making wise consumer choices. Twenty-six lessons offer data for examination and encourage students to calculate the consequences of various courses of action. Lessons look at economic relations between nations, energy shortages, political instability in developing nations, the widening gap between the rich and poor between and within nations, the penetration of every economy by multinational corporation, massive food shortages, degradation of the environment, and refugees world wide. The focus is on how these phenomena are affected by or have an effect upon consumers. Student handouts, worksheets, and resources are provided. (MM) This study explores consumers' acceptance of innovations in traditional cheese in France (n=120) and Norway (n=119). The respondents were presented with 16 photographs of a traditional cheese from their respective countries, varying according to six factors: pasteurisation, organic production, omega-3, packaging, price and appropriateness. For each of the scenarios the consumers indicated their willingness to buy the cheese on a nine-point scale. Results show that consumers' willingness to buy traditional cheese is highly driven by price, appropriateness and pasteurisation in both countries. However, on average consumers in the French sample prefer buying raw milk cheese, while consumers in the Norwegian sample prefer buying pasteurised cheese. These general trends are led by a pro-raw milk segment in France and a pro-pasteurised milk segment in Norway. Several interaction effects involving appropriateness are detected, indicating the importance of the consumption context on the acceptance of innovations in traditional cheese. On a general level, the results indicate that well-accepted innovations in traditional cheese are those that reinforce the traditional and authentic character of the product. PMID:21550369 Prepared to help teachers address the basic and survival level consumer needs of adult Vietnamese and Laotian refugees, this instructional guide consists of five units of instructional materials. Topics of the individual units are (1) how the monetary system works (cash, checks, postal money orders, banking); (2) the family consumer (personal and family hygiene, laundry, home care, and landlord and tenant); (3) family safety and health (home safety, home medicine, emergencies, doctors and dentists, prescriptions, reading directions); (4) shopping for food and good nutrition (foods and adapted basic food groups, smart food shopping); (5) smart consumerism (types of stores, getting the best buy). Provided in each lesson are a teacher's sheet containing suggested activities, instructional materials, and goals of the lesson; a student sheet (written in Vietnamese and Lao) complete with a vocabulary list and basic information about the topic covered; and a student instructional sheet (written in English) giving the student practice in developing manipulative skills. (MN) Pharmacists play an important role in providing information about natural products and in preventing risks related to these substances, particularly with respect to interactions with conventional drugs. For these reasons, a survey was specifically designed to investigate the quality of self-care counselling by pharmacists on phytotherapy. Twenty-three pharmacy stores took part in the project. Face-to-face interviews, using a pre-structured questionnaire, were undertaken by trained pharmacists to consumers buying a herbal product. The questionnaire included socio-demographic data and 17 items designed to elicit information regarding the reason of consumption, product knowledge, relationship/communication with healthcare providers, level of satisfaction, concurrent drug use and adverse reactions. The collection of interviews started in November 2006 until April 2007. From the analysis of 1420 questionnaires, it is evident that herbal use is increasing in Italy: 12% of our interviewees were buying a herbal product for the first time. The present survey highlights the favourable perception of efficacy of phytotherapic compounds by the pharmacy's consumers, who consider this healthcare modality to be an important and effective way to promote health/wellness and disease management as well as being safer overall than conventional drugs. Moreover, findings from this study demonstrate that pharmacists are more likely to answer correctly about the uses of herbal medicines than about drug interactions, adverse drug effects and cautions about these products. PMID:18422384 into the herd. The risk of contagious disease spread is great when purchased animals are added to the herd contagious diseases can be introduced by the addition of purchased cattle. The following are common of healthy animals will help prevent specific diseases from occurring. VSE-9.6-1 Buying Cattle? Here's What for Existing Buildings Sustainable purchasing policy Green Cleaning policy (with purchasing requirements) #12 Â- Building products Â- Green meetings and conference services · Low or non-toxic or non-hazardous chemicalsGO GREEN! BUY GREEN! Introduction to Green Purchasing April 22nd, 2010 Karen Preston - Purchasing R342 Dispatch Ras effectors: Buying shares in Ras plc Peter J. Cullen The debate over whether activated Ras can regulate phosphoinositide-specific phospholipase C (PLC) has been contentious and at times heated. The argument may be resolved by the recent identification of a novel Ras-regulated PLC, but some Buy, a campus-wide e-procurement system, across UC Berkeley and UCSF is to streamline processes, increase a lot of time and effort procuring goods and services through inefficient procurement systems-wide e-procurement system built on the proven SciQuest full-suite procurement platform and will integrate , farmers' market, CSA farm) in the last three months? .................................................................. 11 8. Of all the reasons you bought at a (farm stand, U-pick farm, farmers' market), which one did you buy products from a (farm stand, U-pick farm, farmers' market) in the last three months The research and elimination of perceived risks by customers shopping online in groups furthers the development of the business model. With the review and summary of perceived risks by customers in traditional e-commerce environment, special risks resulted from online group buying ware discovered by interviews with customers and experts in order to develop initial scale of perceived risks by online The two students who won commercial sponsorship for their college education embody entrepreneurialism's darker side-the growing commercialism of schools and conscious targeting of students as lifelong consumers. This update discusses developments in program, activity, and materials sponsorships; exclusive agreements; electronic marketing; privatization; and fund raising. (Contains 34 references.) (MLH) Many students are struggling with more depression and anxiety than ever before. These are characteristic dangers of the "consumer class"--1.7 billion people worldwide who are "characterized by diets of highly processed food, desire for bigger houses, more and bigger cars, higher levels of debt, and lifestyles devoted to the accumulation of non-essential goods." Mindless consumerism threatens physical, social, and psychological health; total abstinence, on the other hand, means starvation. The author teaches dystopian literature, which exaggerates modern context so that one can challenge it. Providing for its readers a glimpse into a horrifying but fully possible future, Aldous Huxley's "Brave New World" and M. T. Anderson's "Feed" show how unrestrained industry often relies on manipulation and herd mentality, an unspeakably grim encroachment on the individual. When the important thing is selling and buying, the individual becomes nothing more than consumer or worker. This is where it gets tricky: Young people love advertising, consuming, entertainment, and technology. If people attack these trappings of modern life, they risk nurturing defensiveness. The challenge is to focus on the dangers, demands, and opportunities common to the "consumer class" without alarmism--difficult terrain to navigate. Four important traits of modern consumerism that the two novels address are powerful advertising and industry, mindless consumption based on instant gratification, reliance on technology, and the resulting atrophy of language. English teachers can explore these important concepts with their students. Using these texts, they can meaningfully discuss what it means to be responsible, aware, knowledgeable, and moral consumers. Internet-based group-buying has become a new growth point for China's e-commerce. By studying B2C group- buying model, this paper has collected data of 20 major Chinese group-buying websites, studied factors that might influence Internet users' group-buying behavior, proposed a new model for evaluating the value of Internet enterprises, and provided a feasible reference model for the evaluation and performance of In this study, purchase behavior of California consumers in response to irradiated papayas is described. The papayas were shipped from Hawaii and irradiated in California under a permit by the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service and approved by the California Department of Food and Agriculture. Results show that the superior appearance of the irradiated fruit appealed to consumers and that two-thirds or more of the people queried indicated that they would buy irradiated produce. It is noted that this marketing took place in a supportive environment with no protestors present. Informational material was available. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the knowledge, perception and buying behaviour of probiotics. 72 participants in Middelburg, the Netherlands, filled out a detailed questionnaire regarding probiotics and their customer and consumer behaviour. It can be concluded from this study that the concept of probiotics is generally poorly understood. Health-conscious consumers seem to be the group most aware of the correct meaning of the term probiotics. Almost 50% of the participants did not believe that probiotics had any health effect. Independent organisations and/or government agencies appeared to be the preferred source of information on the functionality of probiotics. PMID:23434950 Share buy-backs have become increasingly popular among Australian companies. One of the main aims of announcing a share buy-back by a listed company is signalling the market that its shares are currently underpriced. When market reacts to the signal, price of the shares is expected to increase immediately after the announcement. While there are several ways of buying back shares, Will European football keep leagues open, or adopt the American system of closed leagues? Would this reform be to the benefit of consumers? This paper develops a framework to analyse the consequences of the structure of competition - whether teams play in both national and international competitions or not - and the effects on performance of revenue sharing among teams States significantly increased buy-in from local teachers' unions in round two of the Race to the Top competition, but made far less progress in enlisting districts or expanding the number of students affected by the states' education reform plans. Those patterns emerged from an "Education Week" analysis of applications from 29 states and the District of Columbia, all of which entered both rounds of the $4 billion federal grant contest. Although the changes made in applications from the first to the second round varied widely from state to state, union buy-in increased on average by 22 percentage points, with states such as Florida, Michigan, and Wisconsin making big leaps. At the same time, the overall level of district support and students affected in the 30 applications barely budged, mostly owing to California's loss of support from about 500 districts representing nearly 2 million students. That negated progress other states made in improving buy-in. Even with greater union backing, states didn't appear to garner the additional support by substantially weakening their applications. That possibility had been a fear of many education policy advocates after first-round winners Delaware and Tennessee were singled out for praise by U.S. Secretary of Education Arne Duncan, at least in part, for their 100 percent district and nearly universal union buy-in. Such unanimity meant the improvements proposed by the states in seeking the grants would at least theoretically reach all students. Buy-in is important to a state's Race to the Top chances because more support from superintendents and unions for its plan, as shown by the number of those who sign on to an agreement with the state, earns that state more points on the 500-point grading scale. The competition, funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act passed by Congress last year, has become the chief mechanism by which Mr. Duncan is driving changes to state and federal education policy. In this latest round of applications, those competing for a second time got, on average, 61 percent of their districts on board, and within those districts, 68 percent of local unions signed on. In the first round, those states on average had buy-in from 62 percent of districts and 46 percent of unions. Second-round applications were due on June 1, and awards are expected to be made in late August or early September. A total of $3.4 billion remains for round two. This paper uses a logistic regression model to examine consumer willingness to buy organic and\\/or GM food products in the context of food attributes that are considered important in the consumption decision. That model is chosen for its mathematical simplicity and because its asymptotic characteristic constrains the predicted probabilities to a range between zero and one. In particular, the model Refrigerator energy consumption has been the subject of regulatory attention in the US for some thirty years. Federal product standards, energy labels, and a variety of programs to get consumers to discard their existing refrigerators sooner and buy new, more energy efficient ones have transformed the refrigerator landscape and changed how many of us think about refrigerators. The results of Consumer purchasing patterns of a standard and an energy-efficient refrigerator are presented. These models differed only in their initial cost and electricity consumption. Consumers in regions with higher electricity prices tended to buy the more efficient model. A distribution of implied consumer discount rates is constructed. Roughly 2/5 of the consumers behaved as if they had real discount rates above 60%, 1/5 between 35% and 60%, and 2/5 less than 35%. Some of the distribution in apparent discount rates may be attributable to market failures. This paper investigates the link between the consumer perception that a company is socially oriented and the consumer intention\\u000a to buy products marketed by that company. We suggest that this link exists when at least two conditions prevail: (1) the products\\u000a sold by that company comply with ethical and social requirements; (2) the company has an acknowledged commitment to protect Compulsive shopping is an impulse control disorder that produces psychological distress. Appropriate measurement scales of compulsive buying are important to identify compulsive buyers. Three compulsive buying scales (Faber and O'Guinn scale, Edwards scale, Yale and Brown scale) were tested in an Italian sample composed of 438 participants randomly selected from the general population. Self-report questionnaires measured psychiatric dysfunctions and personality traits. The data confirmed that high anxiety, obsessive-compulsive dysfunctions, depression, psychoticism, and low self-esteem were associated with inappropriate shopping. The Faber and O'Guinn scale and Edwards Scale are appropriate for surveys, while the Yale and Brown scale are more appropriate for clinical diagnosis of psychological dependences. PMID:23402051 This study evaluates consumer purchase propensity for genetically modified (GM) food products in Romania, shedding light on consumer preferences in developing Eastern European nations. Results based on a bivariate probit model of purchase propensity for GM sunflower oil and table potatoes show that consumers in Romania are generally opposed to GM food consumption, similar to consumers in Western Europe, but Purpose – This study aims to examine the causal relationships among fashion involvement, positive emotion, hedonic consumption tendency, and fashion-oriented impulse buying in the context of shopping. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – A self-administered questionnaire developed from the literature was administered to 217 college students during a scheduled class. They were enrolled at one metropolitan university in a southwestern state in the USA. Professor Bryant Simon is the author of "Everything But the Coffee: Learning About America From Starbucks" (University of California Press, 2009). He presented his key findings to the class and summarizes them here. Studying Starbucks reveals essential truths about what its customers, who represented a large cross-section of the American middle-class, cared about and desired. Moreover, it reveals something about the nature of buying in everyday America.(Contains 10 notes.) How to best decide when it's time to replace your PC, whether at home or at work, is always tricky. Spending on computers can make you more productive, but it's money you otherwise cannot spend, invest or save, and faster systems always await you in the future. What is clear is that the computer industry really wants you to buy, and the computer publishing industry does too. In ads as well as articles, the emphasis is always on the latest and greatest. Healthy spending has fueled the PC revolution, but it may not necessarily be healthy for your bottom line. Not everybody buys into the dictum that yesterday's technology is a liability. Being on the cutting edge, in fact, can make you bleed. New technology is and will always be buggier than the tried and true. Yet there are good reasons for spending on new computer hardware. It will let you run the latest software, which typically has more features and is easier to use than older programs, though this reason is less compelling than it used to be. In deciding whether or not to buy a new PC, the ultimate question you need to answer is this: Will the new system let you or those you work with work more efficiently, or in the case of home systems used for entertainment, play more pleasurably, and is the price worth it? Background ‘Neuromarketing’ is a term that has often been used in the media in recent years. These public discussions have generally centered around potential ethical aspects and the public fear of negative consequences for society in general, and consumers in particular. However, positive contributions to the scientific discourse from developing a biological model that tries to explain context-situated human behavior such as consumption have often been neglected. We argue for a differentiated terminology, naming commercial applications of neuroscientific methods ‘neuromarketing’ and scientific ones ‘consumer neuroscience’. While marketing scholars have eagerly integrated neuroscientific evidence into their theoretical framework, neurology has only recently started to draw its attention to the results of consumer neuroscience. Discussion In this paper we address key research topics of consumer neuroscience that we think are of interest for neurologists; namely the reward system, trust and ethical issues. We argue that there are overlapping research topics in neurology and consumer neuroscience where both sides can profit from collaboration. Further, neurologists joining the public discussion of ethical issues surrounding neuromarketing and consumer neuroscience could contribute standards and experience gained in clinical research. Summary We identify the following areas where consumer neuroscience could contribute to the field of neurology: First, studies using game paradigms could help to gain further insights into the underlying pathophysiology of pathological gambling in Parkinson’s disease, frontotemporal dementia, epilepsy, and Huntington’s disease. Second, we identify compulsive buying as a common interest in neurology and consumer neuroscience. Paradigms commonly used in consumer neuroscience could be applied to patients suffering from Parkinson’s disease and frontotemporal dementia to advance knowledge of this important behavioral symptom. Third, trust research in the medical context lacks empirical behavioral and neuroscientific evidence. Neurologists entering this field of research could profit from the extensive knowledge of the biological foundation of trust that scientists in economically-orientated neurosciences have gained. Fourth, neurologists could contribute significantly to the ethical debate about invasive methods in neuromarketing and consumer neuroscience. Further, neurologists should investigate biological and behavioral reactions of neurological patients to marketing and advertising measures, as they could show special consumer vulnerability and be subject to target marketing. Non-hypothetical valuations obtained from experimental auctions in three United States and two European locations were used to calculate welfare effects of introducing and labeling of genetically modified food. Under certain assumptions, we find that introduction of genetically modified food has been welfare enhancing, on average, for United States consumers but not so for Europeans and while mandatory labeling has been The European Community was established in 1951 to reconcile France and Germany after World War II and to make possible the eventual federation of Europe. By 1986, there were 12 member countries: France, Italy, Belgium, the Federal Republic of Germany, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Denmark, Ireland, the United Kingdom, Greece, Spain, and Portugal. Principal areas of concern are internal and external trade, agriculture, monetary coordination, fisheries, common industrial and commercial policies, assistance, science and research, and common social and regional policies. The European Community has a budget of US$34.035 billion/year, funded by customs duties and 1.4% of each member's value-added tax. The treaties establishing the European Community call for members to form a common market, a common customs tariff, and common agricultural, transport, economic, and nuclear policies. Major European Community institutions include the Commission, Council of Ministers, European Parliament, Court of Justice, and Economic and Social Committee. The Community is the world's largest trading unit, accounting for 15% of world trade. The 2 main goals of the Community's industrial policy are to create an open internal market and to promote technological innovation in order to improve international competitiveness. The European Community aims to contribute to the economic and social development of Third World countries as well. PMID:12177941 Founded at the Boston College School of Law, the National Consumer Law Center (NCLC) is a nonprofit corporation committed to the legal problems commonly faced by low-income and financially distressed families. Accurate and authoritative information regarding issues of debt collection abuses, home improvement frauds, usury, and utility terminations, among others, are provided at the Consumer Information section of the site for lawyers, low-income community organizations, public policy makers, consumer and business reporters, and interested citizens, alike. Links to related websites are also provided for additional consumer guidance. European movement regarding increased consumer concern toward food safety and quality as well as health and nutritional aspect of food is present in Croatia as well. Consumer perceptions and attitudes regarding organic food were analyzed on sample of 124 examinees, by means of face-to-face survey. Aim of paper was to create founded marketing strategies, market segments identification, sales channels and Discarded electronic consumer products cause enormous environmental problems as no thought has been given to their possible reuse. Some European governments have passed laws so that manufacturers and importers are being made responsible for their products when discarded by the consumer. Therefore, manufacturers have started to think about product designs which allow the reuse of components and the recycling of The Harmonized Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) is the single most important indicator of inflation used by the European Central Bank. Sections 2 to 4 of the paper look at the theory of inflation indexes that could be used as target indexes of inflation. A Consumer Price Index (CPI) emerges as perhaps the most useful target index. Four different approaches A study investigated the learning of consumer skills by adolescents, using two theoretical approaches--the social learning and the family communication pattern approaches. It was hypothesized that (1) assuming that parents are more experienced consumers than are adolescents, frequent discussion with parents on consumption matters are likely to enhance children's learning of intelligent consumer behaviors, and (2) assuming the concept-oriented family communication pattern fosters consumer behaviors geared to evaluating alternatives according to their objective and functional attributes, adolescents from this type of family are more likely to be active in information seeking and price shopping before buying. Subjects, seventh, tenth, and twelfth grade students from lower, middle, and upper socioeconomic backgrounds, selected from three school districts in southeastern Michigan, completed a questionnaire. Both hypotheses were largely supported. Results showed that parents seemed to serve as role models for the teenage consumers, and that peer-child communication also contributed to the learning of consumer skills. Findings also indicated that the concept-oriented family communication pattern had a direct effect on adolescent knowledge of consumer skills. Results suggested that the two theories work together to explain the socialization outcome, and that the integration of the two different theoretical perspectives into a single model presents a more holistic view of how teenagers learn to be intelligent consumers. (Tables of data are included, notes and a bibliography are appended.) (NKA) Cogenerators who don't negotiate a buyback price with utilities that brings a fair rate of return stand to lose a great deal of money, according to a spokesman from the Cogeneration Development Corp. Utilities are required by the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act (PURPA) to buy back unused power generated by cogenerators, but the rules leave room for negotiation and interpretation. Large industrial users can take advantage of their high power demand and the opportunity cogeneration offers utilities to avoid using old or building new capacity during the bargaining process. Cogenerators can either develop in-house or retain professional expertise to represent their interests. (DCK) As an internet application, Group-buying is a new darling of E-commerce. To the consensus of many, the integration of social networking and e-commerce will contribute significantly to the reliability of online transactions, and improve customers' satisfaction as well. This paper presents Group-buying Trust — a coherent adaptive trust model for quantifying and comparing the trustworthiness of group-buying websites based on This study presents an experiential exercise designed to heighten students' awareness of overconsumption in the United States and allow them to see how their own consumption habits are linked to larger social factors. Students engaged in the "Not Buying It" project--which involved refraining from purchasing all but essentials for a set number of days--as part of a broader lesson on consumerism. Qualitative and quantitative data, gathered from students enrolled in three sections of Introductory Sociology, suggest that the exercise was effective in enhancing students' sociological imaginations by helping students see how their own consumption habits are shaped by larger social forces and how they, along with most Americans, tend toward overconsumption. To a more limited extent, it may help enhance cognitive understanding of consumption. Teaching about consumption in general, and the Not Buying It project in particular, offers instructors an excellent pedagogical means by which students can acquire a sociological imagination, reinforces key sociological principles, and links to broader goals within the discipline. (Contains 4 figures, 2 tables, and 2 notes.) The General Services Administration (GSA) offers its Consumer Information Center via the web. The Consumer Information Catalog (advertised as being available in hardcopy from an address in Pueblo, Colorado) is available for downloading, as well as full text consumer information publications on cars, children, employment, federal programs, food and nutrition, health, housing, small business, money, and travel and hobbies. This handbook is intended to help consumers exercise their rights in the marketplace in three ways. It shows how to communicate more effectively with manufacturers, retailers, and service providers; it is a self-help manual for resolving individual consumer complaints; and it lists helpful sources of assistance. The handbook has two sections. Part I, How To Be a Smart Consumer, features tips on avoiding purchasing problems and getting the most for one's money. It gives steps for handling one's own complaint and writing an effective complaint letter. Part II, the Consumer Assistance Directory, lists consumer offices in both the public and private sectors that provide assistance for consumer complaints. An index in the back of the handbook lists, by subject, the appropriate contact. Consumer tips and remainders on resolving complaints appear throughout the handbook. These tips are also in the index by subject. The handbook is a handy reference tool for consumers; additional users include educators (as a source of information and ideas for developing and teaching innovative consumer education courses) and consumer leaders in business and government (as a resource for locating others who share consumer program objectives and who can help resolve consumer complaints). (YLB) Answering consumer questions can be one of the toughest aspects of working in the egg industry. Consumers enjoy being informed about the products they purchase. The increased use of the internet by consumers can prove problematic due to the wealth of inaccurate information available on the interne... Today¿s consumer is more informed than consumers from previous generations. This desire for knowledge about the products they use raises a need for employees to be informed and trained in dealing with consumer concerns. In the egg industry, general topics of concern include: Proper storage, safe ... Safe driving in older adulthood depends not only on health and driving ability, but also on the driving environment itself, including the type of vehicle. However, little is known about how safety figures into the older driver's vehicle selection criteria and how it ranks among other criteria, such as price and comfort. For this purpose, six focus groups of older male and female drivers (n=33) aged 70-87 were conducted in two Canadian cities to explore vehicle purchasing decisions and the contribution of safety in this decision. Themes emerged from the data in these categories: vehicle features that keep them feeling safe, advanced vehicular technologies, factors that influence their car buying decisions, and resources that inform this decision. Results indicate older drivers have gaps with respect to their knowledge of safety features and do not prioritize safety at the time of vehicle purchase. To maximize the awareness and uptake of safety innovations, older consumers would benefit from a vehicle design rating system that highlights safety as well as other features to help ensure that the vehicle purchased fits their lifestyle and needs. PMID:23522914 Purpose – The aim of the paper is to investigate the consumers' decision-making process for organically produced foods in Italy. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – A structural equation modelling approach has been used with information provided by a survey conducted in Italy (Naples). Findings – Results indicate that consumer' attitudes towards organic food, in particular towards the health attribute and towards the environment In this paper we attempt to compare the responses of consumers and professionals to questions related to organic food retailing, in order to highlight the differences and the similarities of viewpoints between them and to understand the links between consumer perception of organic food and the sales channel. In order to do this, we analyse the results of three studies, Marketing lacks comprehension on the increasingly important segment of mature consumers in regard to their behavior and respective\\u000a reasons for certain behavior. This study on the desire for alternative products or brands within the domain of fast moving\\u000a consumer goods was capable of verifying differences among age-groups. While the keenness for cross-buying increases with age,\\u000a the desire for switching to Local food movements have emerged in many parts of Canada to support local farmers, sustain the regional food supply, encourage the consumption of healthier foods, and address environmental concerns associated with conventional agriculture. The implementation of food localism to date, however, has remained primarily the responsibility of consumers. This paper seeks to examine the practical realities of individual consumer localism in order to understand how food localism operates at the household level. Local food scholarship and empirical data from a recent study of Canadian farmwomen's food provisioning practices are used to assess the feasibility and implications of buy local and eat local messages for consumers. In particular, physical access to local food markets, financial constraints to buying local and food self-provisioning, and (gendered) labor requirements are examined in detail. Findings suggest that encouragement by local food advocates to "buy local" and "grow food" are not simple transactions for households; rather, such practices must be considered within the broader food provisioning context and the structural constraints therein. Although well-intentioned, these urgings delegitimize real constraints that exist for many individuals and households, in particular those outside of well-serviced urban areas, those who are food insecure, and those without the necessary resources (time, labor, skill, and expertise) to engage in local food provisioning. The ability of consumers to engage in individual localism will be limited as long as the broader context in which food provisioning activities are undertaken is ignored. (Contains 1 figure and 1 table.) The European Economic and Social Committee (EESC) is a "consultative body of the European Union." The EESC is meant to serve as "a bridge between European and organized civil society", and their work includes networking with other governmental organization, adopting policy resolutions and suggestions, and researching energy issues, among other things. The materials on the site are divided into seven primary sections, including "Documents", "Themes", and "Events & Activities". A good place to get started is the "Themes" area, which features information about their recent activities in areas like civil society, consumers, economics, and agriculture and environment. Along the left-side of this page, visitors can look at the latest events and conferences related to each separate theme. Moving along, the "Documents" area includes opinion pieces and working papers such as "EU-Canada Relations" and "Higher Education and Entrepreneurship". Lastly, the "Press & Media" area includes videos, interviews, and photo galleries. View and Print An Electronic PO or Invoice in iBuyNU NUFinancials Supply Chain 3/23/2012 i and invoices. Note: most, but not all, vendors in iBuyNU provide electronic invoices. If a vendor does not, contact Accounts Payable to request a copy of the invoice. Navigation: History tab Search by All Documents Media News | Marketwire buys social media firm Sysomos This article provided courtesy of Marketing Magazine. [ Marketwire buys social media firm Sysomos ] July 07, 2010 | By Canadian Press | Comments Recommend The Marketwire news release company has acquired Sysomos, a Toronto-based social media monitoring Joining the ranks of other fine Websites serving as watchdogs over the 2000 presidential elections campaign, this one from The Center for Public Integrity mirrors data from the just published book The Buying of the President. Drawing primarily on Financial Disclosure Statements available on-site, the Center provides listings of each candidate's assets, the sources of honoraria and travel money, the candidate's top 25 career patrons, and the size and disbursements of his campaign war chest. The site also features information concerning possible candidate violations of campaign laws currently under review by the Federal Election Commission as well as a listing of the top 50 soft money donors to the Democratic and Republican parties. Voters in Iowa and New Hampshire take note. An antitrust suit against 90 Georgia electric utilities, charging that their monopoly of retail electricity sales should not preclude cogenerators and small power producers from selling surplus power to utilities elsewhere on the network, could set a national precedent allowing cogenerators to shop around for the best buy-back rate. Greensboro Lumber Co. charges that the utilities' refusal to wheel cogenerated power to potential purchasers represents a restraint of trade. The lumber company contends that cogenerators should sell to the wholesale market, where utilities have no state-granted monopoly. Attorneys for the two sides are unsure of the immediate outcome, but predict that antitrust action or threatened action could give cogenerators unfair leverage. This paper reports that Hunt Oil Co., Dallas, has agreed to buy substantially all of the oil and gas assets of Pacific Enterprises Oil Co. (U.S.A.) a subsidiary of Pacific Enterprises, Los Angeles. Hunt will pay $371 million for leases mainly in Texas, Wyoming, Louisiana, and Mississippi. The acquired properties will add oil and gas reserves of about 63 million bbl of oil equivalent and nearly 1.4 million gross leasehold acres to Hunt's exploration and production assets. Included in the assets to be acquired are several oil and gas fields on the Burnett Ranch in King County, Tex., and a subsidiary corporation that has production interests in Colombia. Consumer markets have been studied in great depth, and many techniques have been used to represent them. These have included regression-based models, logit models, and theoretical market-level models, such as the NBD-Dirichlet approach. Although many important contributions and insights have resulted from studies that relied on these models, there is still a need for a model that could more holistically represent the interdependencies of the decisions made by consumers, retailers, and manufacturers. When the need is for a model that could be used repeatedly over time to support decisions in an industrial setting, it is particularly critical. Although some existing methods can, in principle, represent such complex interdependencies, their capabilities might be outstripped if they had to be used for industrial applications, because of the details this type of modeling requires. However, a complementary method - agent-based modeling - shows promise for addressing these issues. Agent-based models use business-driven rules for individuals (e.g., individual consumer rules for buying items, individual retailer rules for stocking items, or individual firm rules for advertizing items) to determine holistic, system-level outcomes (e.g., to determine if brand X's market share is increasing). We applied agent-based modeling to develop a multi-scale consumer market model. We then conducted calibration, verification, and validation tests of this model. The model was successfully applied by Procter & Gamble to several challenging business problems. In these situations, it directly influenced managerial decision making and produced substantial cost savings. Humans are exposed to a variety of chemicals in their everyday lives through interactions with the environment and through the use of consumer products. It is a basic requirement that these products are tested to assure they are safe under normal and reasonably foreseeable conditions of use. Within the European Union, the majority of tests used for generating toxicological data rely on animals. However recent changes in legislation (e.g., 7th amendment of the Cosmetics Directive and REACH) are driving researchers to develop and adopt non-animal alternative methods with which to assure human safety. Great strides have been made to this effect, but what other opportunities/technologies exist that could expedite this? Tissue engineering has increasing scope to contribute to replacing animals with scientifically robust alternatives in basic research and safety testing, but is this application of the technology being fully exploited? This review highlights how the consumer products industry is applying tissue engineering to ensure chemicals are safe for human use without using animals, and identifies areas for future development and application of the technology. In 1975 the people of the U.S. bought nearly 127 million major household appliances, which had a retail value of more than $14.5 billion. Few of the buyers had much information enabling them to compare one brand with another wisely, particularly if they were concerned about the durability of the appliance and its lifetime cost (a sum of what the buyer would spend to buy it, to maintain it and to pay for the energy it would require). At the end of 1977 the situation was much the same. Partly as a result of the ''consumer movement'' of recent years and partly because of rising concern over the efficient use of energy, Congress has passed legislation calling on various Federal agencies to establish certain standards for the performance of major appliances. Work in progress at the NBS Center for Consumer Product Technology promises to make available to the consumer a substantial amount of information on the durability and efficiency of appliances. What one can expect to see as a result of this work is a labeling system for certain appliances that will set forth, at the point of sale, a measure of the energy the appliance requires in normal use and the efficiency with which the energy is used. Thus the buyer can ascertain by comparing labels that the appliance with the lowest retail price may not be the cheapest in the long run because of its large energy requirements or relative inefficiency. The difference between this labeling system and the information now available to the consumer in product brochures and consumer publications is that the label information will be standardized, based on accepted engineering tests of product performance and available at the point of sale. We assess consumer choice of eco-labeled, organic, and regular apples, and identify sociodemographic characteristics affecting the choice among those three alternatives. Eco-labeled apples are less desirable than organic when food safety, the environment, and children's needs are considered. Characteristics that may be expected to positively affect the decision to buy eco-labeled apples relative to regular apples actually have the opposite This article discusses consumer choices of renewable energy technologies over polluting power producers and the factors that are likely to go into consumer choice. Covered are the following topics: is it really green? How much difference will cost make? What choices will industry make? The continuing need for policy emphasising clean energy and lowering complicating obstacles. With the rise of the “Google generation”, consumers can easily access information with a simple click. Unfortunately, this information is not always accurate or honest. This can pose many problems if consumer perception of your product is swayed by erroneous information. Being able to factually a... Four conference presenters involved in consumer online services present information on new products both under development and in the process of implementation, commenting on technological, content, distribution, and consumer service issues. Products and companies discussed are eWorld (Apple Computer Europe); Olivetti Telemedia; CompuServe; and Europe Online. (JKP) The Marketing 305: Consumer Behavior web site was developed by Gordon Bruner, Associate Professor of Marketing at Southern Illinois University. The course aims to help students understand the variables that affect consumption and how consumer behavior affects the success of marketing. At the site, visitors will find the course syllabus, slides from the lectures, review questions and sample exam questions. This study assessed how, and to what extent, it is possible to use behavioral experimentation and relative sales analysis to study the effects of price on consumers' brand choices in the store environment. An in-store experiment was performed in four stores to investigate the effects of different prices of a target brand on consumers' relative buying behavior using an alternating treatment design with baseline. The intervention consisted of periodically reducing the target brand's price by 17-26%. Price reductions generally had none or minor effects. However, data for one store showed lower relative sales for the price reduction condition. These are surprising results and they underline the need to examine all of the marketing mix factors, not only price. (Contains 4 figures and 2 tables.) Explores the benefits of multi-year bid contracting of university furniture contracts and offers tips on how to be successful at this approach. Areas covered include careful development of specifications, establishing clear ground rules for pricing and contractual escape routes, and comprehensive and careful bid contract writing. (GR) The British Library has been producing quality online features for close to a decade now, and this latest offering is worth a close look. This particular feature offers some insights and commentary on five prominent black Europeans. It may even come as a surprise to some visitors that several of the individuals profiled were black, such as Alexandre Dumas, the celebrated author of The Three Musketeers. These profiles are supplemented with essays by Dr. Mike Phillips, a writer, scholar, and journalist. The essays are accompanied by a series of images, including engravings, portraits, and illustrations. Visitors may also want to view and print out extended versions of Phillips essays, which are available here in the pdf format. For 41 toothpastes available to European consumers in 1995, the cleaning efficacy was evaluated in comparison with abrasivity on dentin (RDA value). For cleaning power assessment, a modified pellicle cleaning ratio (PCR) measurement method was developed. The method is characterized by a five-day tea-staining procedure on bovine front teeth slabs on a rotating wheel, standardized brushing of the slabs in Together with the national central banks of the European Union, the European Central Bank (ECB) collects statistical information and governs the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). Legal texts about the ECB, the ESCB, and the European Monetary Union (EMI) are provided in addition to press releases, speeches, euro area statistics and selected publications of the EMI (in eleven European languages). Offered in this guide are facts enabling family day care providers in Michigan to serve meals meeting meal pattern requirements of the state's Child Care Food Program. Adapted from the "Food Buying Guide for Child Nutrition Programs," contents are based on the latest Federal regulations and meal pattern requirements, current food production and marketing techniques, packaging methods, and grading standards. Introductory information explains the yield data tables, how to calculate the quantity of food needed, and how to use additional yield information. Foods are classified according to meal pattern components of the Child Care Food Program: meat and meat alternatives, vegetables and fruits, bread and bread alternates, and milk. In that order, sections 1 through 4 of the guide concern foods in those categories. The yield data tables furnish information about food as purchased, the purchase unit, servings per purchase unit, serving size or portion, and, when relevant, additional yield information. Appended are a chart of meal pattern requirements, a chart of bread and bread alternates, and tables concerning abbreviations and symbols, volume equivalents, decimal equivalents of commonly used fractions, and metric equivalents. (RH) From the Washington State Library, Find-It! Consumer provides links to and information about over 100 consumer safety and protection Websites. Annotated Websites concerning Washington State or the entire United States may be searched by keyword or browsed by topic. The librarians have included a wonderful section on Top Searches, which gives guides to information and resources on a broad range of subjects, from insecticide in food to choosing an Internet service provider. Up-to-date recalls and new consumer information are also highlighted. An inventory of nanotechnology-based consumer products currently on the market. After more than twenty years of basic and applied research, nanotechnologies are gaining in commercial use. Nanoscale materials now are in electronic, cosmetics, automotive and medical products. But it has been difficult to find out how many "nano" consumer products are on the market and which merchandise could be called "nano." While not comprehensive, this inventory gives the public the best available look at the 800+ manufacturer-identified nanotechnology-based consumer products currently on the market. America is undergoing a profound age shift in its demographic make-up with people 55 and over comprising an increasing proportion of the population. Marketers may need to increase their response rate to this shift, especially in refining the application of marketing theory and practice to older age consumers. To this end, a survey of older couple buying behavior for health insurance coverage is reported here. Results clarify evaluative criteria and the viability of multiple market segmentation for health care coverage among older consumers as couples. Commentary on the efficacy of present health coverage marketing programs is provided. PMID:10143892 The purpose of this Consumer Representation Plan is to ensure to the greatest extent possible that persons who are affected by any major FEA sponsored legislation, regulation, policy, decision or program action have the opportunity to comment on the subject before a decision is reached, and that these views are duly considered in the agency's decision-making process. It is FEA's intent to more actively solicit consumer opinion and to make the individual offices more responsive to the consumer. It is a basic premise of this plan that where the machinery and the techniques for assuring consumer representation already exist within FEA they are to be strengthened and that where they do not exist they will be instituted. Difficulty identifying feelings (a component of alexithymia) and distress tolerance both appear to play a role in impulse-control problems. The goal of the present study was to build upon past research by developing a model of the relations between these constructs and compulsive buying. Participants from the United States and Canada completed a survey containing well-established measures of demographic variables, difficulty identifying feelings, distress tolerance and compulsive buying. In support of a hypothesized model, the three constructs were significantly related in predicted directions and distress tolerance fully mediated the relationship between difficulty identifying feelings and compulsive buying. These results confirm the relationship between alexithymic tendencies and distress tolerance and extend previous findings concerning the problematic behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, pathological gambling) of people who have difficulty identifying their feelings. They also highlight attributes and skills (e.g., tolerating distress, identifying feelings) which clinicians might beneficially target while working with clients who buy compulsively. This paper analyses the market reaction to the share buy-back announcements of companies listed on BSE for the year 1999-2004 by employing event study methodology with Sensex as the market index. The results find that market reacts positively to the buy-backs. Further, abnormal returns are tested for information signaling, free cash flow and leverage hypotheses. Results reveal that only leverage This new bimonthly magazine published by the European Commission is targeted at "decision-makers/opinion formers having an impact on European Integration" in the ten Central European and Baltic countries that have applied to join the EU. The electronic version of the first issue contains articles on humanitarian aid, membership negotiations, pensions, and economic forecasts. Ownership rates of advanced communication technologies among Hispanic families are lower than the national average. Going beyond socioeconomic (i.e., family income, educational attainment, and occupation) indicators as key predictors of the so-called technology gap, this paper relies on qualitative analysis of Hispanic families' attitudes and opinions about computers to provide a richer context for understanding the gap. Six focus groups were conducted in the summer of 1997 (n=72). Interviewees were recruited from Santa Ana and Riverside, California, and were eligible to participate if: (1) they were heads of household of Hispanic origin; (2) their yearly family income was between $25,000 and $65,000; and (3) they did not already own a home computer. Focus groups were balanced in terms of gender, and participant ages ranged from 21 to 64. Santa Ana focus groups tended to include mostly college-educated, professional, English-speaking, and native-born respondents, while Riverside focus groups included predominantly non-college-educated, working-class, Spanish-speaking, and foreign-born participants. The results of the focus group dialogues provided support for the following key findings. First, most respondents (over 90%) believed strongly that Hispanics need computers to keep up with progress. Not only were computers considered to be important, they were ranked behind "taking a vacation" as a priority in their household. Second, notwithstanding common wisdom, which suggests that Hispanic parents want a home computer principally for their children, focus groups revealed that heads of household most likely to purchase a PC in the next year would buy it for their own personal use as well as for their children. Third, while respondents found many advantages to owning a computer, the drawbacks were formidable, including anxiety over pornography on the Internet (a concern for two-thirds of participants, mainly female interviewees) as well as the antisocial nature of using computers in a family setting. (LPP) Food is a powerful symbol in the struggle to transition to a more sustainable pathway since the food choices citizens make\\u000a have deep environmental and social impacts within their communities and around the world. Using transformative learning theory,\\u000a this research explored the learning that took place among individual adults who consumed goods directly from local organic\\u000a producers, and how this The segment of organic products occupies an increasingly important place in dairy assortments. The European Union (EU) introduced a new EU organic logo in 2010 with the aim of harmonizing its organic sector and boosting consumer trust in organic food. This study focuses on organic yogurt and investigates consumer awareness and knowledge of the new EU logo. Consumers evaluate organic yogurt as superior compared with conventional yogurt on healthiness, environmental friendliness, quality, and safety. More frequent buyers of organic yogurt have a stronger belief that organic yogurt is superior. The willingness-to-pay for organic yogurt ranged from a premium of 15% for nonbuyers to 40% for habitual buyers, indicating the market potential for this product. A structural equations model reveals the positive association between knowledge, attitudes, and the frequency of purchasing and consuming organic yogurt. Nevertheless, consumer awareness of the EU organic logo remains rather low, which suggests a need for more effective information campaigns and marketing actions. PMID:23415537 The majority of consumers, in particular European consumers oppose genetic modifi- cation of food. Although consumers oppose strongly genetic modification of food, genetically modified food production increases world wide. The co-existence of both, genetically modified food production and food production free of genetic modification cannot be ensured. There is always a risk that non-genetically modified food gets contaminated despite safety Private brands in grocery retailing have evolved from a way to compete on price by selling low quality products at a low price, into a brand category in their own right, with a wide range of positioning options open to retailers. The buying and selling of private brands means that retailers' add new activities and processes to those that are The controversy over genetically modified (GM) foods has swept across Europe and is beginning to make inroads into the North American consumer market. It is set to become a thorny trade issue between the European Union (EU) and the United States. The issue is important, not least because of the potential scale of the problem. There has been a rapid At present, the proposal for a Consumer Rights directive and the draft Common Frame of Reference are almost entirely disconnected. This is surprising in the light of the Commission's original plans. It is also unfortunate in the light of the CFR's potential for making European contract law more coherent. The proposed directive fits very well into a scenario which could The debate over the safety of genetically modified organisms (GMO's) has varied greatly in intensity. In Europe, the debate has been vigorous and European consumers have, in general, been extremely skeptical of the technology and unwilling to assume the risks associated with GMOs. Many retailers in Europe have promised that they will not sell food products that contain GMOs. In As biotechnology evolves new methods of genetic engineering are now being applied to the production and processing of foods. This paper is trying to explore the attitudes of the European consumers towards genetic modification of food. Using survey data of the EU member countries the proposed research paper is planned to have a threefold output: 1) providing a comparative ranking Traditional pedagogy is premised on a belief that older generations teach younger generations how to learn. At this point in history, however, through their ubiquitous exposure to media, technology, and communication, younger generations understand contemporary forms of communication better and more tacitly than older generations. Yet schooling lags behind advances in communication and technologies, clinging to a concept that older generations still impart knowledge to prepare younger generations for the future. In this article, the author argues that unveiling new media and digital technologies production practices exposes a logic and language that better serve as a contemporary model of learning. The process of adopting new media is iterative and cyclical in that meaning-makers pick up new media production practices, remix them, and make them their own. Forging a twenty-first century identity entails reappropriating practices and texts consumed on a daily basis. (Contains 1 figure, 1 table, and 2 notes.) Strategies to fix America's ailing health-care system seemed to fly off the presses every month in 2007. Doctors, journalists, and policymakers clamored to have their say, as did supporters and opponents of the controversial life-extension movement. These top trends, which registered in 2006 as well, and will only balloon in this election year, correspond to a complicated reality: aging baby boomers seek the fountain of youth while facing inadequate or nonexistent health insurance in the near future; their parents, in turn, may have to choose between obtaining necessary medical care and paying the rent or buying groceries. Alzheimer's, a frequent subject in this summary, reappeared again in the form of guides to helping sufferers achieve a decent quality of life. Diet-and-exercise books tailored to the 50-plus audience and children also made a strong showing, as the U.S. obesity epidemic continues to cause rising levels of diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and some cancers. In this article, the author presents the best consumer health books of 2007. Organic food is often labelled with an organic certification logo to gain consumer trust in the product integrity. The number of different organic certification logos in the European market raises the question whether consumers prefer specific logos over others. The aim of this paper is to analyse consumers’ willingness-to-pay (WTP) for different organic logos to give recommendations for actors in This first edition of the Atlas provides, in reference form, a central source of information to consumers on key contacts concerned with energy in the US. Energy consumers need information appropriate to local climates and characteristics - best provided by state and local governments. The Department of Energy recognizes the authority of state and local governments to manage energy programs on their own. Therefore, emphasis has been given to government organizations on both the national and state level that influence, formulate, or administer policies affecting energy production, distribution, and use, or that provide information of interest to consumers and non-specialists. In addition, hundreds of non-government energy-related membership organizations, industry trade associations, and energy publications are included. Purpose – This paper attempts to examine the relationship between consumer innovativeness and consumers' acceptance of brand extensions. Design\\/methodology\\/approach – This is a conceptual paper that builds upon the extant literature of consumer innovativeness and brand extensions. A number of research propositions are developed in this thought-provoking work. Findings – It is proposed that consumer innovativeness exerts considerable influence on This paper addresses the question of the relationship between consumer law and the protection of the environment. In contradiction to those who see the goals of consumer protection and environmental protection as being close to each other, this paper presents the relationship as one of conflict rather than one of harmony. Consumer law as an expression of the consumer society Launched last week by the UK Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), this metasite offers annotated links to Websites containing "consumer information and advice run by Government departments, consumer organisations and others." The resources are organized in eight principal sections: cars, food, holidays & travel, home improvement, money & finance, safety at home, shopping, and utilities. In addition to Websites, some sections also include links to government papers, bills, and other publications. An internal search engine and a list of information sources are also provided. It was thought that passage of the Consumer Protection Act in India in 1986 would encourage consumers to stand up for their rights and lead to an overwhelming number of disputes in consumer courts. Although a consumer movement has yet to get going in India, existence of the act has stimulated the creation of many consumer organizations across the country. The number has such organizations has more the doubled in the last few years so that there are now 600-800 organizations in the voluntary sector. The movement has not blossomed because not all of the organizations are active enough to make an impact, there has hardly been any unified action which would demonstrate their strength, and there has been no active consumer participation in the movements. Consumers claim that the lack of consumer education makes them passive and apathetic, and blame consumer organizations. The majority of consumers in the country are even unaware of the existence of consumer courts to which they make take their grievances. Consumer rights organizations, however, counter that they lack sufficient funds and blame the government for their inaction. The author acknowledges criticism that the Indian consumer movement is elitist and considers the need to focus upon rural consumers, the significant contributions that organizations have made in laying the foundations for change, the need for consumer education, the need for specialists, the particular need for consumer protection with regard to health-related products, and support by voluntary health groups. PMID:12288799 A study was conducted to examine whether exposure to continuous commercial messages affects children's fundamental sense of well-being and whether they are at risk for a series of negative outcomes. Results show that consumer culture is harmful to adults and children, and both the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American Psychology Association have passed resolutions opposing commercialization and advertising to children. Is Bounty the "quicker picker upper?" Are expensive shampoos better? Are all antacids the same? Fourth grade students posed and answered these questions during a "Consumer Product Testing" unit in which they designed experiments to assess these products' qualities and learned to question the advertising that is so much a part of their lives. Collection, handling and transportation issues surrounding the marine aquarium fi sh trade have resulted in the degradation of many fi shing communities and coral reefs worldwide. Currently, a number of con- servation organisations are working in source countries to improve industry sustainability. An analysis of United States consumer perspectives on the marine aquarium fi sh trade suggests that additional attention An important component of the quality of life, the consumers’ rights and interests protection has become a priority of the European Union policy, a type of policy based among others on the results of the Eurobarometer type studies. Our study is a secondary analysis of the data provided by the special EB 69.1 Eurobarometer on the topic of „Consumer Protection Purpose – New member countries of the European Union such as Lithuania, Latvia and Poland are an interesting subject of study due to the fact that processes of changes in consumption and consumer behaviour in these countries are characterized by large dynamics. The purpose of this paper is to present consumer behaviour in the market of catering services in all Despite the suggestions of friction-free information availability, considerable price dispersions for the same product are not uncommon across online retailers in the business-to-consumer (B2C) segment. Online customers do not necessarily always buy from the site with the lowest price, suggesting that other forces are at work. This paper presents and empirically examines a model that proposes that Web site value There has been great hand wringing over the nature of personal debt in recent years, and some commentators have made it seem as if this recent trouble was without historical precedent. This engaging exhibit from the Harvard Business School's Baker Library draws on their historical materials "to show how previous generations devised creative ways of lending and borrowing long before credit cards." The exhibit is divided into four sections, including "Credit in a Consumer Society" and "Credit in Pre-Industrial Society". Each section has short topical essays, accompanied by images of germane woodcuts, prints, engravings, legal documents, and other items that illustrate the relationship between credit and charity, credit reporting, and other matters. The exhibit is rounded out by the "Research Links" area, which brings together full-text manuscript and collection guides to items like the Briggs Motor Sales Company Records. Some readers may find the thought of reading the average government publication less than riveting, but fortunately the Food and Drug AdministrationÂs in-house publication, FDA Consumer, is both well-written and informative. Intended for both a general audience and those concerned with the ongoing work of the FDA, the magazine offers broad coverage on both how to stay healthy and the regulatory work that is part of their mission. Every issue features a consumer quiz, commentary on recent regulatory activities, and a column from the magazineÂs editor. On their site, visitors can read the complete contents of recent issues and also take a look at special issues on drug development and food labeling. The online archive is quite impressive, as it stretches back to 1989, although the contents of the entire magazine are not available for earlier years. Is Bounty the "quicker picker-upper?" Are expensive shampoos better? Are all antacids the same? The authors' fourth-grade students posed and answered these questions and many more during their recent "Consumer Product Testing" unit in which they designed experiments to assess these products' qualities and learned to question the advertising that is so much a part of their lives. The unit was a terrific success--students were thoroughly engaged in the learning, and consumer science was a perfect way for students to learn about scientific inquiry and explore the properties of various materials while making important social studies connections. The author packed a great deal of learning into a few science periods and effectively met numerous learning standards. This unit is briefly described in this article. This paper challenges a foundational conjecture of the Religion in Education Dialogue or Conflict (REDCo) project, that increased interest in religion in public and political life as manifested particularly in education is evidence of counter-secularisation. The paper argues that rather than representing counter-secularisation, such developments represent an emergent and secularising European civil religion facilitated through European religious education. Digital photography is becoming increasingly prevalent. The general public want to preserve their memories using media other than digital files. Printing images is a popular alternative but home printing is both time consuming and costly. This paper wants to address mainly wholesale finishing using original photo paper for prints from 3,5" to 8" and other printing technologies for additional products. The goal in this industry is to print a high volume with optimal photo quality at a low price. It may be difficult for the average consumer to evaluate the sometimes grandiose claims that various supplements, vitamins, and other such products make on their labels and such. One way to learn about products is ConsumerLab.com, which provides independent test results and information in order to assist consumers and healthcare professionals to evaluate such products. The casual visitor will want to begin by looking over the ÂLatest Results area on the homepage, which provides some information on their recent tests on melatonin sleep supplements and other related nostrums. Visitors looking for information on specific products will want to direct their mouse to the ÂLaboratory Test Results area. Here they can look through a list of product evaluations that include nutrition bars, ginkgo biloba, and the ever-popular echinacea. The site is rounded out by a very nice area on ÂRecalls and Warnings, which (as its name suggests) includes information on recent notices posted by the Federal Trade Commission and other such agencies. When improving a web presence, today's libraries have a choice: using a free Web 2.0 application, opting for open source, buying a product, or building a web application. This article discusses how to make an informed decision for one's library. The authors stress that deciding whether to use a free Web 2.0 application, to choose open source, to buy a product, or to build a web application is closely tied to a library's specific needs and resources. They suggest to keep an open mind toward each option, and think through the implications carefully before committing to any solution. The ultimate aim of health care policy is good care at good prices. Managed care failed to achieve this goal through influencing providers, so health policy has turned to the only market-based option left: treating patients like consumers. Health insurance and tax policy now pressure patients to spend their own money when they select health plans, providers, and treatments. Expecting patients to choose what they need at the price they want, consumerists believe that market competition will constrain costs while optimizing quality. This classic form of consumerism is today's health policy watchword. This article evaluates consumerism and the regulatory mechanism of which it is essentially an example -- legally mandated disclosure of information. We do so by assessing the crucial assumptions about human nature on which consumerism and mandated disclosure depend. Consumerism operates in a variety of contexts in a variety of ways with a variety of aims. To assess so protean a thing, we ask what a patient's life would really be like in a consumerist world. The literature abounds in theories about how medical consumers should behave. We look for empirical evidence about how real people actually buy health plans, choose providers, and select treatments. We conclude that consumerism, and thus mandated disclosure generally, are unlikely to accomplish the goals imagined for them. Consumerism's prerequisites are too many and too demanding. First, consumers must have choices that include the coverage, care-takers, and care they want. Second, reliable information about those choices must be available. Third, information must be put before consumers, especially by doctors. Fourth, consumers must receive the information. Fifth, the information must be complete and comprehensible enough for consumers to use it. Sixth, consumers must understand what they are told. Seventh, consumers must be willing to analyze the information. Eighth, consumers must actually analyze the information and do so well enough to make good choices. Our review of the empirical evidence concludes that these prerequisites cannot be met reliably most of the time. At every stage people encounter daunting hurdles. Like so many other dreams of controlling costs and giving patients control, consumerism is doomed to disappoint. This does not mean that consumerist tools should never be used. It means they should not be used unadvisedly or lightly, but discreetly, advisedly, soberly, and in the fear of error. PMID:19534255 This special JCP issue deals with the iConsumer and their search for rules that would accommodate their specific concerns and interests. For a long time, consumers of audiovisual services, music, e-Books, and computer games have led a shadow existence as 'eyeballs', 'couch potatoes' ,o r'nerds'. The times, however, seem to be over. The digital consumer (or iConsumer) is high on The paper aims at investigating whether or not organic food consumers are automatically opposed to genetically modified (GM) food. Results from quantitative market research indicate that this is not the case. Based on attitude towards GM food, three consumer segments are identified: the opponents; the proponents; and the neutrals. Only about 40 per cent of the organic consumers, namely the The purpose of this working paper is to give an overview of main results from previous studies on household demand for organic foods or alternatively for foods certified free-from-pesticideresidues. We have concentrated on studies handling willingness-to-pay (in past as well as future WTP), purchasing motives/valued product attributes, concern for food safety, especially risk perception regarding pesticides, consumers ’ stated propensity to buy, consumers ’ willingness to accept lower quality of organic products, the importance of labelling and information, the importance of store choice, and relations between consumers ’ values, risk perception, attitudes and behaviour regarding environmental protection and WTP. These issues are handled to a various extent in the reviewed studies. Most of the studies handle household characteristics. In the paper, we give an overview of the influence from these characteristics. Main results Chemical food safety deals with the health evaluation of compounds in food with regard to toxicological aspects. In the following, examples of current interest from various categories of compounds in foods, e.g., of naturally occurring substances and of heat-induced or process-related contaminants, are presented and current problems in their toxicological evaluation are described. To guarantee that human intake of such compounds will occur in safe amounts only, an assessment of their health risks based on the present state of science and according to internationally recognized methods has to be provided. This risk assessment is independent and is performed at the national level by the Federal Institute for Risk Assessment and at the European level by the European Food Safety Authority. Results and findings of the risk assessment of toxicologically relevant compounds are the scientific basis for recommendations and strategies for consumer protection. For example, measures like the setting of maximum levels for contaminants in certain food categories can be the result. At the national level, the Federal Office for Consumer Protection and Food Safety is responsible for risk management, while at the European level the European Commission and other institutions develop the measures for the member states. PMID:20449551 This article presents an introduction to consumer behavior analysis by describing the Behavioral Perspective Model of consumer choice and showing how research has, first, confirmed this framework and, second, opened up behavior analysis and behavioral economics to the study of consumer behavior in natural settings. It concludes with a discussion of current investigations in consumer research and theory. Hopefully, it will serve as an invitation to other researchers to work within this exciting and relevant context. (Contains 3 figures.) An industrial gas users' view of FERC Order 636 is presented. From the industrial standpoint, the initial understanding of the order was to promote competition and protect all consumers; provide meaningful access to transportation capacity, which a lot of people had not had; assure the quality of service; and, encourage market driven pricing for pipeline sales and services. Owens-Corning is primarily a process gas user. Therefore, the switch to fuel oil would be difficult, perhaps propane could be used but not without a great amount of difficulty. The problems facing large volume users of natural gas are discussed. In contrast to understanding consumer behavior for the benefit of business organizations, transformative consumer research (TCR) seeks to understand consumer behavior for the benefit of consumers themselves. Following Mari's (2008) call for the incorporation of TCR in doctoral programs in marketing, this article outlines the relevance of TCR to the undergraduate consumer behavior course experience and develops topical and structural recommendations for implementation. Empirical evidence indicates positive student perceptions of TCR-based course projects in terms of complementing traditional projects, personal relevance, awareness of social responsibility issues, and marketing applications. (Contains 3 tables.) The condition for when a price control increases consumer welfare in perfect competition is tighter than often realised. When demand is linear, a small restriction on price only increases consumer surplus if the elasticity of demand exceeds the elasticity of supply; with log-linear or constant-elasticity, demand consumers are always hurt by price controls. The results are best understood - and The distribution of consumer preferences plays a central role in many marketing activities. Pricing and product design decisions, for example, are based on an understand- ing of the di?erences among consumers in price sensitivity and valuation of product attributes. In addition, marketing activities which target specific households require household level parameter estimates. Thus, the modeling of consumer heterogeneity is the Answering consumer questions is an important aspect of egg marketing. Consumers expect those they contact to be able to address their situation and help find answers. Topics of general consumer concerns include: proper storage, safe handling, food safety, and food quality. With the vast array of ... This study is related to public policy issues, such as the ethics of marketing practices and the dynamics of popular culture. Although textbooks often present the consumer as a rational decision maker, often harmful for consumer activities of the individual or society. Often, the consumer's worst enemy is himself. Growth is still important, even morally required, if individuals and society Because coupon advertising has both the characteristics of advertising and sales promotion, it may have distinctive effects on consumers that cannot be explained solely by coupons or advertising. Past studies present contradictory results as to the consumers' response to coupon advertising. Our experiment shows that while the coupon may be an incentive for loyal consumers of competing brands, it may This package consists of various bilingual instructional materials for use in helping Indochinese refugees learn basic food purchasing and food storage skills. Included in the package are a Vietnamese/English bilingual booklet explaining 12 secrets of wise food buying and translations of guidelines for keeping foods safe (English, Vietnamese, Lao) and storing foods in a refrigerator (English, Lao, Cambodian). (MN) Successful implementation of tutorials includes establishing norms for learning in the tutorial classroom. The teaching assistants (TAs) who lead each tutorial section are important arbiters of these norms. TAs who value (buy into) tutorials are more likely to convey their respect for the material and the tutorial process to the students, as well as learning more themselves. We present a case study of a TA who does not buy into certain aspects of the tutorials he teaches and demonstrate how his lack of buy-in affects specific classroom interactions. We would hope to design professional development programs to help TAs appreciate the power of tutorial instruction. However, our research suggests that the typical professional development activities offered to tutorial TAs are not likely to be effective. Instead, it appears that what we call the �social and environmental context� of the tutorials�including classroom, departmental, and institutional levels of implementation�has the potential to strongly affect TA buy-in to tutorials and probably outweighs the influence of any particular activity that we might prepare for them. This study tried to determine the prevalence of compulsive buying (CB) and to identify among compulsive buyers a specific relation to money, a different buying style, and a lowered level of self-esteem. We included 203 medical students and diagnosed CB with the Mc Elroy criteria and a specific questionnaire. The money attitude was characterized by the Yamauchi and Templer's scale and self-esteem with the Rosenberg scale. 11% of the medical students presented compulsive buying (CB+). Sex ratio and mean ages were comparable in the CB+ and control groups. CB+ students drank less alcohol and smoked an equivalent number of cigarettes. Compulsive buyers had higher scores of distress (tendency to be hesitant, suspicious, and doubtful attitude toward situations involving money) and bargain missing (fear of missing a good opportunity to buy an item). They bought more often gifts for themselves, items they use less than expected and choose goods increasing their self-esteem. Their score of self-esteem was not different from the one from controls. Frogs may buy time for organ transplants Monday Aug 7 18:21 AEST A tiny frog that freezes itself. But on melting, the animal's vital functions resume within minutes, the Carleton University researcher will tell fiction, but there's no evil humans hanging from the ceiling in big bags," he said. "All you need This study examines the influence of harmonious passion and obsessive passion on online auction behavior and online auction addiction. It also investigates whether the individuals with compulsive buying behavior have spent more time on online auction web sites. The study conducted paper-and-pencil questionnaire and received 322 completed responses for data analysis. The results indicated that individuals with obsessive passion were BY HENG SINITH -- ASSOCIATED PRESS W ho wants to buy a baby? Certainly not most people who try countries as in rich ones, healthy babies are rarely abandoned or relinquished -- except in China, with its finally implemented the Hague Adoption Convention, a 1993 treaty designed to address these problems A new evolutionary method named ``Genetic Network Programming with control nodes, GNPcn'' has been applied to determine the timing of buying or selling stocks. GNPcn represents its solutions as directed graph structures which has some useful features inherently. For example, GNPcn has an implicit memory function which memorizes the past action sequences of agents and GNPcn can re-use nodes repeatedly Engaging in trading sex is associated with many co-occurring problems, including elevated risk for sexually transmitted infections. Various dimensions of social support from parents, schools, and mentors may be protective against sex trading and may ameliorate the impact of risk factors. This study analyzes data from respondents to Waves I and III of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) who had not participated in sex trading for money or drugs in Wave I so that risk and protective factors for first initiations of selling or buying sex could be examined longitudinally. About 2% of the study sample began selling sex and about 2% began buying sex between Wave I and Wave III. The respondent's sex, race/ethnicity, history of sexual abuse, shoplifting, marijuana use, and experiences of homelessness or running away were significant predictors of trading sex (p? Matulka, Laurice A (2004) Effects of bovine respiratory syncytial virus or bovine viral diarrhea virus infection and N-acetyl cysteine supplementation on intracellular glutathione levels, proliferation and interferon-gamma transcription by bovine peripheral blood mononuclear cells and natural killer cells Krieger, Marcos Fernando (1998) An English translation and commentary on Andreas Werckmeister's ``Organum Gruningense Redivivum Oder kurtze Beschreibung des in der Gr"uningischen Schlos-Kirchen ber"uhmten Orgel-Wercks Wie dasselbe anfangs erbauet und beschaffen gewesen: Und wie es anitzo auf allergn"adigsten Befehl Sr. K"on. Preuss. Majest"at ist renoviret und merklich verbessert worden'' Mechalke, Eric Joe (1996) Determination of electrolyte activity coefficients in acetonitrile using the isopiestic technique for the construction of reliable reference half cells for nonaqueous electrochemistry and the dynamic monitoring of osteoblast cell attachment with a quartz crystal microbalance Lonergan, Steven Michael (1995) Inducible expression of bovine calpastatin in $\rm C\sb2C\sb{12}$ mouse myoblasts and the relationship of restriction fragment length polymorphisms at the bovine calpastatin locus to postmortem calpastatin activity and Warner-Bratzler shear force in beef longissimus steaks Tunison, Harmon M (1992) Electrochemical investigations of polymer films and monolayers on electrode surfaces: Determination of the reaction entropy for Os(bpy)$\sb3\sp{3+/2+}$ in nafion, and the influence of supporting electrolyte activity on the formal potential of a monolayer containing a ruthenium redox center, and, Synthesis and characterization of monometallic and bimetallic complexes of ruthenium(II) and iron(II) with 4,4$\sp\prime$bipyrimidine (4,4$\sp\prime$BPM) and pyridyl viologen (PV$\sp{2+}$) Forkner, Matthew W (1988) I. Synthesis of substituted naphthalenes utilizing active nickel. II. Synthesis of substituted naphthoquinones and formation of a charge transfer complex. III. Synthesis of substituted 1,4-diphenyl-2-butenes from ($\eta\sp6$:$\eta\sp6$-1,4-diphenyl-1,3-butadiene)-bis(tricarbonylchromium) Borkar, Nitin Laxmidas (1987) Part~A. Stereochemical consequences of chlorine substitution reactions with enantiomers in the liquid state. Part~B. Molecular mechanics calculations for dl, meso 2,3-dichlorobutanes and 2-halopropionyl halides. Part~C. Simultaneous determination of selenite and trimethylselenonium ions in urine by anion-exchange chromatography and molecular neutron activation analysis COOLEY, DAVID MITCHEL (1986) A STUDY INVESTIGATING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PERCEIVED COMMUNICATOR STYLE AND PERCEIVED DOWNWARD COMMUNICATION AND PERCEIVED SUPERVISORY PERFORMANCE, SATISFACTION WITH ONE'S SUPERVISOR, QUALITY OF SUPERIOR-SUBORDINATE RELATIONSHIP AND QUALITY OF SUPERVISORY COMMUNICATION MUSHI, ROBERT SHEKIAELI (1986) QUANTITATIVE GENETICS OF AGRONOMIC TRAITS AND EVALUATION OF SEEDLINGS FOR DROUGHT RESISTANCE UNDER STRESS AND NON-STRESS ENVIRONMENTS, AND RESISTANCE TO PERICONIA CIRCINATA (MANGIN) SACC. IN TWO DIVERSE GRAIN SORGHUM (SORGHUM BICOLOR (L.) MOENCH) RANDOM-MATING POPULATIONS TRAORE, MOUSSA (1985) PHYSIOLOGICAL AND MORPHOLOGICAL MECHANISMS OF DROUGHT RESISTANCE IN SORGHUM AND PEARL MILLET. I. EFFECTS OF LEAF TREATMENT WITH ABSCISIC ACID. II. SEED PRE-TREATMENT WITH ABSCISIC ACID. III. COMPARATIVE SHOOT AND ROOT DEVELOPMENT. IV. LEAF SURFACE MORPHOLOGY (WATER USE EFFICIENCY, EPICUTICULAR WAX, CUTICULAR TRANSPIRATION, STOMATA) FIROUZBAKHT-LONBANI, MAHMOUD (1980) PART A: HIGH-ENERGY REACTIONS OF IODINE-128 WITH 2-BUTYNE IN THE GASEOUS, HIGH PRESSURE AND LIQUID STATES. PART B: HIGH-ENERGY REACTION OF IODINE IN LIQUID AND FROZEN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF BIOMOLECULAR SOLUTES. PART C: PREPARATION OF RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS BY SZILARD-CHALMERS LABELLING AND RADIOPROTECTION IN AN ICE LATTICE GARMESTANI, SEYED-KAYHAN (1979) COMPARISON BETWEEN NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS AND GRAPHITE FURNACE ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY FOR TRACE ALUMINUM DETERMINATION IN BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS AND HIGH ENERGY REACTIONS OF IODINE-128 WITH PROPYNE AND 1-BUTYNE IN THE GASEOUS, HIGH PRESSURE AND LIQUID STATES YAHR, ROBERT BRUCE (1979) ARE THERE GA(A)PS IN FINANCIAL REPORTING FOR THE LIFE INSURANCE INDUSTRY? A DERIVATION OF GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES AND A COMPARISON OF THESE RESULTS WITH THOSE PRINCIPLES DEFINED IN "AUDITS OF STOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES." RUSSELL, DAVID H (1978) PART I: CLASSIFICATION OF ION STRUCTURE BY COMPARATIVE ION-MOLECULE REACTION CHEMISTRY: ION-MOLECULE REACTION CHEMISTRY OF SELECTED GAS-PHASE BENZENE RADICAL CATIONS. PART II: GAS-PHASE IONIC CYCLOADDITION CHEMISTRY. PART III: A STUDY OF SELECTED UNIMOLECULAR REARRANGEMENT REACTIONS OF GAS-PHASE IONS. DEROOS, FRED LYNN (1976) PART I: MASS-SPECTRAL STUDIES OF 1-TETRALOL AND 2-TETRALOL. MECHANISMS FOR WATER LOSS AND CYCLOREVERSION. PART II: ELECTRON IMPACT STUDIES OF THE FRAGMENTATION PATHWAYS OF POLYAMINES. PART III: THE DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF A FIELD IONIZATION SOURCE FOR AN HITACHI RMU-6D DOUBLE-FOCUSING MASS SPECTROMETER. PENNELLY, RUSSEL ROGER (1972) SPECTROSCOPIC STUDIES UTILIZING SPECULAR REFLECTION: I. INVESTIGATIONS OF SYMMETRICAL CHARGE-TRANSFER SYSTEMS. A. TETRACYANO PARA-QUINODIMETHANE ANTHRACENE COMPLEX. B. HEXAMETHYLMELAMINE - TRINITROBENZENE COMPLEX. II. OBSERVATION OF METALLIC REFLECTION IN THE TETRACYANO PARA-QUINODIMETHANE MOLECULAR CRYSTAL. The astronomical almanac for the year 2006 and its companion The Astronomical Almanac Online : data for astronomy, space sciences, geodesy, surveying, navigation and other applications / issued by the Nautical Almanac Office, United States Naval Observatory ... [and] Her Majesty's Nautical Almanac Office, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory. The Cambridge World history of human disease / editor, Kenneth F. Kiple executive editor, Rachael Rockwell Graham associate editors, David Frey, Brian T. Higgins, Kerry Stewart, H. Michael Tarver, Thomas W. Wilson, Brent Zerger assistant editors, Alicia Browne, Roger Hall, Paul Henggeler, Bruce O. Solheim, Dalila de Sousa. One step at a time : the staged development of geologic repositories for high-level radioactive waste / Committee on Principles and Operational Strategies for Staged Repository Systems, Board on Radioactive Waste Management, Division on Earth and Life Studies, National Research Council of the National Academies.
© Copyright 2024